You are on page 1of 0

Us

Ve


er Man


ersion 5.
nual
18


©2010 by Anite Finland Ltd. All rights reserved.
This manual, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may only be used
or copied in accordance with the terms of such license. The information in this manual is intended for
informational use only and is subject to change without notice. Anite Finland Ltd assumes no
responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this user manual.
Except as permitted by such license, no part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Anite Finland Ltd.
Windows®XP Pro, Windows Vista, Windows®7, and Windows®Network Monitorare registered
trademarks of the Microsoft®Corporation. MapInfo®is a registered trademark of the MapInfo®
Corporation.
Any other trademarks or service marks contained herein are the property of their respective owners.
Revision 5.18.01
Last Edited October 2010
CONTENTS 3


CONTENTS

A QUICK GUIDE 9 
BEFORE YOU BEGIN 10 
END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 10 
NOTES 10 
INSTALLING NEMO ANALYZE 11 
HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 11 
NEMO ANALYZE INSTALLATION 11 
COPY PROTECTION 16 
License Server (Floating License) 16 
Copy Protection Modules 17 
STARTING NEMO ANALYZE 18 
USING NEMO ANALYZE 19 
WORKSPACE 20 
WORKSPACE FILTERS 22 
CREATING THE DATABASE 24 
ADDING FILES TO THE DATABASE 24 
Importing Image Files as Maps 26 
ADDING CSV FILES TO THE DATABASE 27 
Opening CSV Files from the Database 31 
Opening CSV Files without Database Import 35 
Creating Custom Queries for CSV Files 37 
ORGANIZE MEASUREMENTS 39 
Drag & Drop Folders 42 
Search Folders 43 
Query Folders 48 
J OINED MEASUREMENTS 50 
ADDING DESCRIPTIONS TO MEASUREMENT FILES AND FOLDERS 52 
DELETE FOLDER CONTENTS 53 
RETRIEVING ORIGINAL FILES FROM THE DATABASE 54 
DATABASE CLEANUP 55 
VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA 56 
PARAMETER TREE 56 
Statistics over Parameter 59 
Statistics by: No Grouping 59 
Statistics by: Fixed Geographical Bin Area 62 
Statistics by: Bounding Geographical Bin Area 65 
Parameter Launchpad 67 
Change Defaults 69 
VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA IN GRAPHS 71 
4 Nemo Analyze User Manual

VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA ON MAP 73 
Opening Measurement Files on Map 73 
Opening BTS Files on Map 77 
Viewing Notification Icons on Map 80 
Use Case 1.: Viewing Cell Footprints 82 
Use Case 2.: Viewing Uplink Voice Quality Server Data 84 
Step 1: Loading Voice Quality Measurement Data into the Database 84 
Step 2: Running Queries on Uplink Voice Quality Server Data 85 
Use Case 3.: Viewing IP/UDP Packet Trace Data 87 
Step 1: Installing Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3 87 
Step 2: Open a Workbook Based on a Measurement File 91 
Step 3: Load IP Trace Files (.pcap) into the Database 92 
Step 4: Open an IP Trace Information Workbook Based on the Corresponding IP Trace File
(.pcap) 93 
Step 5: View Synchronized Measurement and IP Trace Data 94 
PARAMETER FILTERING 95 
Filtering Based on Polygon Area 98 
Use Case 4.: Global Parameter Filtering Based on a Secondary Parameter 101 
FILTERING DATA AND CREATING CUSTOM KPIS 107 
DRILL-DOWN 112 
Drilling Down from Map Data View 115 
Drilling Down from Troubleshooting Parameters in Map Data View 117 
DATA VIEWS 119 
GRAPHS 119 
Graph Tools Menu 119 
Graph Popup Menu 120 
Change Graph Type 120 
Reset 120 
Query 120 
Pick Parameter 121 
Add Function 122 
Add Reference Line 122 
Tool 123 
Mode 124 
Side Panel 125 
3D Mode 127 
Group Values 128 
Graph Properties 129 
Layer Properties 130 
Layer Properties for Line Graphs 131 
Layer Properties for Bar Graphs 132 
Layer Properties for Scatter Graphs 132 
Use Case 5.: Multiple Graph Layers 133 
Use Case 6.: Notification Icons in Graphs 136 
Use Case 7.: Correlating Parameters Using Color Grids and Surface Graphs 138 
GRIDS 140 
Side Panel 141 
Row Details 143 
Export Data to 143 
Grid Properties 144 
CONTENTS 5

Use Case 8.: Color Sets in Grids 146 
Use Case 9.: Play Audio Sample 149 
Use Case 10.: Using L3 and RRC Message Search Parameters 151 
MAPS 153 
Map Tools Menu 153 
Map Popup Menu 154 
Add 155 
Find 156 
Generate Color Set 156 
Export to KML File 157 
Side Panel 159 
Tool 161 
MapX 161 
Map Properties 163 
Route Properties 163 
Draw Route as Symbols 166 
BTS Files 168 
BTS Properties 172 
Use Case 11.: Adding Map Layers and Saving Layer Combinations as Geosets 175 
Use Case 12.: Coloring Routes Based on BTS Coverage177 
Step 1: Open a Measurement and a BTS file on a Map177 
Step 2: Color Routes Based on BTS Coverage 177 
Use Case 13.: Performing Area Binning 178 
Step 1: Select Bin Area 178 
Step 2: Select Measurement File(s) 178 
Step 3: Adjusting Bin Size 186 
Step 4: Exporting Area Binning Data 187 
Use Case 14.: Comparing Two Groups of Measurements from the Same Route on Map 188 
Step 1: Open a Measurement File on a Map 188 
Step 2: Performing Delta Plotting on Map 188 
Use Case 15.: Displaying Base Station Cell Beam Range on Map194 
Use Case 16.: Synchronizing Base Station Map Overlay with Grid Rows 198 
Use Case 17.: Using BTS Reference Parameters 201 
Use Case 18.: Displaying Base Station Connections on Map Based on Any Parameter 204 
SPREADSHEETS 209 
Editing Cell Format 213 
Filtering Data 217 
Creating Formulas 218 
Adding Functions 219 
Use Case 19..: Retrieving Data from Minimized Data Sets221 
Use Case 20.: Creating Reports and Report Templates Using Spreadsheets 222 
INDOOR MEASUREMENTS 230 
NUMERICAL DATA VIEWS 233 
INFO VIEWS 236 
TIMELINE VIEW 237 
Highlight Parameter in Timeline View 238 
Notifications in Timeline View 240 
Range Selection in Timeline View 241 
OTHER VIEWS 242 
6 Nemo Analyze User Manual

Network Parameters 242 
Measurement Settings 243 
Properties 244 
Query Clipboard 245 
Database Loader 246 
Window Browser 247 
Messenger 248 
Output 248 
MANUAL LAYOUT EDITOR 250 
Creating a Layout 250 
Adding Content to Manual Layout Editor Data Views 252 
WORKBOOKS 254 
ADDING DATA VIEWS 255 
ADDING PAGES 259 
SAVING A WORKBOOK 260 
EXPORTING WORKBOOKS 262 
Exporting Workbooks as PDF Files 262 
Exporting Workbooks as Image Files 264 
COPYING A WORKBOOK 265 
WORKBOOK PROPERTIES 266 
PAGE PROPERTIES 266 
EXAMPLE WORKBOOK 267 
REPORTS 270 
WORKBOOKS 270 
SPREADSHEETS 270 
REPORTING WITH MICROSOFT EXCEL 271 
REPORTING WITH CRYSTAL REPORTS 281 
Generating Reports 281 
Generating Reports from Multiple Files 284 
Exporting Reports 286 
Configuring Reports 287 
CREATING CUSTOM QUERIES 289 
SQL QUERIES 290 
Getting started 290 
Nemo Analyze Database Schema 290 
Relations between tables 290 
Mapping of Nemo log file events to database tables 291 
Views – Automatically joined tables 294 
Database timestamps 297 
Filtering log files 298 
Value enumeration 299 
Connections 300 
Correlating tables based on time 302 
Sample-based correlation 302 
Time range correlation 303 
CONTENTS 7

Guidelines for creating SQL queries 303 
Unique features of Nemo Analyze SQL interface 305 
SQL VS. KPI Workbench 305 
QUERY MANAGER 307 
Pick Measurement Parameter 308 
Generic Query Wizard 312 
Manual Query 317 
Correlate Parameters 318 
DATABASE BROWSER 319 
CUSTOM KPI WORKBENCH 320 
Designing Custom KPIs and Adding Input Data Sets 321 
Parameter 323 
Combining Input Data Sets 324 
Correlation: Previous/Current/Next Value 326 
Correlation: Previous Or Current Value/Next Or Current Value 328 
Correlation: All Values Within Time Range 330 
J oin: Inner J oin 331 
J oin: Left Outer J oin 334 
J oin: Union 337 
J oin: Cartesian Product 339 
Adding Operations 340 
Operation: Case 341 
Operation: Moving Average 342 
Operation: Conversion 344 
Operation: State Machine 345 
Operation: Group By/Binning 350 
Aggregate Functions 354 
Sort Elements 356 
Filters 358 
Filters: Top-N, Bottom-N, Nth Best, and Nth Worst 362 
Mathematical Functions 365 
Time Functions: Resample 367 
Time Functions: Time Shift 369 
Running and Testing KPIs 371 
Saving KPIs as Components 372 
Saving Custom KPIs 373 
Reopening Custom KPIs for Editing 374 
Defining KPI Execution Method and Value Constants 376 
Use Case 21.: Creating Complex Filters Using Multiple Conditions 378 
Use Case22.: Creating a KPI for Dropped Calls Resulting from a Missing Handover 386 
OTHER TASKS 413 
EDITING COLOR SETS 413 
Importing Color Sets 414 
Automatic Generation of Color Sets 415 
Use Case 23.: Automatic Generation of Color Set for a Value Range 419 
Use Case 24.: Creating a Color Set 423 
Use Case 25.: Creating and Applying a Color Set on Map425 
Use Case 26.: Creating and Applying a Color Set in Grid429 
SCHEDULING EVENTS 433 
Report Events 435 
Workbook Events 439 
Load Folder Events 440 
8 Nemo Analyze User Manual

KPI Threshold Alarm Events 441 
Defining Recurring Events 444 
TASK MANAGER AND PROBLEM REPOSITORY 445 
Configuring and Editing a Task 446 
Managing Tasks 450 
MANAGING USERS AND USER GROUPS 452 
User Groups 454 
VIEWING SERVER STATISTICS 457 
EDITING OPERATOR SETTINGS 458 
CONFIGURING NOTIFICATION ICONS 461 
Configuring Notifications Using the Parameter Tree 461 
Notification Configuration 463 
EDITING MENUS 464 
EDITING QUERY AND WORKBOOK GROUPS 468 
CONFIGURING SYSTEM SETTINGS 469 
Options – Environment 469 
Options – Database 474 
Options – Data Views 477 
Options – BTS 480 
IMPORTING CUSTOM SETTINGS 482 
EXPORTING CUSTOM SETTINGS 483 
IMPORTING MAPINFO POLYGONS 485 
VIEWING LOG ON SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND SQL FUNCTIONS 487 
USER INTERFACE 488 
MENUS 488 
Analyze Menu 488 
File Menu 489 
View Menu 489 
Tools Menu 490 
Fleet Menu 491 
Layout Menu 491 
Help Menu 491 
SHORTCUT KEYS 492 
FAQ 493 
NEMO ANALYZE SUPPORT 494 
INTERNET SUPPORT AND NEMO USER CLUB 494 
PHONE, EMAIL, AND FAX SUPPORT 494 
APPENDIX 1 496 
MAKING MAPINFO®MAPS 496 
Registering a Raster Map 496 
APPENDIX 2 498 
END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 498 
QUICK GUIDE 9


A QUICK GUIDE
The instructions given in this quick guide have been designed to get you started in a few easy steps.
Please, note that these instructions do not give a full picture of the software. Consequently, every step
has a cross-reference to the place in the manual where the topic in question will be explained in more
detail.
1. Installing the software. Check the manual for hardware requirements if necessary (p.11). Run the
Nemo Analyze installation program Nemo Analyze 5.xx.xx.exe from the Nemo Analyze CD-ROM.
Finally, restart the computer.
2. Copy protection. Nemo Analyze software is protected with a copy protection dongle (p. 16) or a
network license (p. 16). Nemo Analyze will not start before you plug in the dongle or activate the
network license.
3. Loading files to database. Start by loading your measurement and BTS files in the Nemo Analyze
database (p. 24). This may take a few minutes, but once files have been added, they will remain in
the database until you remove them.
4. You are now ready to start analyzing. You can, for example, generate a report from the data
(p.270) and view measurements in graphs and maps (p.56).
10 Nemo Analyze User Manual

BEFORE YOU BEGIN
Nemo Analyze is a powerful post-processing and reporting tool for planning, optimizing, and
maintaining cellular networks. Nemo Analyze serves many purposes from network overview to
problem solving and report generation. Some of its features include:
 Post-processing of Nemo Outdoor, Nemo Autonomous, Nemo Compact-i, and Nemo Handy
measurement files
 Full support for the latest Nemo measurement file format in real time
 SQL interface to the database engine
 User-defined KPIs with custom queries
 Open ODBC interface for third-party software
 Fully customizable user interface
 Statistical analysis and reporting
 Predefined, customizable report templates

END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
The software described in this book is furnished under a license agreement and may be used only in
accordance with the terms of that agreement. For full details of this agreement, refer to page 498.
NOTES
Nemo Analyze users must be appropriately trained and should be familiar with the signaling behind
wireless technologies depending on their usage needs.
The user is expected to have basic knowledge on mobile networks and their terminology.
A working knowledge of computers and Microsoft®Windows®is required for using the Nemo Analyze
software. The user should know how to use the mouse as well as standard Windows®menus and
commands. To review these techniques, see your Microsoft®Windows®documentation.

INSTALLING NEMO ANALYZE 11


INSTALLING NEMO ANALYZE
HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS
 PC with Windows®XP Professional/Windows Vista™/ Windows®7
 Pentium III processor or better, minimum 1 GHz, preferably 2 GHz
 1 GB RAM minimum
 1 GB of free hard disk space for installation and use; 20 GB recommended
 Nemo Analyze copy protection module
 One USB port for copy protection module
 Display resolution 1024x768 min, 1280x1024 or better recommended
 Crystal Reports Professional edition for creating custom-made report templates (optional)

NEMO ANALYZE INSTALLATION
 Installing Nemo Analyze
1. Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3 must be installed BEFORE Nemo Analyze to enable complete
IP/UDP trace details to be displayed in Nemo Analyze. For installing the Microsoft®Network
Monitor 3.3, see Installing Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3 on page 87. If Microsoft® Network
Monitor 3.3 is nevertheless installed after Nemo Analyze, Nemo Analyze’s Microsoft® Network
Monitor 3.3 functionality can be activated by copying the file NMAPI.dll from the folder C:\Program
Files\Microsoft Network Monitor 3\ to the folder C:\Program Files\Anite\Nemo Analyze 5. If
Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3 is not found on the PC or Nemo Analyze has been installed before
Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3, Nemo Analyze will display only a limited set of IP/UDP trace
details.
2. To begin Nemo Analyze installation, insert the setup CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive (e.g., drive
D).
 Note: The user performing the installation must have administration rights. Installation
without administration rights could result in a database error. If using Windows 7, start
installation by right-clicking the setup executable and select " Run as administrator" from
the menu.
 Note: Before installation, uninstall the previous version of Nemo Analyze using
Add/Remove Programs from the Windows Control Panel.
 Note: Before installation, if using Windows Vista, it is recommended that User Account
Control be disabled. Disable User Account Control by browsing to Control Panel | User
Accounts and setting User Account Control (UAC) to OFF. It is also recommended that all
Windows Firewall profiles (i.e. Domain Profile, Private Profile, Public Profile) in Windows
Firewall with Advanced Security | Properties are set to OFF.
3. Select Run from the Windows Start menu. Type D:\Nemo Analyze\ 5.xx.xx.exe and press the
RETURN key. This command starts the Nemo Analyze installation software. Follow the instructions
given by the installation program.
4. The Analyze Setup Prerequisites dialog opens. Click Install.
12

2

5.


Note: If yo
procedure
Nemo An
previous

Once the in
the InstallS
ou have not
e will be inte
alyze using
version has
nstallation of
Shield Wizard
t uninstalled
errupted by
Add/Remov
s been unins
f Nemo Analy
d for Nemo A
d the previo
y the followi
ve Program
stalled, rest
yze Setup Pr
Analyze 5 dia
us version o
ng dialog. U
s from the W
tart the insta
rerequisites
alog opens. C
Nemo A

of Nemo An
Uninstall the
Windows Co
allation proc
has been co
Click Next.

Analyze Us
nalyze, the in
e previous v
ontrol Pane
cedure.
ompleted, the
ser Manual
nstallation
version of
l. Once the

e Welcome to

o
IN

STALLING
6.

7.
G NEMO AN
The Licens
click Next.
The Custom
NALYZE
se Agreemen
mer Informat
nt dialog ope
tion dialog op

ns. Select I a
pens. Enter U
accept the t
User Name
erms of the

and Compan

e license agr
ny Name, an
13
reement, and
nd click Next

d
t.
14

4
8.
9.







The Choos
Files\Anite
another loc
The Choos
C:\Nemo T
se Destinatio
e\Nemo Ana
cation.
se Working D
Tools. Accep
n Location d
alyze 5. Acce
Directory dialo
pt this by clic
dialog opens.
ept this by cli
og opens. Th
cking Next or
. The default
icking Next o
he default di
r click the Ch
Nemo A
directory for
or click the C
rectory for N
hange button
Analyze Us
r installation
Change butto

Nemo measu
n to select an

ser Manual
is C:\Progra
on to select
rement data
nother locatio

am
is
on.
IN



STALLING
10
11

















G NEMO AN
0. The Ready
1. After the in
NALYZE
y to Install the
stallation, re
e Program d
estart the com

ialog opens.
mputer.
Select Insta all to begin innstallation.

15
16 Nemo Analyze User Manual

COPY PROTECTION
For Nemo Analyze you can select between two copy protection options: a license server or copy
protection modules.
License Server (Floating License)
In floating license, there is one physical copy protection module in the floating license server
containing multiple licenses. Therefore, Nemo Analyze users do not have physical copy protection
module attached into their PCs.
When Nemo Analyze is started, it reserves a license over the network from the floating license server.
Continuous network connection is needed when floating license is used. Floating license server can
be any server or PC with XP/Vista/7/Windows 2008 server/Linux OS. The server does not have to be
dedicated into the floating license usage. Floating license server HW is not included in the floating
license server expenses.
Network license allows more efficient usage of purchased licenses. Unlimited amount of users in
different physical locations can install Nemo Analyze, floating license only limits the amount of
concurrent users. If the usage pattern of Nemo Analyze is bursty among the users, certain amount of
licenses can easily serve 2-4 fold amount of actual users, since all users are typically never using the
SW at the same time.
 Note that the use of network license with the Nemo Analyze Enterprise Edition requires your
system to have separate hardware for the Nemo Analyze database server, the license
server, and the Nemo Analyze Clients. For database server and license server system
requirements, see page 6. The license server, however, does not have to be dedicated for
the license server, i.e. the server can run other services as well.
Please refer to the Sentinel Keys System Administrator Help file for more detailed instructions for
installing the license server.
 Installing the License Server:
1. On the Server PC, run the Sentinel Protection Installer found on the Nemo Analyze installation CD
and follow the instructions on the screen.
2. The server will be installed and it will run silently in the background. To verify that the installation
was successful, go to the Control Panel (Start | Settings | Control Panel). Select Administrative
Tools. Double-click the Services icon. Locate the Sentinel Protection Server service. If the
server is running, its status will be shown as Started.
3. In the Server PC, connect the copy protection module provided in the product package in a parallel
port.
 Using the License Server:
1. After installing and configuring the License Server, start Nemo Analyze on a client PC.
2. When Nemo Analyze starts for the first time, it will ask for the IP address of the license server.
Type in the IP address and click OK. The next time you start Nemo Analyze, it will automatically
remember the server address.
IN

STALLING

 Us
1.
2.

C
 Conn
1.





G NEMO AN
The license
Nemo Anal
port 7001 a
sing the L
Through th
access the
In the addr
following fo
Using the
Environme
Navigator
Copy Pro
necting the
Plug the co
Do not plu
computer
NALYZE
e server use
lyze. Please
and TCP/HT
License Mo
e License M
License Mo
ress bar, type
ormat: 127.0.
License Mo
ent (J2RE) 1
version 4.0
otection
e copy pro
opy protectio
ug the USB
r.
es TCP and
e make sure
TP ports 70
onitor:
onitor you ca
nitor from a
e the IP addr
.0.1:7002.
nitor require
.6 or later, a
(or later).
Module
otection m
n module int
Port copy p

UDP ports t
that comm
001 and 7002
an view how
Client PC wi
ress and the
res the Nemo
and Internet
es
module in t
to your comp

protection m
to commun
unication is
2.
many licens
th a web bro
HTTP port n
o Analyze C
t Explorer ve
the USB p
puter's USB p
module in an
icate with th
s allowed in
ses are in use
owser.
number of the
Client to hav
ersion 5.0 (o
port:
port.
ny other por
he compute
the followin
e at a given
e license ser
ve Java 2 Ru
or later) or N
rt. It may dam
17
rs running
ng ports: UD
time. You ca
rver in the
untime
Netscape
mage your

DP
an
18

S
Ribbo
Wo
Par
tree
8
START
Af
th
 To
1.
2.
3.

onbar
rkspace
rameter
e
TING N
fter running S
e Windows®
o start Ne
Double-clic
(StartPro
When Nem
previously
When the p
you will find
loading me
NEMO
Setup, you w
®Start menu
emo Analy
ck the Nemo
ogramsNem
mo Analyze is
used worksp
program star
d useful infor
easurement a
O ANA
will see a new
.
yze:
Analyze.exe
mo ToolsN
s starting, ho
pace.
rts, the windo
rmation abou
and BTS files
ALYZE
w Nemo Tool
e icon in My
emo Analyz
old down the
ow below wil
ut Nemo Ana
s.

ls program g
Computer or
ze 5).
Shift key to
l open. In the
alyze, links to
Nemo A
roup under t
r select it from
prevent Nem
e Welcome t
o related doc
Analyze Us
the Program
m the Start m
mo Analyze f
to Nemo Ana
cuments, and
ser Manual
s selection in
menu
from loading
alyze workbo
d shortcuts to
Wo
are

n
a
ook
o
orkbook
ea
CREATING THE DATABASE 19


USING NEMO ANALYZE
In Nemo Analyze you can view measurement data in multiple ways. The most convenient way,
however, is to focus on the Workspace user interface since it is quick and easy. For example, in the
workspace you can double-click a parameter, and Nemo Analyze opens the parameter automatically
in the default data view. Furthermore, you can go to View | Workbook | Add Data View, choose a
particular data view, select a measurement, and drag a parameter from the parameter tree in the data
view. You can also view several parameters in the same data view by dragging them in it. If you drag
a parameter in an empty workbook, a dialog box appears and asks you to select a data view type.
If you drag a measurement file to a workbook with a data view, a dialog box emerges asking you to
select the parameter you wish to view. The filter field above the parameter tree is useful when looking
for a specific parameter in a long list.
All data views are synchronized with each other based on time. Consequently, if you open two or more
data views on the same measurement file but on different parameters simultaneously, and switch from
one point of time in one data view to another point in time, the data in the other data views change
accordingly.

20

W

0
WORK
Th
pa
da
lef
wa
Th
So
ta
Th
an
th
als
Co
th
Pa
fo
m

Yo
fro
Fa
KSPAC
he Workspac
arameters ca
ata views. Se
ft-hand side
ant to dock it
he Workspac
ource Files,
bs at the bot
he Measurem
nd the Param
at are curren
so identified
ontents disp
e measurem
arameter Tr
lder, depend
aps, and oth
ou can add p
om the popu
avorites
CE
ce forms the
an be found i
ee also Using
of the Analy
t back to the
ce view cons
and Report
ttom of the W
ments page
meter tree. T
ntly in the da
next to the A
plays a list of
ment device is
ee shows all
ding on the s
her data view
parameters to
p menu. To t
button in the
basis of the
n the worksp
g Nemo Ana
ze main wind
side of the m
sists of five p
ts pages, res
Workspace vi
in the Works
The folders in
tabase, and
All Measure
f all measure
s also display
l available pa
elections in t
ws, and statis
o Favorites b
toggle betwe
e upper right
user interfac
pace, and fro
alyze (p.19). T
dow. You ca
main window
ages: Measu
spectively. Y
iew.
space is divi
nclude the A
other user-d
ments folde
ements in the
yed when th
arameters an
the other two
stics can also

by right-click
een the Favo
t corner of th
ce in Nemo A
om there it is
The Workspa
n also drag i
w, double-clic
urements, B
ou can switc
ded into thre
ll Measurem
defined folde
r, e.g. Analy
e folder selec
e mouse is h
nd KPIs for th
o sections. T
o be calculate
ing on a para
orites view an
e Parameter
Nemo A
Analyze. All m
convenient
ace view is b
t elsewhere
ck on the Wo
Base Station
ch between th
ee sections: F
ments folder,
rs. The curre
yze Local Da
cted in the Fo
hovered over
he selected f
he KPIs can
ed from the p
ameter and s
nd the Param
r Tree.
Analyze Us
measuremen
to drag them
by default att
in the windo
orkspace.
ns, Maps, Po
hese pages
Folders, Fol
, which show
ent database
atabase. The
olders sectio
r a measurem
file, measure
n be displaye
parameter tr

selecting Ad
meter Tree vi
ser Manual
nts and
m in various
tached to the
ow, and if you
olygons, Da
via the icon
lder Conten
ws all the files
e connection
e Folder
on. The name
ment file. Th
ement, or
d in graphs,
ee.
d to Favorit
iew, click the

e
u
ta
ts,
s
is
e of
e
tes
e
CR

REATING TTHE DATAABASE





21



22

2
W
W
m
Fi
th
Se
pa
WORKS
Workspace filt
ore quickly.
rst, above th
e name of th
econd, above
arameter, an
SPACE
ters enable t
Below you c
he measurem
he measurem
e the parame
d only param
E FILTE
he user to lo
an find some
ment files (se
ment file in th

eter tree you
meters match

ERS
ocate measur
e usage exam
ee the red bo
he filter field t
u can see the
hing the nam
rement files,
mples for the
x) you can fi
to find the de
e filter field fo
me will be view
Nemo A
parameters,
e filters.
nd the filter f
esired measu
or parameters
wed in the pa
Analyze Us
, maps, base
for measurem
urement file.
rs. Type in th
arameter tre
ser Manual
e stations, et
ment files. Ty

he name of th
e.

c.
ype
he
CR

REATING T
Th
co

THE DATA
hird, in the B
ontent in the
ABASE
Base Station
BTS file, allo
s view of the
owing base s

e Workspac
stations to be
e, the filter c
e filtered bas

an find base
sed on e.g. ch
e stations bas
hannel numb
23
sed on any
ber.

24

C
4
CREAT
W
m
ad
A
Se
Th
Se
ho

TING T
When you star
easurements
dded, they w
ADDING
elect File | M
he Open dia
elect the file(
olding down t
THE D
rt Nemo Ana
s, BTS files,
will remain in t
G FILES
Measuremen
log opens.
(s) you want
the Shift key
DATAB
alyze 5.x for t
and maps -
the database
S TO T
nt | Open [Me
to add to the
y.
BASE
the first time
to the datab
e until you re
THE DA
easurement
e database a
, the databas
ase may tak
emove them.
ATABAS
t /Map/BTS/R
and click Ope
Nemo A
se is empty.
e a while, bu
SE
Report/Data
en. You can
Analyze Us
Adding files
ut once files h
a Source File
select sever
ser Manual
-
have been
e].

ral files by


CREATING THE DATABASE 25


From the Files of type drop down menu you can define the type of file that you want to open.
Supported network measurement tools of Nemo Analyze include Nemo Outdoor, Nemo Autonomous,
Nemo Compact-i, Nemo Handy, TEMS Investigation, and TEMS Pocket, EADS REMS TETRAPOL
and R&S ROMES. Measurement data in CSV (Character-Separated Value) ASCII format is also
supported.
 Note that adding files to the database may take several minutes depending on the number
and the size of the files.
 Note that all the files need to have unique file names.
 Note that the file names of Nemo measurement files must follow the format
filename.devicenumber.nmf (for example, t5gsm.1.nmf). Device number signifies the number
of the device in case of simultaneous measurements with multiple devices. Device number
must always be separated with an extra dot in the file name. With one device, the value is 1.
The Database Loader (see page 246) displays the progress of file upload, file conversion, and file
upload queue.
The added measurement files will appear in the All Measurements folder in the Workspace | Folder
Contents view in the left-hand side of the Nemo Analyze main window.





26

6
Im
In
im
se
Af
or
dia
Yo
an
th
mporting
addition to a
mport image f
elect the ima
fter selecting
r the GPS co
alog, the ma
ou can also c
nd selecting
e end of the
g Image
adding map f
files to be us
ge that you w
g the image f
oordinates for
ap is added in
create black
Create Blac
file name.
Files as
files in the da
sed as maps.
want to use a
file you need
r two map co
n the databa
and white co
ck & White C

s Maps
atabase thro
. Select File
as a map. It
to define eit
orners. After
se and it will
opies of raste
Copy. The m
ough File | M
| | Import | I
can be, for e
ther the width
you click OK
l appear in th

er maps by r
map is saved
Nemo A
easurement
mage as ma
example, a flo
h and length
K in the Map
he Maps fold
right-clicking
with the sam
Analyze Us
t | Open Ma
ap. In the Op
oorplan from
of the map a
Import Para
der in the wor
on a map in
me name with
ser Manual
p, you can
pen dialog,
m a test site.
area in mete
ameters
rkspace.
n the workspa
h ‘BW’ added

ers
ace
d at
CR

REATING T
A
In
AS
th
Se
Th
To
fro
Te
Th
THE DATA
ADDING
addition to f
SCII data int
e dataviews
elect View | T
he Database
o create a ne
om the direct
emplate… fr
he CSV Impo
ABASE
G CSV
files produce
o the Nemo
available in
Tools | Data
e Manager di
ew CSV impo
tory tree, righ
rom the popu
ort Wizard –
FILES
ed with Nemo
Analyze data
Nemo Analy
abase mana
alog opens.
ort template,
ht-click on th
up menu.
CSV Templa

TO TH
o tools, you c
abase. The d
yze.
ager.
select the fo
he Template
ate File dialo
HE DAT
can import an
data can be
older Databa
field right of
og opens.
TABASE
ny character-
post-process
ase Managem
f the directory

E
r-separated v
sed and visu
ment | CSV
y tree, and s
27
value (CSV)
alized using

Templates
select Add


28

8
Te
br
Ex

O
Th
Ig
th
Ro
sta
Co
co
de
to
de
Yo
ca
St
co
Fi
O
emplate file
rowse button
xtension en
Note: It is
are renam
types of C
.csv3, and
nce Templat
he CSV Impo
gnore defines
e parts that d
ows allows y
arting with a
olumns allow
olumn based
efines that th
column 2, a
elimiters in th
ou can use o
an define you
trip leading
olumn of the
le preview d
nce the Igno
enables you
n to brow
ables you to
recommen
med to provi
CSV files, all
d .csv4.
te file and Ex
ort Wizard –
s the parts o
do not conta
you to define
specific strin
ws you to div
on the numb
he first twelve
and the next 3
he data set. D
one of the de
ur own delim
and trailing
imported da
displays a pr
ore and Colum
u to select a C
wse for CSV f
define the fi
ded that the
de each typ
l originally w
xtension have
– CSV Impor
f the importe
in relevant d
e specific row
ng to be igno
vide a CSV d
ber of charac
e characters
32 character
Delimiter de
efault delimite
iter characte
g quotation m
ta set.
review of the
mns settings
CSV file to s
files.
ile type the im
e extensions
pe with a uni
with the ext
e been defin
rt dialog ope
ed data set th
data. Column
ws to be igno
ored.
data set into
cters in a CS
(including sp
rs to column
efines the cha
ers, i.e. comm
er by entering
marks remo
CSV file con
s have been
serve as a ba
mport templa
s of CSV file
ique extens
ension .csv
ned, click Nex
ens.
hat are to be
n row define
ored. Rows s
columns. Fix
SV string. Fo
paces) belon
3. Fixed line
aracter that s
ma, dot, sem
g a character
ves leading
ntents.
defined, click
Nemo A
asis for the im
ate will apply
es with diffe
ion. For ins
, could be re
xt.

ignored whe
es the numbe
starting with
xed lines de
r example, th
ng to column
es should onl
separates co
micolon, <TAB
r to the Delim
and trailing q
k Next.
Analyze Us
mport templa
y to.
erent conten
stance, four
renamed as
en uploading
er of top rows
h allows you
efines the co
he setting 12
1, the next 2
ly be used if
olumns in the
B>, or <SPA
miter field.
quotation ma
ser Manual
ate. Click the
nt structures
different
.csv1, .csv2
g the data, i.e
s to be ignor
to define row
ntent of each
2, 22, 32
22 character
there are no
e CSV data s
ACE>, or you
arks from eac

s
2,
e.
ed.
ws
h
s
o
set.

ch
CR

REATING T
Th
Ta
Co
pr
De
Co
Co
Ke
as
m
Fo
Da
THE DATA
he CSV Impo
able name d
olumns ena
roperties of e
ecimal sepa
olumn defin
olumn type
eyword allow
s time and po
easurement
ormat define
To
Fo
clic
Fo
ata preview
ABASE
ort Wizard –
defines the na
bles you to s
each column
arator define
es the name
defines the d
ws you to de
ositioning da
files of other
es the require
o define a cus
ormat dialog
ck the releva
ormat dialog.
displays a p
Database Sc
ame of the te
select which
using Colum
es the decima
e of the colum
data type of
efine the cont
ta. Based on
r formats.
ed syntax for
stom time co
opens. To a
ant element.
.
preview of the

chema Defin
emplate.
columns are
mn, Column
al separator
mn selected i
the column s
tent type of c
n these defin
r the column
olumn syntax
add syntax el
Custom synt

e data set st
nition dialog o
e included in
n type and Fo
as comma o
in the Colum
selected in th
columns con
ned content ty
selected in t
x element-by
ements (e.g
tax is display
ructure.
opens.
the imported
ormat.
or dot.
mns control.
he Columns
taining some
ypes, the dat
the Columns
-element, cli
. YYYY) and
yed in the Fo
d data set an
s control.
e general dat
ta can be co
s control.
ck the … bu
d delimiters (e
ormat field o
29
nd to define t
ta types, suc
orrelated with
tton. The Tim
e.g. ;), doubl
f the Time

the
ch
h
me
le-
30

0
O
Th
To
th
Te
se
nce the prop
he new temp
o open a CSV
e directory tr
emplate… fr
electing File
perties of eac
plate is displa
V file using a
ree, right-clic
rom the popu
| Measurem
ch column ha
ayed in the T
an import tem
ck on the Tem
up menu. Yo
ment | Open M
ave been def
Template fiel
mplate, selec
mplate field
u can also o
Measureme
fined, click F
ld of the Use
ct Database
right of the d
pen a CSV f
ent.
Nemo A
inish.
er Manager w
Managemen
directory tree
files using an
Analyze Us
window.

nt | CSV Tem
e, and select
n import temp
ser Manual
mplates from
Import
plate by

m

CR

REATING T
Th
Se
a
O
Fo
To
Ch
O
Al
CS
THE DATA
he Open dial
elect a CSV
folder contai
pen.
or Opening C
o export a CS
hoose under
Opening
l CSV files w
SV Files pag
ABASE
log opens.
import templ
ining measur
CSV Files fro
SV template
r which name
CSV Fi
within the dat
ge of the Wor
late (e.g. Tem
rement files w
om the Datab
, right-click a
e the exporte
les from
tabase are d
rkspace, clic

mplate1) by
with the exte
base, see be
an existing te
ed template w
m the Da
isplayed on
ck the CSV F
using the Fil
ension define
low.
emplate and
will be saved
atabase
the CSV File
Files butto

les of type d
ed in the tem
select Expor
d as from the
es page of th
on below the
drop-down m
mplate, select
rt Template
e file dialog.
he Workspac
e Parameter
31
menu, browse
t a file, and c
.

e. To open th
Tree.

e to
click
he
32

2
Fi
Pa
de
To
pa
If
J e
les displays
arameters d
efined custom
o open a par
arameter (e.g
you want to
erkiness [%])
all the CSV
displays all th
m parameter
rameter in its
g. J erkiness
open the par
) in the Param
files stored i
he parameter
rs.
s default view
[%]) in the P
rameter in so
meters view

in the databa
rs that are av
w, select a CS
Parameters v
ome other ty
and select th
ase.
vailable for th
SV file in the
view.
ype of view, r
he view type
Nemo A
he file. The U
e Files view a
ight-click on
from the pop
Analyze Us
User folder d
and double-c
a parameter
pup menu.
ser Manual
displays user
click a
r (e.g.

r-
CR

REATING T
Th
Se
Th
THE DATA
he Choose G
elect a graph
he Select Co
ABASE
Graph Type d
h type.
olumns dialog
dialog opens
g opens.

.

33
34

4
De
Th




efine the x a
he data view
nd y axes an
w opens displ
nd click OK.
aying the selected param

meter data on
Nemo A
n the selecte
Analyze Us
ed CSV file.
ser Manual


CR

REATING T
O
O
vie
th
Se

In
cli


THE DATA
Opening
ptionally, cha
ews without
e workspace
elect File | O
the Analyze
ick Next and
ABASE
CSV Fi
aracter-sepa
importing the
e.
Open | Meas
e Wizard, you
d finally Finis
les witho
arated value (
e data into th
urement | O
u need to def
sh.

out Data
(CSV) data c
he database.
Open Data So
fine file impo
abase Im
can also be o
. Using this m
ource File, a
ort parameter
mport
opened and v
method, the C
and select th
rs. After you

W
h
at

D
co
se

C
co
so

C
ty

F
fo
viewed in va
CSV data is
he file in the O
have made
With Skip first y
ow many lines
at the beginnin
Delimiter define
olumns in the
eparated.
Columns displa
olumns detect
ource file.
Column type d
ype of each co
Format defines
ormat of each
35
arious data
loaded only
Open dialog.

the settings,
you can define
s are skipped
g of the file.
es how
source file ar
ays a list of
ted in the
efines the dat
olumn.
s the data
column.

in
.
,
e
e
a
36

6
Th
by


he imported f
y right-clickin
file is added
ng on the file
to the Data
and selectin

Source File
ng Open in D
es page in the
Data View.
Nemo A

e Workspac
Colu
is d
You
the
Analyze Us
ce. You can v
lumn aliases d
isplayed in the
u can define a
axes of each
ser Manual
view the data
define how dat
e data views.
parameter fo
view type.

a
ta
r
CR

REATING T
C
Co
ca
To
Th
Vi









THE DATA
Creating
orrelating an
an be used in
o open the D
he Database
iews | User.
ABASE
Custom
nd creating cu
n examining
Database bro
e browser vie

m Querie
ustom querie
the table stru
wser, select
ew opens. CS

es for CS
es for CSV fi
ucture of the
View | Data
SV import tem
SV Files
les is possib
e database.
abase brows
mplates (e.g
s
le using SQL
ser in the Rib
. Template1)
L. The Datab
bbonbar.
) can be foun
37
base browse

nd in the fold

r
der

38

8
Th
co
If
th
th
th














he CSV impo
olumns conta
multiple CSV
e directory s
e template. I
he_file_title d
ort template f
aining databa
V files have b
structure will
In order to m
displays the
folder display
ase structure
been importe
display all ro
make it possib
name of the
ys both the c
e data, such
ed to the data
ows from the
ble to identify
file from wh
columns that
as the_file_
abase using
correspondi
y the file to w
ich the row w
Nemo A
were import
title and the

a particular
ing columns
which each ro
was retrieved
Analyze Us
ted and som
e_file_extens
template, ea
of all the file
ow belongs,
d.
ser Manual
e extra
sion.
ach column in
es that match
the column

n
h
CR

REATING T
O
By









THE DATA
ORGAN
y default, all
ABASE
NIZE ME
added meas
EASUR
surement file

REMEN
es go into the

NTS
e All Measur rements foldder.
39
40

0
If
su
se
cli
In
re
fo

you have a l
ubfolders. In
ets of measu
ick on the Al
the Organiz
emove files fr
lders. See th
ot of files, it
the Organiz
rement files.
ll Measurem
ze Measurem
rom drag & d
he following c
may be conv
ze Measurem
Go to View
ments folder i
ments dialog
drop folders.
chapters for
venient to ca
ments dialog
in the Ribbo
in the Works
g you can cre
Right-click o
information o
ategorize mea
g you can con
onbar and se
space and se
eate new fold
on a folder in
on the differe
Nemo A
asurement fi
nveniently ha
lect Organiz
elect Organiz
ders, make jo
the left-hand
ent folder typ
Analyze Us
iles into cust
andle and or
ze Measurem
ze.
oined measu
d panel to cr
pes.
ser Manual
om-made
rganize large
ments, or rig

urements, an
reate new


e
ght-
nd
CR

REATING T
Se
50
Yo
an
Th
THE DATA
elect measur
0 for more inf
ou can also o
nd select Ad
here are thre
ABASE
rements, righ
formation on
organize me
d Folder.
ee types of fo
ht-click on th
n joined meas
asurements
olders you ca

em, and sele
surements.
in the Work

an add: Drag
ect Join to c
space. Righ
g & Drop, Sea
reate joined
t-click on the
arch, and Qu
measureme

e All Measur
uery.
41
nts. See pag
rements item

ge
m
42

2
D
Dr
or
M
ap





Drag & D
rag & Drop fo
rganize files,
easurement
ppear in two
Drop Fol
olders are fo
for example
ts folder to th
folders. The
ders
olders where
e, by technolo
he custom-m
drag & drop
you can dra
ogy, time or
made sub-fold
p folders are

g files from t
place. When
ders, the files
identified wit
The examp
two custom
named Oc
The CDMA
the Octobe
The same
Measureme
Nemo A
the All Meas
n you drag an
s are only co
th a symb
ple shows a
m-made drag
tober 2006
2000 folder
er 2006 fold
files are
ents folder.
Analyze Us
surements fo
nd drop files
opied, i.e., th
bol.
a Workspace
g & drop fo
and CDMA
has two files
der has four
also in th
ser Manual
older. You ca
from the All
e files will
e with
olders
A2000.
s, and
r files.
e All

an
CR

REATING T
S
Se
fo
To
Se
If
th
Re

THE DATA
Search F
earch folders
lders are ide
o create a ne
earch… from
you have an
e folder to di
efresh from
ABASE
Folders
s are folders
entified with a
ew search fo
m the popup
n existing sea
isplay also th
the popup m
where files a
a symbol
lder, right-cli
menu.
arch folder an
he newly add
menu.

are copied b
.
ick on the Al
nd you have
ded files. To
ased on use
l Measurem
loaded new
refresh a fol

r-defined sea
ments folder,

files to the d
der, right-clic
arch criteria.
and select A
database, yo
ck on the fold
43
The search
Add Folder |
ou must refre
der, and sele

|
sh
ect
44







4
Th
th
cr
po


he Search F
e Measurem
riteria and cre
olygon-define
older Prope
ment, Notific
eate search
ed geograph
erties dialog
cations, Netw
folders for, e
ical area.
opens, allow
work and Sy
e.g., WiMAX


wing you to d
ystem tabs.
scanners fro
Name
Searc
you to
files u

Start
define
meas

Searc
define
meas
follow
Days
meas
previo
Adde
meas
datab
Meas
from
meas

Devic
mobil

Area
meas
To de
button
Area
Nemo A
define search
You can com
om specific d
e defines the
ch measurem
o search for
using the file
date and En
e a time rang
surement files
ch last allows
ed number o
surement files
wing paramet
, Weeks, an
surement files
ous days, we
ed finds an N
surement files
base the mos
surements fi
an N numbe
surement ses
ce type enab
e or scanner
enables you
surements m
efine the area
n. This open
dialog below
Analyze Us
h criteria for t
mbine multip
dates and fro
e search fold
ment title opt
specific mea
name.
nd date allow
ge from whic
s will be sea
s you to sear
of the most re
s based on t
ters:
nd Months fin
s from an N
eeks, and mo
N number of
s added to th
st recently
inds measur
er of the most
ssions.
bles you to se
r measureme
u to search fo
made on a def
a, click the D
ns the Select
w.
ser Manual
the folder us
le search
m specific
er name.
tion allows
asurement
w you to
ch all
arched.
rch a
ecent
the
nds
number of
onths.
he
ement files
t recent
earch for
ents.
or
fined area.
Define Area
t Polygon

ing
CR

REATING T
Cl
Se












W
W
W
ne












THE DATA
licking the D
elect Polygon
With Map | Fil
With Area | Na
With the Save
ew polygon a
ABASE
efine Area b
n Area dialog
lename you
ame you can
e, Save As a
area and dele
utton on the
g.
can select o
n select a po
nd Delete bu
ete a previou

Properties d
r browse for
lygon area y
uttons you ca
usly saved po
dialog Measu
the map file
you have pre
an save an e
olygon area.
urement tab (
you want to
viously save
edited polygo

(see above)
use.
ed.
on area, save
45
opens the
e and name

a
46

6
W
W

When you righ
With Area sele
ht-click on the
ected, you ca
e map, a pop
an select a p
pup menu op
polygon area
pens. Reset
. With Chan


Wit
opt
me
cou

Wit
opt
me
netw
In t
the
the
Nemo A
Area remove
ge Map you
h the Mobile
ion you can s
asurements
untry.
h the Mobile
ion you can s
asurements
work.
he Events p
events you w
search.
Analyze Us
ves the polyg
select anoth
e country cod
search for
made in a ce
e network cod
search for
made in a ce
page you can
want to inclu
ser Manual
on selection
her map.
de
ertain
de
ertain
n select
ude in

.
CR

REATING T
Fi




















THE DATA
nally click O
ABASE
K and the measurements

s that match the search c
With the
search
a certai

With the
search
a certai
criteria are co
e System op
for measure
n system.
e Band optio
for measure
n band.
copied to the
ption you can
ements made
on you can
ements made
47
search folde
n
e in
e in

er.
48

8
Q
Q
th
au
To
Q
If
th
Re
Query Fo
uery folders
e query is de
utomatically a
o create a ne
uery from th
you have an
e folder to di
efresh from
olders
are folders w
efined, Nemo
add all releva
ew query fold
he popup me
n existing que
isplay also th
the popup m
where files ar
o Analyze wi
ant files to th
der, right-clic
nu.
ery folder and
he newly add
menu.
re added bas
ill go through
he query fold
ck on the All
d you have l
ded files. To

sed on user-
h the measur
der.
Measureme
oaded new f
refresh a fol
Nemo A
-defined crite
rement files i
ents folder an

files to the da
der, right-clic
Analyze Us
eria, that is, q
in the databa
nd select Ad
atabase, you
ck on the fold
ser Manual
queries. Onc
ase and
dd Folder |
u must refres
der, and sele

e
h
ect
CR

REATING T
Th
co
th
au
ch














Ne
fo

THE DATA
he Properties
opied to the f
e folder man
utomatically w
heckbox. Clic
emo Analyze
lder. The qu
ABASE
s dialog open
folder, e.g., L
nually, clear t
when files ar
ck OK.
e creates the
ery folders a
ns. In the Qu
Last Year. Th
the checkbox
re added or r
e new folder,
are identified

uery field, se
he folder will
x and type a
removed from
and the files
with a sy
elect the crite
be named a
name. If you
m the databa
s that match
ymbol.
eria according
automatically
u want the fo
ase, select th
the query cr
g to which th
y, but if you w
older to be up
he Auto-upd
riteria are cop
49
he files will be
wish to name
pdated
date…
pied to the

The exam
shows a
Workspac
one custom
made que
folder nam
Last Year

e
e
ple
e with
m-
ry
med
r.
50

0
J
W
J o

Ri
In




OINED
With Nemo An
oined measu
Note that y
different t
ight-click on
the Add Jo
D MEAS
nalyze it is po
rements will
you cannot
imes.
All Measure
ined Measu
SUREM
ossible to join
be handled
join overlap
ements and
rement dialo
MENTS
n separate m
as one meas
pping meas
select Add J

og, type a na
measuremen
surement file
urement file
Joined Meas
ame for the jo
Nemo A
t files into a s
e.
es. Files mu
surement.
oined measu
Analyze Us
single joined
ust have bee
urement, e.g
ser Manual
d measureme
en recorded
., 18 Jun 200

ent.
at
06.
CR

REATING T
Th
m
wi
It
th











THE DATA
he joined me
easurement
ith a sym
is also possi
e joined mea
ABASE
easurement a
files into the
mbol.
ible to remov
asurement fil
appears in th
e folder in the
ve all measur
le and select

he Workspac
e Folder Con

rements from
ting Remove
ce | Folder C
ntents sectio
m the joined
e All Joined
Contents. Yo
on. J oined m
measuremen
Measureme
ou can now
measurement
nt file by righ
ents.
51
drag & drop
ts are identifi
ht-clicking on

ied
n
52

2
A
A
Cu
fo
To
Th
En
dis
fo
ADDING
AND FO
ustom descr
r instance, to
o add a desc
he Measurem
nter the desc
splayed as a
lders can als
G DESC
OLDER
iptions can b
o further indi
cription, right
ment Descr
cription to the
a tooltip when
so be search
CRIPTI
S
be added to m
vidualize par
-click on the
iption dialog
e Measurem
n hovering o
hed based on
IONS T
measuremen
rticular files o
file or folder
g opens.

ment file des
ver the meas
n the descrip
TO MEA
nt files and fo
or folders for
r, and select
scription field
surement file
tion using Se
Nemo A
ASURE
olders. These
r the purpose
Set Descrip
d and click O
e or folder. M
earch Folder
Analyze Us
EMENT
e description
es of later se
ption from th
OK. The desc
Measuremen
rs (see page
ser Manual
T FILES
ns can be use
earches.
he popup me
cription is
nt files and
43).

S
ed,
nu.
CR

REATING T
To
fo
To
De
D
To
an
Th
Se






THE DATA
o add a desc
lders while h
o edit an exis
escription fr
DELETE
o permanent
nd select Del
he following
elect Yes to
ABASE
cription to sev
holding down
sting descrip
rom the popu
E FOLD
tly delete the
lete Folder C
prompt appe
permanently
veral measu
n the shift key
tion, right-cli
up menu.
DER CO
contents of
Contents fro
ears.
y delete the m

rement files
y, and select
ick on the me
ONTEN
a particular f
om the popup

measuremen
or folders, ri
t Set Descri
easurement
NTS
folder from th
p menu.
nt files from t
ght-click on t
ption from th
file or folder
he database
he database
the measure
he popup me
and select S
e, right-click o

e.
53
ement files or
enu.
Set
on the folder

r
54


4
R
D

To
th
Th
Re
Re
Fi
Re
RETRIE
DATABA
Note: This
o retrieve ori
e Workspace
he Retrieve
etrieve to fo
etrieving file
ile N/NNN di
etrieve begin
EVING
ASE
s feature is
ginal measu
e, and select
Files dialog
older defines
e displays th
splays the p
ns the retriev
ORIGIN
supported b
rement files
t Retrieve O
opens.
s the folder to
e file that is
rogress of th
val process.
NAL FI
by Nemo An
from the dat
Original Files
o which the r
currently bei
he retrieval p
LES FR
nalyze Enter
tabase, right-
s from the po


retrieved files
ing processe
rocess.
Nemo A
ROM T
rprise Editio
-click on a m
opup menu.
s will be save
ed.
Analyze Us
HE
on only.
measurement
ed.
ser Manual
t folder or file

e in
CR

REATING T
De
bu
D
To
se
Th
De

THE DATA
efine a targe
utton.
DATABA
o clean up ol
elect Clean U
he Clean Up
efine the tim
ABASE
et location for
ASE CL
ld files from t
Up from the p
p dialog open
e range from
r the retrieve
LEANU
the database
popup menu

ns.
m which the m

ed files with th
UP
e, right-click
u.
measuremen
he Retrieve
on All Meas

nts are to be
to folder co
urements in
deleted and
ontrol and clic
n the Worksp
click Delete
55
ck the Retrie
pace and
.

eve
56

V
6
VIEWIN
M
vie
m
an
P
Th
de
pa



NG M
easurement
ews, and ma
ade workboo
nd save them
PARAM
he fastest wa
efault view, s
arameter in t
EASU
data can be
aps. A workb
oks for analy
m for later us
METER
ay to view me
select the rele
he paramete
UREME
viewed in d
ook is a colle
yzing measur
e.
TREE
easurement
evant measu
er tree.
ENT D
ifferent kinds
ection of dat
rement data.
data is throu
urement files
DATA
s of data view
a views and
You can als
ugh the Para
s in the Work
Nemo A
ws, such as g
Nemo Analy
so easily mak
ameter Tree.
space and th
Analyze Us
graphs, grids
yze offers so
ke your own
. To open a p
hen double-c
ser Manual
s, numerical
me ready-
workbooks
parameter in
click a

its
MA

ANAGING
Th
ty
m
Yo
dis
vie
In
at













WORKBOO
he selected p
pe of view, r
enu.
ou can also d
splay a gree
ew is unsuita
the Parame
t the top of th
OKS
parameter is
ight-click on
drag and dro
n icon if t
able.
eter Tree you
he parameter
opened in th
a parameter
op parameter
the data view
u can search
r tree view. T

he default vie
r in the param
rs in data vie
w is suitable
and filter pa
The paramet
ew. If you wa
meter tree an
ews from the
for the param
rameters by
er tree will d
ant to open th
nd select the
Parameter T
meter, and a
typing the pa
isplay only th
he paramete
e view type fr
Tree. Nemo A
a red icon
arameter na
he defined p
57
er in some ot
rom the popu
Analyze will
if the data
me in the fie
arameters.

ther
up

eld
58

8
So
op
th
Fi
Fi
sp
Th
ome parame
pening these
e selected p
ll Paramete
nish, select
pecifications.
he RX level f
eters require
e parameters
arameter. Fo
rs dialog you
the graph ty

full paramete
further defin
in a data vie
or example, i
u can select
ype, and the
er values are
ition before t
ew, a dialog
if you want to
a BSIC valu
parameter is
e shown acco
they can be v
box appears
o view RX le
e from the d
s displayed in
ording to BSI
Nemo A
viewed in an
s asking for s
evel full selec
rop-down me
n a graph acc
C value 18.
Analyze Us
ny given data
specifications
cted BSIC in
enu in the Va
ccording to th


ser Manual
a view. When
s applicable t
a graph, in t
alue field. Cl
he BSIC

n
to
the
lick
MA

ANAGING
S
In
pa
or
Yo
La
Pa
Fo
Al
th
[N

S
To
m
St
WORKBOO
Statistics
addition to r
arameter stra
r over a folde
ou can run p
aunchpad. To
arameter Tr
or more infor
ternatively, y
e Workspac
No Grouping
Statistics b
o run statistic
easurement
tatistics by
OKS
s over Pa
running repo
aight from the
er containing
arameter sta
o do this, se
ee, and click
rmation on th
you can run s
ce, then right
g/Fixed Geo
by: No G
cs over a sin
file in the W
| No Groupi
aramete
rts on measu
e Parameter
several mea
atistics over a
lect a measu
k on the b
he Paramete
statistics ove
t-clicking on
graphical B
rouping
gle measure
Workspace, ri
ng.

er
urement files
r Tree. The s
asurement fil
a single mea
urement file i
button displa
r Launchpad
er a single m
a parameter
Bin Area/Bou

ement file wit
ight-click on
s, it is also po
statistics can
les (e.g., the
asurement fil
n the Works
ayed at the bo
d, see page 6
measurement
r in the Param
unding Geog
thout groupin
a parameter
ossible to run
n be run over
All Measure
e by accessi
space, select
ottom left cor
67.
file by selec
meter Tree,
graphical Bi
ng the data in
r in the Param
n statistics o
r a single me
rements fold
ing the Para
ct a paramete
rner of the P
cting a measu
and selectin
in Area].
n any way, s
meter Tree,
59
n a single
easurement f
er).
meter
er in the
Parameter Tre
urement file
ng Statistics
elect a
and select

file,
ee.
in
|
60

0 Nemo AAnalyze Us ser Manual
MA

ANAGING
Be
G
Be
gr


WORKBOO
elow is a wor
rouping.
enchmarking
raph.
OKS
rkbook with s
g can be don
statistics on
e by draggin

RSCP best a
ng parameter
active set wh
r statistics on
hen run on a
n different file
single file, b

es or folders

61
based on No
in the same

e
62

2
S
St
vie
(e
Bi
To
an
Statistics b
tatistics by F
ew statistics
e.g. a portion
n Area, area
o produce sta
nd select Sta
by: Fixed
ixed Geogra
on map in a
of the meas
a binning will
atistics by fix
atistics by |
Geograp
aphical Bin A
rea bins. Wit
surement rou
be automati
xed geograph
Fixed Geog
phical Bin
Area and Bou
th Fixed Geo
ute) and perfo
ically perform
hical area, se
graphical Bin
n Area
unding Geogr
ographical B
orm area bin
med on the e
elect a meas
n Area.
Nemo A
raphical Bin A
in Area, the u
ning on it. W
entire measur
surement, rig
Analyze Us
Area make i
user can sel
With Bounding
rement route
ght-click on a
ser Manual
t possible to
ect an area
g Geographi
e.
a parameter,

cal
MA

ANAGING
Th
Se
th
th
co
cit
Th
WORKBOO
he Select Re
elect a map i
e query with
is, it is possi
orrectly on th
ty level maps
he bins show
OKS
ectangular A
in the Map |
your mouse
ble that with
he map. This
s the results
w the average
Area dialog b
Filename fie
e. The area b
low zoom le
is most appa
are generall
e value acco

box appears
eld, and defi
binning statis
evels and non
arent when u
ly very accur
ording to the
.
ne the area o
stics are calc
n-linear map
using a map
rate. Click OK
color set in e
on the map w
ulated using
p projections
of the whole
K.
each bin.

which you wa
linear math.
the results d
e world or co
63
ant to include
. Because of
do not plot
ntinent. With


e in
f
h
64

4
It
Va
on
Th
Se
Th










is also possi
ariance. The
n the parame
he Propertie
elect a statis
he area binn
ible to view s
statistics are
eter in the La
es dialog ope
tics type from
ing layer is d
statistics bas
e by default
ayers view, a
ens.
m the Statist
drawn based
sed on Minim
calculated b
and select Pr

tics drop-dow
on the selec
mum, Maximu
ased on Ave
roperties fro

wn menu an
cted statistics
Nemo A
um, Sample c
erage. Go to
om the popup
d click OK.
s type.
Analyze Us
count, Std. d
the side pan
p menu.
ser Manual
deviation and
nel, right-click

d
k
MA

ANAGING
S
St
vie
se
Bo
m
To
pa
WORKBOO
Statistics b
tatistics by F
ew statistics
elect an area
ounding Geo
easurement
o produce sta
arameter, an
OKS
by: Bound
ixed Geogra
on map in a
a (e.g. a porti
ographical Bi
route.
atistics by bo
d select Stat
ding Geo
aphical Bin A
rea bins. Wit
on of the me
n Area, area
ounding geog
tistics by | B

ographica
Area and Bou
th Fixed Geo
easurement r
a binning will
graphical bin
Bounding G
al Bin Are
unding Geogr
ographical B
route) and pe
be automati
n area, selec
Geographica

ea
raphical Bin A
in Area (see
erform area b
cally perform
t a measurem
l Bin Area.
Area make i
page 62), th
binning on it
med on the e
ment, right-c
65
t possible to
he user can
. With
entire
click on a

66

6
It
Va
on
Th
Se
Th











is also possi
ariance. The
n the parame
he Propertie
elect a statis
he area binn
ible to view s
statistics are
eter in the La
es dialog ope
tics type from
ing layer is d
statistics bas
e by default
ayers view, a
ens.
m the Statist
drawn based
sed on Minim
calculated b
and select Pr

tics drop-dow
on the selec
mum, Maximu
ased on Ave
roperties fro

wn menu an
cted statistics
Nemo A
um, Sample c
erage. Go to
om the popup
d click OK.
s type.
Analyze Us
count, Std. d
the side pan
p menu.
ser Manual
deviation and
nel, right-click

d
k
MA

ANAGING
P
To
St
se
Tr



WORKBOO
Paramete
o produce pa
tandard devi
elect a param
ree.
OKS
er Launc
arameter stat
ation, Varian
meter and clic
chpad
tistics, such
nce, Mode, M
ck on the

as Cumulatio
Median, Midra
button disp

on & density
ange, and H
layed at the
, Count, Ave
istogram, ba
bottom left c
erage, Minim
ased on mea
corner of the
67
um, Maximu
surement da
Parameter

um,
ata,
68

8
Th


he Parameteer Launchpa ad view openns.


O
s
S
A
d
d
O
O
d
S
D
e
C
p
D
F
v
fo
s
a
s
C
M
V
H
A
d
d
W
b
G
g
Open in data
ettings defin
Statistics and
Apply filters,
efining filters
efined all the
Open in data
Open in defin
isplaying the
Statistics (se
Details displa
xists.
Change defa
arameter de
Defaults dialo
From the Sta
arious param
ormat. To inc
tatistics type
nd drop eac
preadsheet.
Cumulation &
Minimum, Ma
Variance, Mo
Histogram.
Apply filters,
efining param
ragged and
Weight by de
e weighted b
Group by def
rouped.
Nemo A
a view opens
ed in the sec
d Details.
, if selected,
s for the para
e parameter
a view.
nes the data
e parameter d
ee below)
ays the param
aults enables
fault settings
og (see p. 59
tistics subm
meter statistic
clude more th
e on the same
h statistics ty
Available sta
& density, C
aximum, Sta
ode, Median
, if selected,
meter filters o
dropped onto
efines whethe
by distance o
fines how the
Analyze Us
s the parame
ctions Prese
opens a dia
ameter after
settings and
view type us
data.
meter descri
s you to chan
s using the C
9).
menu, you ca
cs in spreads
han one para
e spreadshe
ype on the
atistics types
Count, Avera
andard devi
n, Midrange,
opens a dia
once the par
o a data view
er the statist
or by time.
e statistics a
ser Manual
eter with the
ntation,
log for
you have
d selected
sed in
ption if it
nge
Change
n open
sheet
ameter
eet, drag
s include
age,
iation,
and
log for
rameter is
w.
tics are to
re to be

VI

EWING ME
C
Th
ea
ch
Th
pa


EASUREM
Change D
hrough the P
ach paramete
hange defaul
he General t
arameter and
ENT DATA
Defaults
Parameter Tr
er. Right-clic
lts using the
tab of the Ch
d set the gra
A
s
ree view you
ck on a param
Parameter L
hange Defau
ph scale top

u can change
meter and se
Launchpad (s
ults dialog en
and bottom

e the default
elect Change
see Paramet
nables you to
values.
color set and
e Defaults. A
ter Launchpa
o select a de
d default gra
Alternatively,
ad on page 6
efault color se
69
aph scales fo
you can als
67).
et for the

r
o
70

0
Th
pa
Th
sta
Di
cu
Th
In
Fo
ev
bi
Th
ch
FE
be
ag
he View tab
arameter.
he Statistics
atistics.
irection The
umulation gro
he statistics a
nterval define
or example, y
very 10 units
ns at the beg
hreshold Th
hange in the
ER is higher
e shown in th
ggregates w
of the Chang
s tab of the C
e direction of
ows.
are calculate
es the bins in
you can follo
. Values gre
ginning and e
he user can s
parameter v
than 50, the
he bars. The
window.
ge Defaults d
Change Defa
f the cumulat
ed over the v
nto which the
ow the value
ater than or
end of the sc
set a value w
value will be o
distribution
percentage
dialog enable

aults dialog e

tion tail in th
value range d
e values betw
of a parame
less than the
cale respecti
which defines
of interest to
of the values
of the values
es you to set
enables you t
e x axis is op
defined using
ween the Min
eter from the
e Minimum a
vely.
s the limit aft
the user. Fo
s in percenta
s which are h
Nemo A
t the default d
to set the def
pposite to the
g a Minimum
nimum and th
minimum to
and Maximum
ter or before
or example, w
ages within th
higher than 5
Analyze Us
data view fo
fault settings
e direction w
m and a Max
he Maximum
the maximu
m are inserte
which (see C
when the thr
he targeted v
50 will be sho
ser Manual
r the
s for paramet
where the
ximum.
m are divided
m value at
ed in the "…"
Condition) a
eshold value
value range w
own in the

ter
.
a
e in
will
VI

EWING ME
Co
eq
fo

V
Th
th
Se
na
fu
m
Se
EASUREM
ondition def
qual to (<=),
r the user to
VIEWIN
his use case
ere are mea
elect a meas
ame of the m
nctionality fo
easurement
elect a meas
ENT DATA
fines the whe
bigger than (
be notified o
NG MEA
describes th
surement file
surement in t
measurement
or measurem
files in the d
surement in t
A
ether the par
(>), or bigge
of given occu
ASURE
he steps for v
es in the data
the workspac
t file in the Fi
ment files in th
database, or
the Workspa

rameter valu
r than or equ
urrences in n
EMENT
viewing mea
abase.
ce. You can
ilter field, wh
he Workspac
in a specific
ce, right-clic

e needs to b
ual to (>=) th
network perfo
DATA
surement da
locate a mea
hich is marke
ce is especia
folder.
k on a param
be smaller tha
e threshold v
ormance.
IN GRA
ata in various
asurement fil
ed by the red
ally useful wit
meter and se
an (<), small
value defined
RAPHS
s graphs. It is
le quickly by
d frame below
th a large nu
elect Open |
71
er than or
d in Thresho
s assumed th
typing the
w. This filteri
umber of
In, e.g. Grap

old,
hat
ng
ph.
72

2
In
th
Th


the Choose
is case a line
he BLER par
e Graph Typ
e graph.
rameter is op
pe dialog, sel
pened in a lin
lect the grap
ne graph.
h type in wh

Nemo A
ich you want
Analyze Us
t to show the
ser Manual
e parameter,


in
VI

EWING ME
V
Th
ca
m
O
In
Th









EASUREM
VIEWIN
his use case
ase, it is assu
aps in the da
Opening
the Maps F
he map file is
ENT DATA
NG MEA
describes th
umed that th
atabase. For
Measur
older of
s loaded to th
A
ASURE
he steps for v
ere are mea
r loading files
rement F
the Workspa
he Analyze d


EMENT
viewing mea
surement file
s to the datab
Files on
ace window,
database. No
DATA
surement da
es with coord
base, see Ad
Map
double-click
ow double-cl
ON MA
ata on map. F
dinates, BTS
dding Files to
on a map (.t
ick on the ma

AP
For the purpo
S files, and co
o the Databa
tab) or Geos
ap file in the
73
oses of this u
orresponding
ase on page
set (.gst) file.
Loaded vie

use
g
24.

w.
74

4
Th
Fo
Co













he map view
or adding mo
ombinations
w opens.
ore map laye
as Geosets
ers to map vie
on page 175
ew, see Use
5.
Case 11.: A
Nemo A
Adding Map L
Analyze Us
Layers and S
ser Manual

Saving Layer

r
VI

EWING ME
Go
pa




EASUREM
o to the Mea
arameter from
ENT DATA
asurement file
m the Param
A
e page in the
meter Tree, an

e Workspace
nd drag it on
e view, and s
n the map.
select a meassurement file
75
e. Then selec

ct a

76

6
Th
Th
Yo
co














he measurem
he route is op
ou can zoom
olor set.
ment is show
pened on the
m in and out o
wn on the ma
e map and co
on the map w
ap.
olored using
with the mou
the default c
se wheel. Th
Nemo A
color set for t
he side pane
Analyze Us
the selected
el displays the
ser Manual
parameter.
e selected


VI

EWING ME
O
Cl
th
Dr
Cl
sta

EASUREM
Opening
lick the base
e Base Stati
rag a BTS fil
lick OK when
ation icons a
ENT DATA
BTS Fil
e station icon
ons view.
e from the W
n Nemo Ana
are drawn.
A
les on M
at the b
Workspace to
lyze asks if t

Map
bottom of Wo
o the map.
the added BT
orkspace to s
TS should be
switch from th
e associated
he Measurem
d with the rou
77
ments view t
ute. The base

to

e

78

8
To
sid
Th
se
to
o change the
de panel und
he Properties
et drop-down
Cell identific
e parameter c
der Layers, a
s dialog open
n menus, and
cation.
color set use
and select P
ns. Select th
d click OK. F
ed for colorin
roperties.

e Color tab,
For example,

ng the BTS ic
change the
you may ch
Nemo A
cons, right-cli
setting of bo
ange the set
Analyze Us
ick on the BT
oth Paramete
tting from Sc
ser Manual
TS layer in th
er and Color
crambling cod

he
r
de

VI

EWING ME
Th




EASUREM
he BTS icons
ENT DATA
s are colored
A
d based on th

he selected c color set.
79


80

0
V
No
lay
po
Th
int
Se
Viewing N
otification ico
yer in the sid
opup menu.
he Properties
terested in. F
elect the noti
Notificat
ons enable s
de panel (or d
s dialog open
For example
ifications you
tion Icon
pecific meas
directly on th
ns. Go to the
, we might w
u want to be
ns on Ma
surement eve
he measurem
e Notificatio
want to view C

displayed an
ap
ents to be vie
ment route on
ns tab. Sele
Cell reselect
nd click OK.
Nemo A
ewed on map
n map) and s
ct all notifica
ions.
Analyze Us
p. Right-click
select Prope
ations that yo
ser Manual
k on the rout
erties from th
ou are

e
he

VI

EWING ME
If
Yo
dif
po
th















EASUREM
the selected
ou can now z
fferent views
oint in the me
e notification
ENT DATA
notifications
zoom in on t
s (line graphs
easurement,
n was logged
A
s occur in the
he map and
s, grids, map
allowing you
d.

e measureme
move the cu
ps, etc.) are s
u to analyze
ent file, they
urrent locatio
synchronized
all relevant p
are drawn o
n marker on
d, all data vie
parameter da
on the map a
the notificat
ews will jump
ata before, d
81
s small icons
tions. If all th
p to the same
during and af

s.

e
e
fter
82

2
U
Ne
is
m
yo
pr
To
Co
Ce





Use Case
emo Analyze
displayed fo
easurement
ou to browse
rint analysis c
o view cell fo
ontents, or a
ell Footprint
e 1.: Vie
e can automa
or every cell w
session. The
from footpri
can be perfo
ootprints, righ
a measurem
ts from the p
ewing Ce
atically creat
whose signa
e footprint of
nt to another
ormed on bot
ht-click a mea
ent folder in
popup menu.
ell Footp
te a cell footp
al has been a
f each cell is
r and immed
th UMTS sca
asurement fi
Workspace
.
prints
print map plo
among the th
displayed o
diately see bo
anner and mo
ile in Worksp
e | Measurem

Nemo A
ot for every c
ree stronges
n map on a s
oth the footpr
obile data.
pace | Meas
ments | Fold
Analyze Us
cell measured
st at some po
separate pag
rint and the c
surements |
ders, and sel
ser Manual
d. Cell footpr
oint during th
ge, allowing
cell. Cell foot
Folder
lect Analyse

rint
he
t
es |
VI

EWING ME
Th
Yo

EASUREM
he Cell Foot
ou can brows
ENT DATA
tprints view
se from cell t
A
opens, displ
to cell by sel

aying the foo
lecting pages
otprint of eac
s from the ta
ch cell as a s
bs below the
separate pag

e map view.

83
ge.


84

4
U
Th
te
S
To
O
Th
Se
(b
O

Th
Lo






Use Case
his use case
rminal (down
Step 1: Lo
o load an upl
pen Measur
he Open dial
elect both the
by holding do
pen.
Note: In or
both the se
Analyze w
he files are lo
oader (see p
e 2.: Vie
describes th
nlink) data fro
oading Vo
link voice qu
rement from
log opens.
e server mea
own the Shift
rder for the
erver (UL) m
ill correlate
oaded into th
age 246).
ewing U
he steps for v
om the same
oice Qual
ality measur
the Ribbonb
asurement fil
key while se
uplink serve
measuremen
these files a
he database.
plink Vo
viewing uplin
e measurem
lity Meas
rement sessi
bar.
le and the m
electing the f
er data to be
nt file and th
automatical
You can mo
oice Qua
nk voice qual
ent session.
urement
on into the d
mobile termina
files. Once bo
e displayed
he mobile te
lly.
onitor loading
Nemo A
ality Serv
ity server da

Data into
database, sel
al measurem
oth files have
correctly, th
erminal (DL)
g progress by
Analyze Us
ver Data
ata together w
o the Data
lect File | Me

ment file. You
e been selec
he database
measureme
y using the D
ser Manual
a
with mobile
abase
easurement
u can do this
cted, click
e must cont
ent file. Nem
Database

t |
tain
mo
VI

EWING ME
S
O
no
an







EASUREM
Step 2: Ru
nce both file
ot select the
nd right-click
ENT DATA
unning Q
s have been
uplink serve
on a relevan
A
ueries on
loaded into
r file) in the W
nt audio qual

n Uplink V
the databas
Workspace,
lity paramete
Voice Qu
e, select the
right-click on
er and select
ality Serv
downlink mo
n a relevant a
t Open In | [D
ver Data
obile termina
audio quality
Data view].

85
al file (i.e. do
y parameter,

86

6
A















workbook is opened bas sed on the mmeasurement file.
Nemo AAnalyze Us ser Manual


VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA 87


Use Case 3.: Viewing IP/UDP Packet Trace Data
 Note: Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3 must be installed BEFORE Nemo Analyze to enable
complete IP/UDP trace details to be displayed in Nemo Analyze. For installing the
Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3, see Installing Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3 below.
 Note: If Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3 is nevertheless installed after Nemo Analyze, Nemo
Analyze’s Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3 functionality can be activated by copying the file
NMAPI.dll from the folder C:\Program Files\Microsoft Network Monitor 3\ to the folder
C:\Program Files\Anite\Nemo Analyze 5.
 Note: If Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3 is not found on the PC or Nemo Analyze has been
installed before Microsoft® Network Monitor 3.3, Nemo Analyze will display only a limited
set of IP/UDP trace details.
With IP packet capturing, network packets sent between IP addresses are stored in log files and can
be post-processed with a third party application such as Ethereal®. The IP packet data is stored in a
separate file (.pcap) for each measurement terminal for which IP capturing is enabled.
This use case describes the steps for viewing IP trace data based on a measurement file and the
corresponding IP trace (.pcap) file. Both files must be from the same measurement session with
identical time stamps. First, a relevant workbook (e.g. HSDPA full details) is opened on the
measurement file. Next, a separate workbook on the IP trace file corresponding with the measurement
file. The two workbooks are automatically synchronized, enabling the correlation of events on the
parameter level with events on the IP trace level.
 Note: In order for the synchronization of the two files to work, the time stamps of the
measurement file and the IP trace (.pcap) file must be identical, i.e. both files have to be
from the same exact measurement session.
Step 1: Installing Microsoft®Network Monitor 3.3
Go to Microsoft website at <http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=103158&clcid=0x409>to download
the free Network Monitor installation package. Select the NM33_x86.exe installation file and click the
Download button.
Once the installation file has been successfully downloaded, double-click on the file.
88

8
Th
Se
Th
Cl
Th
Cl

he Open File
elect Run.
he Microsoft
lick Yes to co
he Microsoft
lick Next.
e – Security
Network Mo
ontinue insta
Network Mo
y Warning di
onitor 3.3 dial
allation.
onitor 3.3 Set
alog opens.
log box open
tup – Welcom

ns.
me… dialog
Nemo A

opens.

Analyze Us ser Manual


VI

EWING ME
Th
Se

Th
Se





EASUREM
he Microsoft
elect I accep
he Microsoft
elect Typica
ENT DATA
Network Mo
pt the terms
Network Mo
l.
A
onitor 3.3 Set
in the Licen
onitor 3.3 Set

tup – End-Us
nse Agreem
tup – Choose
ser License A
ment option a
e Setup Type
Agreement d

and click Nex
e dialog open

dialog opens
xt.
ns.
89
.

90

0
Th
Se
O
th
Se




he Microsoft
elect Install.
nce the insta
e Setup Wiz
elect Finish.
Network Mo

allation proce
zard dialog op

onitor 3.3 Set
edure has fin
pens.
tup – Ready
nished, the M
to Install dia
Microsoft Netw
Nemo A
log opens.

work Monitor
Analyze Us
r 3.3 Setup –

ser Manual
– Completing

g
VI

EWING ME
S
O
M
A















EASUREM
Step 2: Op
pen a workb
enu and sele
workbook is
ENT DATA
pen a Wo
ook based o
ecting a relev
opened bas
A
orkbook B
on a measure
vant workboo
sed on the m

Based on
ement file by
ok (e.g. HSD
measurement
n a Measu
y right-clicking
DPA full deta

file.
urement F
g on the mea
ils) from the
File
asurement fi
popup menu
91
le in the Dev
u.

vice
92

2
S
Ne
th
ba
Th
Br
Step 3: Lo
ext, select th
e Workspace
ackground an
he Open dial
rowse for .pc
oad IP Tra
he IP Traces
e opens. If th
nd select Op
log opens.
cap files, sele
ace Files
icon from
here are no I
pen from the
ect the files y
(.pcap) i
m the panel b
P trace files
popup menu
you want to l
nto the D
below the Pa
on the IP Tr
u.
oad to the da
Nemo A
Database
rameter Tree
races page, r

atabase, and
Analyze Us

e. The IP Tra
right-click on
d click Open
ser Manual
aces page of
n the page
.

f
VI

EWING ME
S
Th
co
Th
sy















EASUREM
Step 4: Op
C
he IP Traces
orresponds w
he IP trace fi
ynchronized w
ENT DATA
pen an IP
Correspon
s page displa
with the meas
le is opened
with the mea
A
P Trace In
nding IP
ays all .pcap f
surement yo

in a separat
asurement fil

nformatio
Trace Fil
files stored i
u opened the
te IP trace in
le workbook.
on Workb
e (.pcap)
n the databa
e measurem
nformation wo

ook Base
)
ase. Double-c
ent file work
orkbook that
ed on the
click on the I
kbook based
t is automatic
93
e
P trace file t
on in Step 1
cally

hat
.
94

4
S
Go
wh
Sw
ev

Step 5: Vie
o to the mea
here Throug
witch back to
vent (i.e. the
ew Synch
asurement file
hput sudden
o the IP trace
possible pro
hronized
e workbook a
nly drops).
e workbook a
oblem causes
Measure
and select a
and observe
s on the IP le
ement and
n event that
the IP trace
evel).
Nemo A
d IP Trac
is of interest
messages s
Analyze Us
ce Data
t to you (e.g.
surrounding t
ser Manual
a point in tim

the selected


me
VI

EWING ME
P
It
m
[d









EASUREM
PARAM
is also possi
easurement
dataview]. H
ENT DATA
METER
ible to filter a
file, right-clic
ere we will u
A
FILTER
all parameter
ck a paramet
use L3 signal

RING
rs based on,
ter in the par
ling as an ex

for example
rameter tree
xample.
, time and re
, and select O
egion. Select
Open With
95
t a
Filters in |

96


6
An






In
ca


n empty work
the Fill Para
an be applied
kbook, and t
ameters dia
d to paramet
he Fill Param
log you can f
ers that are p
meters dialo
further limit t
part of the qu
og box to def
the query res
uery.
Nemo A
fine the filteri

sults by addi

Analyze Us
ing criteria a
ng different f
ser Manual
ppear.
filters. Filters

s
VI

EWING ME
In
Cl
A

EASUREM
this case, D
lick Next.
grid with the
ENT DATA
Data transfer
e parameter a
A
direction wit
according to

th the value 1
the specifica
1 is added.
ations appea ars.


97
98

8
F
W
Po
of
va
In
wi
Se
filt

Filtering
With paramete
olygon area
f a measurem
alues of a pa
this case, th
ill select Ec/N
elect a meas
ter field. Righ
Based o
er filtering it i
selection. As
ment route in
rameter to b
he rest of the
N0 best activ
surement file
ht-click on th
on Polyg
s also possib
s a conseque
n the chosen
e viewed wit
e measureme
ve set as the
in the Works
he parameter
gon Area
ble to limit a
ence, the res
data view. T
th a value-ba
ent route will
parameter.
space and ty
r and select O
a
query based
sults of a que
This is useful
ased color se
be colored w
ype Ec/N0 be
Open With F
Nemo A
d on a user-d
ery will be lim
, for example
et only on a p
with a defaul
est active se
Filters In | M
Analyze Us
defined area,
mited to a use
e, when you
part of the ro
lt color. In th
et in the Para
Map.
ser Manual
, i.e. by
er-defined pa
want the
oute on a ma
is example w
ameter Tree

art
p.
we
VI

EWING ME
An
se
Th
br
en
EASUREM
n empty work
elect Area un
he Select Ar
rowse button
nables you to
ENT DATA
kbook and th
nder Name, a
rea dialog bo
n. Next, defin
o save the m
A
he Analyze W
and press the
ox appears. S
e an area on
map with the s

Wizard - Fill
e … tab.
Select a map
n the map us
selected area
Parameters
p in the Filen
sing the left m
a for later us
s dialog box
name field, o
mouse button
se. Click OK.
appear. In th
or load one th
n. The Save


99
he dialog box
hrough the
As button

x
10

00
Th
A
th
co



he Analyze W
new workbo
e section of
olor, here blu
Wizard – Fil
ook opens. T
the route spe
ue.
l Parameter
he measurem
ecified with t
rs dialog box
ment route o
the polygon a
x appears. Cl
on the map is
area. The res
Nemo A
lick Finish.

s colored with
st of the rout
Analyze Us

h the Ec/N0
te is colored
ser Manual
color set ove
with the defa

er
ault

VI

EWING ME
U
P
Se
va
co
de
Re
Fo
wi
co
op
pa
pa
va
pr
da
To
Th
To
EASUREM
Use Case
Paramete
ervice provid
alue. In Nem
oming from o
efine a globa
eports report
or the purpos
ill be conside
ondition will e
perations. In
arameter, RS
arameter dat
alues from th
rimary data s
ata from cove
o define a glo
he Global Fi
o add a new
ENT DATA
e 4.: Glo
er
ders often de
o Analyze, it
outside cover
al filter that w
t templates).
ses of this us
ered measur
exclude all da
other words
SCP best act
ta set based
he primary da
set that do no
erage area a
obal filter, se
ilters dialog
filter, click E
A
obal Par
fine the exte
t is possible t
rage area. By
will be applied

se case, all d
ement data f
ata with RSC
, all Nemo A
tive set. Filte
on a selecte
ata set that c
ot contain RS
and thus will
elect Tools |
opens.
Edit.

rameter
ent of covera
to use this th
y setting a th
d to all subse
data with Rec
from coverag
CP values low
Analyze opera
ering by seco
ed secondary
coincide with
SCP value of
be excluded
Global Filte
Filtering
ge area usin
hreshold valu
hreshold con
equent Nemo
ceived Signa
ge area. The
wer than -10
ations will be
ondary param
y one. The re
the values in
f -100 or high
from the pro
ers from the

g Based
g a specific
ue for filtering
dition for a p
o Analyze op
al Code Powe
e global filter
00 from all su
e filtered base
meter enables
esulting data
n the second
her will not b
ocessed data
Ribbonbar.
d on a S
parameter a
g out the irre
parameter va
perations (ap
wer (RSCP) o
created bas
ubsequent Ne
ed on a seco
s the filtering
set will cont
dary one. All
be considered
a set.
101
econdar
s a threshold
levant data
alue, you can
art from Crys
f -100 or hig
ed on this
emo Analyze
ondary
g of a primary
tain only thos
parts of the
d measurem

ry
d
n
stal
her
e
y
se
ment

10

02
Th
To
An
Se
co



he Analyze W
o add a filter,
n empty filter
elect <Secon
olumn to brow
Wizard – Fil
, click Add.
r line is adde
ndary param
wse for a sec
ters dialog o
ed.
meter> from
condary para
opens.
the Name dr
ameter.
rop-down me
Nemo A


enu. Click the
Analyze Us
e … button i
ser Manual
n the Value

VI

EWING ME
Th
ac
An





EASUREM
he Analyze W
ctive set and
nother Analy
ENT DATA
Wizard – Me
click Next.
yze Wizard –
A
easurement
– Filters dial

Parameters
log opens.
s dialog open ns. Select the


e parameter
103
RSCP best

10

04
To
po
op
Cl
Th
Cl


o add a filter,
ower from the
perator drop-
lick Finish.
his returns yo
lick Finish.
, click Add. A
e Name drop
-down menu
ou to the firs
An empty filte
p-down menu
. Finally, ente
t Analyze Wi
er line is add
u. Next, sele
er the value
izard – Filter
ded. Select th
ect the opera
-100 in the V
rs dialog.
Nemo A
he paramete
tor >= (i.e. g
Value field.


Analyze Us
er Received s
greater or equ
ser Manual
signal code
ual) from the

e
VI

EWING ME
Th
Al
th
cli
Th
Cl








EASUREM
he Active gl
l subsequen
e set thresho
ick Save.
he Save Filte
lick OK.
ENT DATA
obal filters f
nt operations
old condition
er dialog ope
A
field of the G
performed w
n. To save the
ens.

Global Filters
with Nemo A
e filter for us

s dialog now
nalyze durin
se also during
w displays the

g this sessio
g subsequen
e defined filte
on will be filte
nt Nemo Ana
105
er.
ered based o
alyze session

on
ns,
10

06
Th
To
Ac
To
he Saved glo
o activate a s
ctive button.
o remove a g
obal filter se
saved filter s
.
global filter, s
ets field now
et, select a s
select the filte
w displays the
saved filter s
er in the Sav
e saved filter

et in the Sav
ved global fi

Nemo A
r.
ved global filt
lter sets fiel
Analyze Us
ter sets and
ld and click D
ser Manual
click the Set
Delete.

t
DA

ATA VIEWS
F
Cu
m
W
cr
m
Yo
| Q
in
cr
Pa
Ri




S
FILTER
ustom KPIs c
ore complex
With the corre
riteria, create
easurement
ou can creat
Query mana
the Parame
reating a cus
arameters, a
ight-click on
ING DA
can be creat
x KPIs, by us
late paramet
e events show
data for exp
e new Corre
ager | Add…
ter tree in th
tom KPI by r
and Next. In
a device in t
ATA AN
ted either by
ing the KPI W
ters function
wing problem
port purposes
late paramet
| Correlate
e Workspace
right-clicking
this case the
the Workspa

ND CRE
correlating p
Workbench (
ality it is pos
ms and reaso
s.
ters KPIs in t
parameters
e. The correl
on a device
e new KPI w
ce, and sele

EATING
parameters u
(see p. 320).
ssible to crea
ons for proble
the Query m
s. The create
late paramet
in the Work
will not be sav
ct Correlate
G CUS
using the Que
ate events ba
ems, and cre
manager. In t
ed KPI will be
ters functiona
space, and s
ved.
e Parameters
TOM K
ery Manager
ased on com
eate a CSV t
the Ribbonba
e added to th
ality can also
selecting Co
s.
107
KPIS
r or, to create
plex search
table from th
ar, select Vie
he User-bran
o be used for
rrelate

e
e
ew
nch
r
10

08
In
tw
Th
jo
pa
Th
ev
pr
ev
ev
po
Af
pa
of






the Correla
wo or more pa
here are thre
oin), Show va
arameters a
he Show val
very value of
revious, or ne
vents of a ce
vent occurred
ower, Best ac
fter selecting
arameters in
f “UL power u
ate Paramete
arameters in
ee different M
alues when
re valid (inn
lues when f
f the first sele
ext value fro
rtain type in
d. For exam
ctive Ec/N0,
g the parame
the Selecte
up” comman
ers dialog, se
n the Selecte
Modes availa
any of the p
ner join).
irst paramet
ected parame
m the time st
the measure
mple, it can be
and Best ac
eters to be co
d view, Call
ds, Ec/N0 be
elect the par
ed view.
able: Show v
parameters
ter changes
eter. For oth
tamp of the f
ement data, a
e used to find
ctive RSCP v
orrelated, clic
dropped, Pe
est active se
rameters tha
values when
changes (o
s (left outer j
er selected p
first paramet
and the valu
d all dropped
values prior to
ck Next. In th
ercentage of
t, and RSCP
Nemo A
t you want to
n first param
outer join), a
join) mode c
parameters,
ter. This mod
es of other p
d calls (the fi
o each drop.
his example y
“DL power u
P best active
Analyze Us
o correlate. Y
meter change
and Show va
creates an ou
it gives the c
de can used
parameters a
rst paramete
.

you can find
up” command
set.
ser Manual
You can add
es (left oute
alues when a
utput row for
current,
to find all
at the time th
er), the last T
six different
ds, Percenta

er
all
r
e
TX
t
ge
DA

ATA VIEWS
Se
co
Th
wh
Ex
be
S
elect the data
orrelation dat
he Show val
hen any of th
xcel. In the e
est active set
a view in wh
ta is opened
lues when a
he selected p
example belo
t, and BLER
ich the data
in the select
any of the pa
parameters c
ow, there are
. Click Next.

will be displa
ted data view
arameters c
changes. Thi
e three param
The correlat
ayed, for exa
w.
changes (ou
is mode can
meters in the
tion data is o
ample, a grid
ter join) mod
also be used
Selected vie
opened in the
d, and click F
de creates a
d when expo
ew, RX level
e selected da
109
inish. The
an output row
orting data to
l full, Ec/N0
ata view.



w
o
11

0
As
Ec
Th
of
ge
ex
sh
s you can se
c/N0 and BL
he Show val
f the selected
enerating inp
xample below
hown.
ee, there are
ER in rows 4
lues when a
d parameters
put for scatte
w you can se
no values fo
4614-4620.
all paramete
s changes, a
r graph, or w
ee a custom
or RX level fu
ers are valid
and all the pa
when creating
KPI: all rows
ull and RAC i
(inner join)
arameters are
g events bas
s where Ec/N
Nemo A
n rows 4600
mode create
e valid. This
sed on custom
N0 < -7, BLER
Analyze Us
0-4616, and n
es an output
mode can b
m search cri
R, and RSCP

ser Manual
no values for

t row when a
e used when
teria. In the
P < -79 are

r
any
n
DA

ATA VIEWS


















S

111

11

2
D
Th
ha
po
W
ch
wi
sa
wi













Fo
do
do
leg






DRILL-D
he Troublesh
as been perfo
ossible to dri
With pie charts
hart legend. A
ith a list of al
ame chart wi
indow with th
or example, g
own to the de
ouble-click ei
gend.
Open
differ
corre
DOWN
hooting toolk
ormed with o
ll down into f
s, you can do
As each sect
ll problem ev
ll open a new
he colors of t
green color r
etails of even
ither the gree
n tabs repres
rent sectors o
espond with t
it with drill-do
one of the Tr
further event
o this by dou
tor represent
vents caused
w tab in the s
the correspo
represents R
nts where a R
en sector on
senting resul
of this pie ch
the pie chart
own is an op
roubleshootin
t detail from t
uble-clicking
ts a problem
d by that part
same window
nding sector
RACH Failure
RACH failure
the chart or
ts of drill-dow
hart. The colo
sector color
ptional compo
ng paramete
the data view
a sector of th
m cause, doub
ticular proble
w. These tab
rs.
e, unknown r
e has occurre
the text Fail
wns from
ors
rs.
Nemo A
onent of Nem
rs from the P
w created by
he pie chart
ble-clicking a
em cause. Ea
bs are display
reason on the
ed because o
lure, unknow
Analyze Us
mo Analyze.
Parameter Tr
y the query.
or a sector c
a sector will o
ach drill-dow
yed on the le
e pie chart a
of an unknow
wn reason on
ser Manual
When a que
ree, it is
color in the p
open a grid
wn from the
eft side of the
bove. To dril
wn reason,
the chart

ery
ie
e

ll
DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
ar
pie
Be
af
Dr















S
his opens a g
re gathered (
e chart view
efore drilling
fter the selec
rill-down fro
grid where a
(see below).
.
down into a
cted event tha
om the Ribbo
Click green
grid from th
Click blue a
the pie char
ll failure even
This grid wil
single row o
at are to be i
onbar and en
tab to return
e pie chart.
arrow to retur
rt.

nts in the me
l be represen
of a grid, you
included in th
nter the time
n to this
rn to
easurement d
nted by a gre
can set a tim
he drill-down
range in sec
data resulting
een tab on th
me range for
n. To set a tim
conds in the B
g from an un
he left of the
r log entries b
me range, se
Before and A
113
nknown reaso
window in th
before and
elect Tools |
After fields.

on
he

11

4
To
cli
m
se
pa
Do














Ea
pa











o drill down i
ick will perfo
easurement
elected row a
arameters, o
own | [work
ach drill-dow
arameters in
D
nto a single
rm the drill-d
data on that
and select Dr
r open the ro
book] (e.g. U
wn opens the
new tabs on
Drill-down tab
row of a grid
down if there
t particular ro
rill-Down | P
ow in a separ
UMTS | UMT
selected tim
n the second
b
The
ran
d, either doub
are default d
ow. If howeve
Pick Parame
rate workboo
TS Troubles
me range of m
tab row.
e selected tim
ge
ble-click or ri
drill-down pa
er there are
eter to drill do
ok by right-cl
shooting.)
measuremen
me
Nemo A
ght-click on t
arameters tha
not, you can
own into the
icking on the
t data with th
Analyze Us
the selected
at are compa
n either right-
data on that
e row and se
he selected n
ser Manual
row. Double
atible with the
click on the
t row with oth
electing Drill-
new

e-
e
her
-
DA

ATA VIEWS
D
Th
pa
wo
To
th
To
su
th




S
Drilling D
he Troublesh
arameter is o
orkbook on a
o drill-down f
e position ico
o further defi
urrounding th
e Ribbonbar
Down fro
hooting toolk
on opened on
a selected po
from map da
on signifying
ne the exten
he time stam
r, and enter t
om Map
it with drill-do
n map, it is p
ortion of the m
ta view, sele
g the location
nt or the time
p of the curre
the time rang

Data Vi
own is an op
possible to dr
measuremen
ect the route
n of the meas
e range of the
ent location
ge in second
ew
ptional compo
rill down into
nt route.
portion you w
surement dev
e target porti
of the positio
s in the Befo
onent of Nem
further even
want to see d
vice in relatio
on of the rou
on icon), sele
ore and Afte
mo Analyze.
nt detail by o
details on by
on to the rou
ute (i.e. a tim
ect Tools | D
er fields.
115
When a
pening a
y left-clicking
ute.
me range
Drill-down fro



om

11

6
Ri
po
Th
To
ight-click on
opup menu.
he drill-down
o return to th
the position
n workbook is
he map view,
icon, and se
s added as a
click the
elect Drill-Do
a tab to the o
tab in the up
own | [select
riginal map d
pper left corn
Nemo A
t system] | [
data view.
ner of the wo
Analyze Us
[Select work


orkbook.
ser Manual
kbook] from

the
DA

ATA VIEWS
D
V
Th
tro
a
To
an
Pa

To
or
S
Drilling D
View
he Troublesh
oubleshootin
failure event
o open a trou
nd a relevant
arameter Tr
Note that t
belong to
o search for f
r failure in the
Down fro
hooting toolk
ng parameter
t displayed o
ubleshooting
t failure-relat
ee.
the Parame
the Trouble
failure-relate
e filter field a
om Troub
it with drill-do
r is on opene
n map.
query on ma
ted troublesh
ter Tree con
eshooting pa
ed troublesho
above the Pa

bleshoo
own is an op
ed on map, it
ap, select a
hooting param
ntains also v
ackage and
ooting param
arameter Tre
oting Par
ptional compo
t is possible t
measuremen
meter from u
versions of
thus are no
meters from th
e.
rameters
onent of Nem
to drill down
nt file in the F
nder the Tro
the failure p
ot compatib
he Paramete

s in Map
mo Analyze.
into further e
Folder Cont
oubleshooti
parameters
le with drill-
er Tree, type
117
p Data
When a
event detail o
tents section
ng item in th
that do not
-down
the word dro

on
n
he
op
11

8
Ri
Th
To
Th
To
ight-click on
he results of
o drill down t
he drill-down
o return to th
the relevant
the troubles
to a failure ev
n workbook a
he map view,
failure param
hooting quer
vent, double
added as a ta
click the
meter and se
ry are opene
click on the
ab to the orig
tab in the up
elect Open In
ed on map.
event symbo
ginal map dat
pper left corn
Nemo A
n | Map from
ol.
ta view.
ner of the wo
Analyze Us
m the popup m
orkbook.
ser Manual
menu.



DA

ATA VIEWS
D
In
An
co
co
m
co
W
al
vie
G
G

Sc
is
Zo
zo
av
Zo
ar
To
gr
To
gr
Bi
se
gr
pe
Re
ho
fu
S
DATA V
this chapter
nalyze synch
ontaining dat
onvenience o
easurement
ontain many
When you righ
l functions an
ew type (gra
GRAPH
Graph To
Note: The
in current
menu is c
croll

ena
available in
oom enab
oom in. Hold
vailable in the
oom In a
re available i
oggle 3D mo
raph toolbar.
oggle side p
rid. For more
in data e
elect the Ena
raph or color
ercentage of
eference Lin
orizontal refe
nctions are a
VIEW
r are explaine
hronization is
ta, all the oth
of the so-call
parameters
different par
ht-click on an
nd tools rela
ph, grid, ma
HS
ools Me
Graph men
use in Nem
losed autom
bles you to c
the graph sid
bles you to z
down the lef
e graph side
nd Zoom Ou
n the graph s
ode

enab
Note that th
panel ena
e information
enables you
abled checkb
grid is divide
the samples
nes | Horizo
erence line in
available in t
S
ed the variou
s used to kee
her views jum
ed drag & dr
from the Wo
ameters from
ny of the data
ted to that da
p, etc.) but s
nu
nu is display
mo Analyze.
matically.
change the m
de panel.
oom the view
ft mouse but
panel.
ut enable
side panel. Y
les you to sw
is function is
ables you to h
, see Side Pa
to define dat
box to activat
ed into four d
s out of all sa
ontal and R
n the graph. Y
he graph sid

us types of d
ep the differe
mp to the sam
rop function.
orkspace in t
m one or mor
a views, a po
ata view. The
some of the it
yed as part o
When you s
mouse cursor
w. Hold down
tton and drag
e you to zoom
You can also
witch the 3D
s available fo
hide and dis
anel on page
ta bins for sc
te data binni
data bins (de
amples, or th
Reference L
You can mov
de panel.
ata views av
ent data view
me point of tim
You can eas
he various d
re measurem
opup menu w
e contents o
tems are com
of the Ribbo
select anoth
r to an arrow
n the left mo
g to the left to
m in and out
o zoom in and
mode on/off
or bar graphs
play the side
e 125.
catter graphs
ing. When da
efined by bin
he number of
Lines | Vertic
ve the line by
vailable in Ne
ws in sync. W
me. Nemo A
sily drag mea
ata views. T
ment files.
will open up.
f the menu v
mmon to all d
onbar only w
her workboo
w and scroll th
use button a
o zoom out. T
one step at a
d out on the
f. The same f
s only.
e panel on th
s and color g
ata binning is
limits). For e
f samples in t
cal enabl
y dragging w
emo Analyze
When you clic
Analyze also
asurements
Thus, one dat
The menu o
vary dependi
data views.
when a grap
ok or window
he view. The
and drag to th
The same fu
a time. The s
view with the
function is av
e right-hand
grids. In the B
s activated, t
each data bin
that bin is di
le you to add
with your mou
119
e. In Nemo
ck any view
offers the
or
ta view can
ffers access
ng on the da
ph is open a
w, the Graph
e same funct
he right to
unction is
same functio
e mouse whe
vailable in th
side of the
Bin Data dial
the scatter
n, the
splayed.
d a vertical o
use. The sam

to
ata
nd
h
ion
ons
eel.
he
log,
r
me
12

20
G
Fr
to
C
W
In
gr
R
W
Q
W
Pa
is
or
Graph Po
rom the grap
access the
Change G
With the Chan
the Choose
raph, from th
Reset
With the Rese
Query
With the Quer
aste function
especially u
r copy data fr
opup Me
ph popup me
menu.

Graph T
nge Graph T
e Graph Typ
e selection a
et function yo
ry tool you ca
ns you can co
seful if you w
rom a graph
enu
nu you will fi
Type
Type function
pe dialog, sel
and the graph
ou can empty
an change th
opy or cut an
want to open
to a grid. Th
ind all graph-
n you can ch
lect the grap
h is opened

y the data vie
he data displ
n existing que
n another view
he copied que
-related tools
ange the typ
h type, line,
ew. All the da
ayed in the d
ery from one
w with the sa
eries are ava
Nemo A
s and functio
pe of a graph
bar, scatter,
ata and layou
data view. W
e data view a
ame data but
ailable in the
Analyze Us
ons. Right-cli
h.
pie, color gr
ut settings a
With the Cut, C
and paste it to
t with a differ
Query Clipb
ser Manual
ck on a grap
rid, or surface
re removed.
Copy, and
o another. T
rent graph ty
board.

ph
e
his
ype
DA

ATA VIEWS
P
W
gr
th
In
se
In
sh
Ne
S
Pick Para
With the Pick
rids the new
e graph and
the Pick Pa
elect the new
the Filter fie
hown. For ex
eighbor. This
ameter
Parameter t
parameter is
select Pick
arameter dia
w parameter t
eld you can t
xample, in the
s is useful fo
tool you can
s added in th
Parameter.
log, select th
that will be d
type the nam
e picture belo
r locating a p

add more da
he same grid
he measurem
displayed in t
me of a specif
ow, you can
parameter w
ata in data vi
, and in map
ment file that
the data view
fic paramete
see all the p
hen the list is
iews. In grap
s a new rout
you are curr
w. Click OK to
er so that only
parameters s
s long.

phs a new lay
te is added.
rently viewin
o add the ne
y that param
starting with ´
121
yer is added
Right-click o
g and then
ew paramete
meter will be
´Missing

, in
n
r.
12

22
A
W
Co
So
Fu








Pe
A
W
gr
gr
Add Func
With the Add
olor defines
ource define
unction defin
Average ca
Exponentia
2 / Period v
High calcu
Low calcul
Median ca
Mode calcu
Moving ave
Trend calc
eriod refers
Add Refe
With the Add
raph. You ca
raph side pan
ction
Function fea
the color of
es the param
nes what kin
alculates the
al moving av
value +1. Pe
lates the hig
ates the low
lculates the m
ulates the mo
erage calcula
ulates the tre
to the numbe
erence L
Reference L
n move the l
nel.
ature you ca
the function
meter for whic
nd of averagin
e average val
verage calcul
eriod refers t
hest value fo
est value for
median value
ode value, i.e
ates the mov
end line for t
er of sample
Line
Line tools
line by dragg
an add some
line.
ch the averag
ng function i
lue for the se
ates the ave
to the numbe
or the selecte
r the selected
e for the sele
e., the most
ving average
he selected
es included in
you ca
ging with you
averaging fu

ging function
s added.
elected param
erage value u
er of samples
ed paramete
d parameter.
ected param
common val
e value for the
parameter.
n the calculat
n add a verti
ur mouse. Th
Nemo A
unctions in g
is performed
meter.
using the follo
s included in
r.

eter.
lue for the se
e defined pe
tion.
cal or horizo
e same func
Analyze Us
raphs.
d.
owing formu
the calculat
elected param
eriod (numbe
ontal referenc
ctions are av
ser Manual
la:
ion.
meter.
r of samples
ce line in the
ailable in the

s).
e
e
DA

ATA VIEWS
T
Un
ca
gr
W
zo
av
W
Th
wi
S
Tool
nder the Too
an change th
raph side pan
With the Zoom
oom in. Hold
vailable in the
With the Zoom
he same func
ith the mous
ol item you w
he mouse cur
nel .
m tool you ca
down the lef
e graph side
m In and Z
ctions are av
e wheel.
will find two g
rsor to an arr
an zoom the
ft mouse but
panel .
Zoom Out
vailable in the

graph viewing
row and scro
view. Hold d
tton and drag
toolbar bu
e graph side
g tools: scrol
oll the view. T
down the left
g to the left to
uttons you ca
panel. You
ll and zoom.
The same fu
mouse butto
o zoom out. T
an zoom in an
can also zoo
With the Scr
nction is ava
on and drag
The same fu
nd out one s
om in and ou
123
roll tool you
ailable in the
to the right to
unction is
step at a time
ut on the view

o
e.
w
12

24
M
W
ho
In
dis
In
pa
on

Mode
When you hav
ow the differe
Single mode
splayed only
Stacked mo
arameter. Yo
n the right an
ve several lay
ent layers in
e, the layers
y for the activ
ode, the laye
ou can chang
nd selecting M
yers open in
the graph ar
are displaye
ve layer (high
rs are displa
ge the order o
Move Up or
a graph, you
re displayed.
ed overlappin
hlighted with
ayed one laye
of layers in g
Move Down
u can chang

ng each othe
light-blue co
er after anoth
graph by righ
n.
Nemo A
e the layout
er as in the e
olor in the La
her and the s
ht-clicking a la
Analyze Us
of the page.
example belo
ayers panel o
scale is displ
ayer in the L
ser Manual
Mode define
ow. The scale
on the right).

layed for eac
Layers panel


es
e is
.
ch
l
DA

ATA VIEWS
S
W
gr
Th
to
S
Side Pan
With the Side
raph.
he Tools pan
ols and page
nel
Panel option
nel contains
e 122 on the
n you can hid
tools for view
reference lin


de and displa
wing graphs.
ne tools.
ay the side p
. See page 1
panel on the
23 for more
right-hand s
information
125
ide of the


on the zoom

ming
12

26
W
dia
sc
pe
Bi
O
In
pe
Th
pa
vie
Th
With the Bin d
alog, select t
catter graph o
ercentage of
in limits def
utput forma
the example
ercentage. T
he Layers pa
arameters in
ew by clickin
he Numerica
data tool
the Enabled
or color grid
the samples
fines the hori
at defines if th
e below, the
he percentag
anel displays
the view, a n
ng the Close
al Data pane
you can def
d checkbox to
is divided int
s out of all sa

zontal and v
he data binn
horizontal bi
ge values are
s the layers t
new layer is
button (x) an
el displays se
fine data bins
o activate da
to four data b
amples, or th
vertical limits
ning values a
in limit is 50,
e displayed
that are curre
created for e
nd hide laye
elected inform
s for scatter g
ata binning. W
bins (defined
he number of
for the data
re shown in
vertical limit
in the corner
ently open in
each parame
rs by clearin
mation from t
Nemo A
graphs and c
When data bi
d by bin limits
f samples in t
bins.
percentages
t -12, and the
rs.
the view. W
eter. You can
g the respec
the measure
Analyze Us
color grids. I
inning is acti
s). For each
that bin is di
s or the numb
e output form
When you add
n remove lay
ctive checkbo
ement.
ser Manual
n the Bin Da
vated, the
data bin, the
splayed.
ber of sampl
mat is

d more
yers from the
ox.

ata
e
es.
DA

ATA VIEWS
3
W
gr
















S
D Mode
With the 3D M
raph toolbar
e
Mode function
. Note tha
n you can sw
at this functio

witch the 3D m
on is available
mode on/off.
e for bar gra
The same f
phs only.
function is av

127
vailable in the

e
12

28
G
G
To
m
If
ba
If
ba
Group Va
roup Values
o enable/disa
enu.
Group Value
ars are sorte
Group Value
ased on para
alues
s enables yo
able Group V
es is disabled
d based on t
es is enabled
ameter, i.e. E
u to group b
Values, right-
d, bars are s
their x axis v
d, bars are so
Ec/N0 Active
ars in bar gr
-click on the
orted based
values, i.e. S
orted by para
Set and Ec/
aphs by para
bar graph an
on their x ax
Scrambling C
ameter. In th
N0 Monitore
Nemo A
ameter rathe
nd select Gro
xis values. In
Code/Channe
e screensho
d Set).
Analyze Us
er than by x a
oup Values
n the screens
el Number.

ot below, the

ser Manual
axis values.
from the pop
shot below, t
bars are sor

pup
he
rted
DA

ATA VIEWS
G
In
gr

S
Graph Pr
the Graph P
raph types.
roperties
Properties d
s
dialog you ca

an edit the gr raph layout. T


Mode
stack

Backg
for th

Show
data p
of the

Axes
and r
The L
layers
add a

Doub
the la
Modi
Prope
These setting
e defines if th
ed or in sing
ground color
e graph back
w side panel h
panel on the
e data view.
defines the s
ight x axis.
Layers tab di
s open in the
and remove l
ble-click a lay
ayer from the
fy to access
erties dialog.
gs are the sa
he layers are
gle mode.
r defines the
kground.
hides/display
e right-hand s
scales for th
isplays a list
e graph. You
layers.
yer name or s
e list and clic
s the Layer
.
129
ame for all
e
color
ys the
side
e left
of all
can
select
k

13

30
L
Ri
do
Th
m
se
in


Layer Pro
ight-click on
ouble-click th
he Layer tab
ight be miss
econd tab. N
the Layer P
operties
a graph and
he layer nam
b in the Laye
ing for some
ote that all g
roperties dia
s
select Prop
e.
r Properties
e graph types
raph types d
alog. The gra
perties. In the
s dialog is co
s. If there are
do not have a
aph type spec
e Graph Pro
ommon for al
e graph type
any special s
cific settings


Nam
nam
the

Col
bar

Sho
valu

Titl

Wh
val
soft
the
the

Alte
and
Pa
filt
us
wit
be
is
be
ch
= 2



Nemo A
perties dialog
l graph types
specific sett
settings so th
are explaine
me defines t
me is display
data view.
lor defines th
r.
ow marks di
ues in small
le defines a n
hen the Scale
lues option is
tware checks
parameter in
axes accord
ernatively yo
d Bottom sca
arameter tab
ers, and mod
er-definable
th N parame
est), an N-bas
automatically
est cell instea
ange the filte
2.
Analyze Us
g, go to the L
s but some o
tings, they ar
here might be
ed in the follo
the layer nam
yed at the bo
he color for t
isplays the p
labels on the
name for the
e automatic
s selected, th
s what value
n the file and
dingly.
ou can define
ales manual
b allows you
dify existing
attributes. F
eters (e.g. Ec
sed filter suc
y set. To dis
ad of the defa
er value from
ser Manual
Layers tab a
of the options
re found in th
e only one ta
owing chapte
me. The
ottom of
the line or
parameter
e graph.
e axis.
cally to
he
es exist for
d scales
e the Top
ly.
to add
filters and
For instance,
c/N0 Nth
ch as N = 1
play the 2nd
ault 1st best,
m N = 1 to N

nd
s
he
ab
ers.

,
DA

ATA VIEWS
La
In
In



S
ayer Prop
the example
the example
perties fo
e below, the
e below, the
or Line Gr
Hold value
Hold value

raphs
constant un
constant un

ntil next opti
ntil next opti
L
in
W
n
d
v
on is not sel
on is selecte

ine width def
n pixels.
When the Hol
ext check bo
rawn at the s
alue change
lected.

ed.
efines the line
ld value cons
ox is selected
same level u
es. See exam
131
e thickness
stant until
d, the line is
until the
mples below.

13

32
La

La


ayer Prop
ayer Prop
perties fo
perties fo
or Bar Gra
or Scatter
aphs
r Graphs


S
b
b
d
v
Sty
Nemo A
Sorting define
ars are displ
ars can be s
escending o
alues on the
yle defines th
Analyze Us
es the order
layed in the g
sorted in asce
order based o
e X or Y axis.
he scatter sha
ser Manual
in which the
graph. The
ending or
on the

ape.

DA

ATA VIEWS
U
Yo
op
If
gr
S
Use Case
ou can have
pen in stacke
you have ma
raph. Right-c
e 5.: Mu
as many lay
ed mode.
any layers op
click on the g
ultiple G
yers as you li
pen, it may c
raph and sel

raph La
ike open in a
come in hand
lect Page | P

yers
a graph. The
dy to resize t
Properties.
example gra
he page to fi
aph below ha
it even more
133
as three laye
layers in the

ers
e
13

34
In
of
If
m
W
sp
W
on
the Page Pr
f the page.
the Fit to wi
eans that wh
With the Fixed
pace for each
When you hav
n the graph a
roperties dia
indow option
hen a new la
d size option
h layer. With
ve two layers
and select Pr
alog, go to th
n is selected
yer is added
n you can def
the scroll ba
s in single mo
roperties.
he Page tab.
, all the layer
d, the space f
fine an exac
ar you can sc
ode you can
With the Fix

rs are displa
for each laye
t size in pixe
croll up and d
select to vie
Nemo A
xed Size set
yed in the vis
er gets small
els for the pag
down the pag
ew the scale f
Analyze Us
tting you can
sible area of
er.
ge. This will
ge to view a
for both of th
ser Manual
n define the s
f the page. T
give more
ll layers.
hem. Right-c

size
his

lick
DA

ATA VIEWS
In
lay

S
the Graph P
yers.
Properties d dialog, go to t

the Graph ta ab. In the left

t and right Ax

In this graph
axis displays
Ec/No best a
and the right
RX level full.
Axes setting s
the left
s scales for
active set,
t axis for

135
select the tw

o

13

36
U
Yo
gr
Fr
Fr
an



Th
Use Case
ou can view
raph and sele
rom the Pick
rom the Noti
nd click OK.
he notificatio
e 6.: No
notification ic
ect Pick Par
Parameter d
fications Pr

n icons are d
otification
cons in grap
rameter.
dialog, select
roperties dia
displayed in t
n Icons
hs to notify y
ct Notificatio
alog, select th
the graph.
in Graph
you of specia
ons and mar
he notificatio

Nemo A
hs
al measurem
rkers and clic

ons that you w
Analyze Us
ment events.
ck OK.
want to view
ser Manual
Right-click o
w in the graph

n a
h
DA

ATA VIEWSS

137


13

38
U
S
Co
pu
inf
Rx
se
To
an
m
yo






















Use Case
Surface G
olor grid and
urposes of th
formation is
x quality sub
elect Pick pa
o do this, cre
nd once the e
enu and sele
ou can right-c
e 7.: Co
Graphs
d surface gra
his use case,
also applicab
b vs. Rx level
rameter, you
eate a new co
empty data v
ect Color gr
click on it, se
orrelating
phs are grap
we will desc
ble with surfa
l sub) that ar
u can also de
olor grid by s
view opens, r
id from the a
elect Change
g Param
ph types des
cribe correlat
ace graphs.
re suggested
efine your ow
selecting Vie
right-click on
available gra
e Graph Typ
meters U
igned for cor
ting paramet
In addition to
d when you r
wn parameter
ew | Add Wo
n it, select Ch
phs. Alternat
pe from the p
Nemo A
sing Co
rrelating two
ters in a colo
o the default
ight-click on
r pairs.
orkbook | Gr
hange Graph
tively, if you
popup menu
Analyze Us
olor Grid
parameters.
or grid. Howe
parameter p
an empty co
raph from the
h Type from
already have
and select C
ser Manual
s and
. For the
ever, all of thi
pairs (such a
olor grid and
e Ribbonbar
the popup
e a graph op
Color grid.

is
s
pen,
DA

ATA VIEWS
Ne
Co










Sc
Co
X
Y
Af
cr









S
ext, right-clic
orrelate Par
cope defines
olor set defin
Parameter p
Parameter
With Filter
Minimum
Maximum
Steps defi
Parameter p
fter defining
reated.
ck on the em
rameters dia
s the measur
nes the color
page defines
r defines the
rs, you can d
defines the m
defines the
nes the num
page (see X
all the releva
pty color grid
alog opens.
rement data
r set for the c
s the propert
X paramete
define additio
minimum val
maximum va
ber of steps
X parameter)
ant values in

d, select Cor
included in t
color grid..
ties of X para
er.
onal filters for
ue for the pa
alue for the p
on the color
the Correla
rrelate Param
the color grid
ameter.
r the parame
arameter (se
parameter.
r grid scales.
te Paramete
meters from
d.
eter.
e using filter

ers dialog, cl
m the popup m
rs).
lick OK and
139
menu and a
a color grid i

s
14

40











G
G
de
hig
Th
th
on
GRIDS
rids can be u
efined colum
ghlight certa
he first three
e graph pop
nly with grids
used to displ
ns. You can
in data in the
items in the
up menu. Se
s containing a

ay all sorts o
export grid d
e grid.
grid popup m
ee page 120
an audio qua
of data. The d
data to MS E
menu, Reset
for more info
ality sample f
data is displa
Excel or to a
t, Query, an
ormation on
file column.
Nemo A
ayed in nume
text file. You
d Pick Para
them. Play A
Analyze Us
erical format
u can also us
meter, are th
Audio Sampl
ser Manual
t in user-
se color sets
he same as
e is displaye

to
in
ed
DA

ATA VIEWS
S
W
W
op
Ty
de
wa
be



S
Side Pan
With the Side
With the Searc
perators are
ype in the se
efine if the se
ant the matc
e visible. Wh
nel
Panel option
ch function,
supported. Y
earch string in
earch results
ching cells hig
en the Filter
n you can hid
you can perf
You can high
n the Find fie
s should have
ghlighted. W
r out option i

de and displa
form searche
hlight, filter in
eld, select th
e matching c
When the Filte
is selected, t
ay the side p
es in grid vie
n, or filter out
he columns th
case. Select t
er in option i
the search m
panel on the
ws for text a
matches.
hat will be inc
the Highligh
s selected, o
matches will b
right-hand s
and values. B
cluded in the
ht matches o
only the sear
be hidden.
141
ide of the gri

Boolean

e search, and
option if you
rch matches

id.
d
will
14

42
W
de
m
de









Th
pa
vie
Th
de
Ro



With the Searc
ecoded entry
messages an
ecoded inform
he Layers pa
arameters in
ew by clickin
he Informati
ecoded data
ow Details.
ch decoded
y data (displa
d Filter in o
mation are d
anel displays
the view, a n
ng the Close
ion panel dis
in a separat
d messages
ayed in the In
ptions are se
isplayed.
s the layers t
new layer is
button (x).
splays the se
e view, doub
option, you c
nformation pa
elected. Thus
that are curre
created for e

elected mess
ble-click the m
can search f
anel). In the
s, only the tw
ently open in
each parame
sage in decod
message or
Nemo A
or grid entrie
example bel
wo grid rows
the view. W
eter. You can
ded format. I
right-click on
Analyze Us
es based on
low, both Se
containing th
When you add
n remove lay
If you want to
n the messag
ser Manual
a value in th
arch decod
he searched
d more
yers from the
o view the
ge and selec

e
ed

ct
DA

ATA VIEWS
R
W
Yo
E
W
W
Se
ex
If
sh
vis
lat
Ad
ex
an

S
Row Deta
With the Row
ou can also u
Export D
With the Expo
When you exp
elect the app
xported data
you want to
heet, first cor
sible data is
titude and lo
dditionally, y
xported. Righ
nd select Qu
ails
Details func
use double-c
ata to
ort Data to fu
port data to a
propriate opti
in an Excel
export multip
rrelate the pa
exported. In
ngitude.
ou can copy
ht-click on a
ery | Paste.
ction you can
click to decod
unction you c
a MapInfo Ta
ion, and the
sheet.
ple paramete
arameters an
the Grid Pro
and paste a
control and s

n decode grid
de grid data.
can export gr
ab file, you ca
exported dat
ers so that ea
nd view the r
operties dialo
any query fro
select Query
d data. The d


rid data to M
an then open
ta is saved o
ach paramet
esults in a gr
og, you can s
m any contro
y | Copy. The
decoded data
S Excel, text
n the file as a
on a file. Belo
er is in its ow
rid. Then exp
select the vis
ol into a grid
en go to the
a is opened
xt file, and Ma
a route on a
ow is an exa

wn column in
port the data
sible parame
control whe
grid, right-cl
143
in an Info Vie
apInfo Tab fi
map.
mple of
n an Excel
a. Note that o
eters, e.g.,
re it can be
ick on the gr

ew.
le.
only
rid
14

44
G
In
Fr
To
th
Ad
De

Grid Prop
the Grid Pr
rom the Visib
o change the
e right to mo
dd adds a pa
elete remove
perties
operties dia
ble columns l
e order of col
ove it.
arameter to t
es a parame
alog you can
list, you can
lumns, selec
the grid.
ter from the
make variou

select the co
ct the column

grid.
us settings to
olumns to be
n you want to
Nemo A
o the grid layo
e displayed.
o move and u
Analyze Us
out and sele
use the arrow
ser Manual
ct a color se
w buttons on

et.
DA

ATA VIEWS
To
se
he
Ve
Sh
Sh
Fo
Us
Sh
Ve
Sh
Sh
Fo
S
o define a co
elect a color
eading hides
ertical text i
how row nu
how time in
ont defines t
se Case 8.: C
how headin
ertical text i
how row nu
how time in
ont defines t
olor set for a
set for the gr
/displays the
in heading o
umbers hides
tervals hide
the font, font
Color Sets in
g hides/disp
in heading o
umbers hides
tervals hide
the font, font
grid column,
rid column fr
e column title
option turns t
s/displays the
s/displays al
style, and fo
n Grids
lays the colu
option turns t
s/displays the
s/displays al
style, and fo


, select the c
rom the drop
es at the top
the column h
e row numbe
lso the time i
ont size used

umn titles at t
the column h
e row numbe
lso the time i
ont size used
column name
-down menu
of the grid vi
headings vert
ers at the be
interval in the
d in the grid.
the top of the
headings vert
ers at the be
interval in the
d in the grid.
e, click the
. For more in
ew.
tically.
ginning of ea
e Time colum
e grid view.
tically.
ginning of ea
e Time colum
button that
nformation, s
ach row.
mn on each r
ach row.
mn on each r
145
t appears, an
see Show
row.
row.

nd
14

46
U
In
pr
us
Ri
In
se
Se
Use Case
addition to m
resentation m
se a color se
ight-click on
the Properti
et to and click
elect the app
e 8.: Co
maps, you ca
more visual. I
t in a grid.
the grid and
ies dialog, se
k the bu
propriate colo
olor Sets
an use differe
In grids the c
select Prop
elect the Col
utton.
or sets for the
s in Grid
ent color set
color sets wo
perties.
lor Sets tab.
e columns fr
s
ts for differen
ork as bar gra
Next, select

rom the drop
Nemo A
nt columns in
aphs. This us
t the column
-down menu
Analyze Us
n grids to ma
se case desc
you want to
u and click O
ser Manual
ke the data
cribes how to

apply a colo
K.

o
or
DA

ATA VIEWS
In
Th
co






S
the example
he selected c
orrelates with
e below, Scr
columns disp
h the parame
. Code and E
play the selec
eter value.

Ec/N0 colum
cted color se

ns are colore

ets. The size
ed with the a
and color of
appropriate c
f the bar in e
147
color sets.
ach cell

14

48

Al
dia
va







ternatively y
alog. Using t
alue.
you can selec
this setting, t
ct the Color w
the whole ce
whole cell o
ell will be colo
option in the
ored and only
Nemo A
Color Sets ta
y the color of
Analyze Us
ab of the Gri
f the cell will
ser Manual

d Properties
indicate the




DA

ATA VIEWS
U
Ne
po
To
pa
se
Th
se
S
Use Case
emo audio q
ossible to com
o play the au
arameter Aud
elect Open In
he measurem
elect Play Au
e 9.: Pla
uality measu
mpare the au
udio sample,
dio Sample F
n | Grid from
ment opens o
udio Sample
ay Audio
urement files
udio quality o
select an au
File Name UL
m the popup m
on a grid. Rig
e from the po

o Sampl
s include a sa
of the receive
udio quality m
L from the pa
menu.

ght-click on t
opup menu.
e
ample of rece
ed sample w
measuremen
arameter tre
the row with
eived audio q
with that of the
t from the me
e. Right-click
the audio sa
quality. This
e original se
easurements
k on the para
ample you wa
149
makes it
nt sample.
s and the
ameter and
ant to hear a

nd
15

50

















Nemo AAnalyze Us ser Manual


DA

ATA VIEWS
U
To
m
pa


Do


S
Use Case
o search valu
easurement
arameter dep
Text search
value searc
ouble-click o
e 10.: U
ues of particu
file in Works
pending on y
h parameters
ch parameter
on the selecte
Using L3
ular type from
space | Mea
your need:
s (e.g. L3 sig
rs (e.g. L3 si
ed search pa

and RR
m decoded L
asurements
gnaling text s
gnaling valu

arameter.
RC Mess
L3 and RRC
| Folder Co
search) are u
e search) are
sage Se
signaling me
ntents. Then
sed for searc
e used for se
earch Pa
essages, firs
n, select a se
rching text st
earching num
151
aramete
t select a
earch
rings
meric values

rs
15

52
Th
Se
se
wi
st
If
Pa
th
he Analyze W
earch string
et. For instan
ill employ LA
tring. The se
there are mu
arameter na
e result data
Wizard – Filte
g defines the
nce, as LAC v
AC as the sea
earch results
ultiple match
ame allows th
a set (see be
ers dialog op
string after w
values are a
arch string. N
will thus con
es for the se
he user to de
low).
pens.
which the se
lways in the
Note that co
ntain the num
earch string in
efine a name
earched value
format LAC
olon (:) chara
meric values
nside a mess
e for the colu
Nemo A
es can be fou
: <numeric v
acter is not
that immedia
sage, the firs
mn that disp
Analyze Us

und in the se
value>, the v
required in
ately follow t
st match is re
plays the sea
ser Manual
earched data
value search
the search
the string LA
eturned.
rched values


a
h
AC.
s in
DA

ATA VIEWS
M
M
ro
M

Th
Ce
Ar
Pa
Zo
vie
Ce
Sa
O
M
Fo
To
gr
M
Of
yo
Hi
th
Pa
Va
th
is
Vi
S
MAPS
aps can be u
oute can be c
Map Too
Note: The
current us
is closed a
he drop-dow
enter tools.
rrow

ena
an enabl
oom in and Z
ews with the
enter en
ave geoset e
rganize laye
apX propert
or more infor
oggle side p
rid.
easure dista
ffset route
ou want to m
ighlight valu
e Route Pro
arameter dro
alue dialog w
e value that
colored in th
iew entire m
used to displ
colored base
ols Menu
Map menu
se in Nemo A
automatical
n menu in M
ables you to
les you to sc
Zoom out
mouse whe
nables you to
enables the
ers enables y
ties enables
rmation on M
panel ena
ance en
enables y
ove and then
ue enabl
perties dialo
op-down men
will open. The
you would li
he selected v
map enab
ay the meas
d on parame
u
is displaye
Analyze. Wh
lly.
Map | Tools |
select items
croll the map
enable
el.
o center the m
saving of cus
you to chang
you to custo
MapX tools, s
ables you to h
ables you to
you to move
n click on the
es you to hig
g and set De
nu. Then clic
e dialog disp
ke to be high
value.
bles you to zo

surement rou
eter values.
ed as part of
hen you sel
View enable
on the map
.
e you to zoo
map based o
stomized set
ge the order
omize the ma
see MapX on
hide and dis
measure the
the measure
e new locatio
ghlight selec
efault Color
ck on the rou
plays all the v
hlighted and
oom out quic
ute, base stat
f the Ribbon
ect another
es you to sel
view.
m the view. Y
on a selected
ttings as a M
of layers on
ap view.
n page 161.
play the side
e distance be
ement route
on.
ted values o
as Mode an
te with the H
values of the
select a colo
ckly.
tion icons, an
nbar only wh
workbook o
ect Arrow, P
You can also
d point on the
MapInfo Geos
the map.
e panel on th
etween two p
to another lo
n map route
d select a pa
Highlight valu
selected eve
or for that val
nd notificatio
hen a map is
or window,

Pan, Zoom In
o zoom in an
e map.
set file (.gst).
e right-hand
points select
ocation. Sele
. First open t
arameter from
ue tool and th
ent type. Fro
lue. Click OK
153
on icons. The
s open and
the Map me
n/Out, and
nd out on the
.
side of the
ted on map.
ect the route
the Color tab
m the
he Highlight
om the list, pi
K and the va

e
in
enu

b of
ick
lue
15

54
Au
Ar
of
Po
ar
De
sa
inf
fro
M
Th
gr







uto centerin
rea binning
f bins. The re
olygon area
rea. The resu
elta plotting
ame route by
formation on
om the Same
Map Pop
he first items
raph popup m
ng enables y
enables
esults are dis
a selection
ults are displ
g enables
y defining an
n Delta Plottin
e Route on M
pup Men
s in the map p
menu.

you to force th
you to defin
splayed on th
enables yo
ayed in the s
you to comp
area on a m
ng, see the t
Map.
nu
popup menu
he map to be
ne an area on
he map as a
ou to specify
statistics data
pare the para
map (e.g. a po
topic Use Ca
u, Reset, Que
e always cen
n a map whic
new semi-tra
y an area of a
a view.
ameter value
ortion of the
ase 14.: Com
ery, and Pick
Nemo A
ntered on the
ch you can ru
ansparent lay
any shape, a
es of two mea
measuremen
paring Two G
k Parameter
Analyze Us
e current loca
un statistics
yer.
and run statis
asurement g
nt route). Fo
Groups of M
are the sam
ser Manual
ation.
on in the form
stics over tha
groups from a
r more
easurement
e as in the

m
at
a
s
DA

ATA VIEWS
A
Un
fu
W
th
Th
W
vie
ex
A
m
Yo
Co


S
Add
nder the Add
nction you c
With the Add
e file from th
he new route
With the Add
ew. A frame
xample, you
comment is
ap, the comm
ou can remo
omment | Re
d item you w
an add a ma
Measureme
he Add Meas
e will be disp
Frame and A
is a resizabl
can open the
a fixed-size
ment window
ve frames an
emove.
will find option
ap layer (.tab
ent function y
surement dia
layed in add
Add Comme
e window tha
e color legen
window that
w will move a
nd comment

ns you can a
b or .gst) in th
you can add
log and click
ition to the e
ent functions
at can conta
nd in a frame
t is attached
as well.
ts by right-cli
dd on a map
he same map
another mea
k OK.

existing one(s
s you can ad
in any of the
e.
to certain co
cking on the
p view. With t
p view.
asurement fil
s).
d frames and
available da

oordinates on
m and select
the Add Map
le on the sam
d comments
ata view type
n a map. If yo
cting Frame |
155
p Layer
me map. Sele
on the map
es. For
ou scroll the
Remove or

ect
r
15

56
F
If
M

Th
m
An
(V
In

G
Se

Find
you require a
ap at Route
Note that t
he Map Sear
ap is display
nalyze will se
View | Tools
the example
Generate
ee Automatic
a more detai
e or right-click
the Find fea
rch dialog w
yed in a new
earch for the
| Options |
e below, the
e Color S
c Generation
iled map from
k anywhere o
ature only w
ill be opened
workbook (O
maps from t
Environmen
new map is
Set
n of Color Se
m the same l
on the map a
works with ra
d with the ma
Open) or as
the location y
nt | Default P
pasted on to
ets
location, righ
and select Fi
aster maps.
atching maps
a layer (Add
you specified
Paths).
op of the exis
Nemo A
ht-click on the
ind Map at P
s. You can ch
d Layer) on t
d for maps in
sting map as
Analyze Us
e route and s
Position.
hoose wheth
the same ma
n the Option
s a new layer
ser Manual
select Find |
her the new
ap. Nemo
ns dialog box

r.


x
DA

ATA VIEWS
E
To
vie
Al
po
Th
To
S
Export to
o export a m
ew, right-clic
ternatively, y
opup menu.
he Save As d
o save the ro
o KML F
easurement
ck on the map

you can right
dialog opens
oute as a Go
ile
route from N
p and select
t-click on the
s.
ogle KML file

Nemo Analyz
Export to K
e route and s
e, type in a fi
ze map to Go
KML file from
elect Export

ile name in t
oogle Earth i
m the popup m
t Data To | G
he File name
n KML forma
menu.
Google KML
e field and c
157
at, in map da
L File from th
click Save.

ata
he
15

58
To
Ea
Go
In
sw
Th
To
o open a KM
arth main me
oogle Earth
some cases
witch to Direc
he Google E
o apply the c
ML file with Go
enu. In the O
displays the
s, Google Ea
ct X mode, s
arth Options
changes, rest
oogle Earth,
Open dialog, s
route compl
arth may not
elect Tools
dialog open
tart Google E
go to Googl
select a KML
ete with colo
be able to di
| Options fro
ns. Select Dir
Earth.
e Earth and
L file and clic
or sets, notific
isplay the ex
om the Goog
rect X in Gra
Nemo A
select File |
ck Open.
cation icons,
xported data
gle Earth mai
aphics Mode
Analyze Us
Open from t
, etc.
in OpenGL m
in menu bar.
e section and
ser Manual
the Google

mode. To
.
d click OK.

DA

ATA VIEWS
S
W
Th
de
W
W
W
on
W
S
Side Pan
With the Side
he Tools pan
escribed belo
With the Arrow
With the Pan
With the Zoom
n the views w
With the Cent
nel
Panel option
nel provides
ow.
w

tool yo
tool you
m In and Zoo
with the mous
er tool yo
n you can hid

you with con
ou can select
can scroll th
om Out
se wheel.
ou can cente

de and displa
ntrols for ma

t items on the
e map.
tools you
er the map o
ay the side p
nipulating th
e map view.
u can zoom t
n the point w
panel on the
e map view.

he view. You
where you cli
right-hand s
The function
u can also zo
ck.
159
ide of the ma
n of each too
oom in and o

ap.
ol is
out
16

60
W
fo
W
ov
W
gr
m
M
W
W
yo
W
in
op
yo
th
W
W
m
Th
Th
on
(x
Ri
W
m
W
Fi
W
W
inf
Th
th
Th
ne
With the Area
rm of bins. T
With the Polyg
ver that area
With the Delta
roups from a
ore informat
easurements
With the Dista
With the Offse
ou want to m
With the High
the Route P
pened. The d
ou would like
e selected v
With the View
With the Orga
ore informat
he BTS Filte
he Layers pa
n the map, a
x) and hide la
ight-click on
With the Zoom
easurements
With the Find t
nd feature o
With the Remo
With the Prope
formation).
he Active La
e test device
he Color Leg
ew color set
Binning
The results a
gon Area Se
. The results
a Plotting
same route
ion on Delta
s from the Sa
ance too
et tool yo
ove, and the
light too
Properties, Co
dialog display
e to be highlig
alue.
w Entire Map
anize Layers
ion on the to
er drop-down
anel displays
new layer is
ayers by clea
the layer title

m To tool you
s open on th
tool you can
nly works wi
ove tool you
erties option
ayer panel d
e is currently
gends panel
in the Select
tool you ca
re displayed
election t
s are displaye
tool you ca
by defining a
Plotting, see
ame Route o
l you can me
ou can move
en on the new
ol you can hig
olor dialog).
ys all the val
ghted and se
tool you
s tool you
ool.
n menu allow
s the layers t
s created. Yo
aring the resp
es in the laye
u can zoom to
e same map
search anot
th raster map
can remove
you can ope
isplays the n
connected.
l displays the
t Color Set d
an define an a
on the map
tool you can
ed in the stat
n and compa
an area on a
e the topic U
on Map on p
easure the di
e the measur
w location.
ghlight select
Then click o
ues of the se
elect a color f
u can zoom o
u can change
ws you to sele
that are curre
ou can remov
pective check
er browser to
o the selecte
p.
ther map tha
ps. See page
the selected
en the Route
name of the a
e color sets i
dialog and cl
area on a ma
as a new se
specify an a
tistics data v
are the param
a map (e.g. a
se Case 14.
. 188.
istance betw
ement route
ted values o
n the route a
elected even
for that value
out quickly.
e the order o
ect which BT
ently open in
ve layers from
kbox.
o access a se
ed route. This
at matches th
e 156 for mo
d layer.
e Properties d
active layer a
n use. Click
lick OK.
Nemo A
ap which you
emi-transpare
area of any s
iew.
meter values
a portion of th
: Comparing
ween two poin
to another lo
n the map ro
and the High
t type. From
e. Click OK a
of layers on th
TS cells are d
the view. W
m the view b
et of map-rel
s is useful if
he measurem
ore informatio
dialog (see p
and informati
the Add col
Analyze Us
u can run sta
ent layer.
shape, and ru
s of two mea
he measurem
g Two Groups
nts.
ocation. Click
oute. First se
light Value d
m the list, pick
and the value
he map. See
displayed on
When you add
by clicking the
lated tools.
you have se
ment route. N
on on the Fin
page 163 for
ion on BTS s
lor set

bu
ser Manual
atistics on in
un statistics
surement
ment route).
s of
k on the rout
elect a schem
dialog will be
k the value th
e is colored i
e page 161 fo
the map.
d more route
e Close butt
everal
Note that the
nd tool.
more
sites to which
utton, select

the
For
te
me
hat
n
or
s
on
h
a
DA

ATA VIEWS
Cl

T
Un
Th
M
Un
W
Yo
cu
S
lick the Rem
Tool
nder the Too
hese same fu
MapX
nder the Map
With the View
ou can custo
ustomized se
move all colo
ol item you w
unctions are
pX item you

w Entire Map
omize the ma
ettings can be
or sets b
will find a sele
available in
will find tools
tool you can
ap view using
e saved in a


button to rem
ection of tool

the map side
s related to M
n zoom out q
g the MapX p
MapInfo Ge
ove all color
ls for viewing
e panel.
MapX maps.
quickly.
properties. W
eoset file (.gs
sets.
g the map.
With the Save
st) and loaded
e Geoset fun
d later on.
161
nction the

16

62
W
ch
lay
Pr
In
in
BT
m
He
ca
Do
yo
th
With the Orga
hange the ord
yer from the
roperties wi
the Layers
which the la
TS sites und
ap on the bo
elsinki) on to
an choose th
own you can
ou can decid
e layer from
anize Layers
der with the
map.
ll open the M
tab the table
ayers are disp
er that, and
ottom (e.g., a
op of that. To
e map you w
n change the
e whether or
the list and c
s tool you cha
Up and Dow
MapX Proper
e a list of the
played on a
World map a
a map of Euro
o add layers o
want to add a
e map’s posit
r not to displa
click the Rem
ange the ord
wn buttons. C

rties dialog.
current laye
map; for exa
at the bottom
ope) and a m
on the map c
as a layer. Th
tion on the lis
ay the layer
move button
der of map la
Clear the Vis

ers is shown.
ample, in this
m. This utility
more detailed
click Add. An
he map is ad
st. By selecti
on the map.
.
Nemo A
yers. In the L
sible checkbo
The order o
s case the Ro
is useful if yo
d map of a sm
n Open dialo
dded on the l
ng and clear
To remove l
Analyze Us
Layer Contr
ox if you wan
on the list def
oute layer is
ou want to h
maller area (
og box is ope
ist and with t
ring the Visi
layers from t
ser Manual
rol dialog,
nt to hide a
fines the orde
on the top,
ave a bigger
(e.g., of
ened where y
the Up and
ble checkbox
he map, sele

er
r
you
x
ect
DA

ATA VIEWS
M
Th
In
de

R
In
ro
op
S
Map Prop
he Propertie
the Map Pro
eselect the A
Route Pr
the Route P
oute on the m
ption to apply
perties
es item will o
operties dialo
Auto centerin
roperties
Properties d
map. Right-cl
y the new se
pen the Map
og you can d
ng tool.
s
dialog you ca
ick on the ro
ttings to all r

p Properties
define how th
an modify the
ute and sele
routes visible
s dialog.
he BTS icons

e appearance
ect Propertie
e on the map

Position
the curr

Auto ce
focus a
vehicle

Draw b
displays

If you h
base st
(e.g., U
Draw o
stations
base st
The oth

Select t
station
the serv
Name d
layer.

Draw M
drawn (
166 for

Hide lon
unusua
mean th
GPS co

Pixel O
move th
horizon

Thickne
thickne
for exam
drawn w
band.
s are displaye
e and setting
es. On the las
p.
n icon define
rent position
entering optio
lways on the
.
ase stations
s BTS icons
ave a BTS fi
ations from s
MTS and GS
nly active sy
s check box t
ations from t
her base stat
the Draw line
check box to
ving BTS to t
defines the ti
Mode defines
(line or symb
more inform
ng distance l
lly long lines
hat there is a
onnection.
ffset values e
he route on t
tally and ver
ess defines t
ss in pixels. Y
mple, a thick
when the tes
ed. You can
gs of the mea
st four pages
es the shape
icon.
on keeps the
e measureme
hides and
on the map.
ile that conta
several syste
SM), select t
ystem base
to display on
the active sy
tions are hidd
e to active ba
o draw a line
the test vehi
tle of the rou
s how the rou
bol). See pag
mation.
lines option h
s which proba
a problem wi
enable you t
the map
rtically.
the route
You can def
ker line to be
st device is in
163
also select a
asurement
s you have th
of
e map
ent

ains
ems
he
nly
ystem.
den.
ase
from
cle.
ute
ute is
ge
hides
ably
th the
to
fine,
n high

and
he
16

64

Select me
displayed

Select the
to view ev
numbers)

Select the
descriptio
descriptio
each othe

Pixel offse
change th
on map h


easurement e
on the map
e Print descri
vent descript
on the map
e Hide overla
ons check bo
on text if the t
er.
et values ena
he position of
orizontally an
events that w
as icons.
iption check
tions (e.g., m
.
apping
x to hide the
texts overlap
able you to
f notification
nd vertically.

will be
box
marker
e
p
icons
.
M
u
b
ro
w
p

P
in
F
th
C
p
Nemo A
Mode defines
sing the defa
ased colorin
otation, the c
whenever the
arameter ch
Parameter de
n the coloring
Filters display
he query.
Color set defi
arameter va
Analyze Us
s if the route
ault color or
ng. If you sele
color of the ro
e value of the
anges.
efines the pa
g.
ys the param
nes the colo
alues.
ser Manual
is colored
using value-
ect color
oute change
e selected
rameter used
meters used i
ors for





s
d
n
DA

ATA VIEWS

S

In
B
S
o
s
v
S
c
n
te
T
d
s
s
P
w
v
F
s
S
c
te
n the BTS pa
BTS file(s) us
Select the Dra
ption to draw
erving base
ehicle.
Select the Dra
ells option to
eighboring b
est vehicle.
The Draw all
raws a line f
tation every
erving/active
Parameter de
which will be
alues along t
Font and Colo
ettings.
Select the Hid
heck box to
exts overlap
age you can
sed on the m
raw line to se
w a line from
station to the
raw line to ne
o draw lines f
base stations
cell changes
from route to
time the
e cell change
efines the pa
displayed as
the measure
or define the
de overlappin
hide the valu
each other.
165
select the
ap.
erving cell
the
e test
eighbor
from the
s to the
s option
base
es.
rameter
s numerical
ement route.
text
ng values
ues if the


16

66
D
Yo
Dr
sy
Fo
Sy
Co
Ro
Ba
Ef
Draw Ro
ou can draw
raw Mode fie
ymbol and cli
ont defines t
ymbol define
olor defines
otation angl
ackground d
ffects define
ute as S
the route on
eld and click
ick OK.
the symbol fo
es the symbo
the symbol c
le defines in
defines what
es what kind
Symbols
n a map as sy
k the … butto
ont.
ol used to dr
color.
which angle
t kind of back
of effects are
s
ymbols. In th
on. In the Sym
raw the route
e the symbol
kground is a
e applied to t
he Route Pro
mbol Style d


e.
is drawn on
dded for the
the symbol.
Nemo A
operties dia
dialog, define
the map.
symbol.
Analyze Us
log, select S
e the appear
ser Manual
Symbol in the
rance of the

e
DA

ATA VIEWS
Be


















S
elow is an exxample of a m map route dr

rawn with sym mbols.
167


16

68
B
In
wo
Fi
Fi
file
Si
If
au
ac
al
m

BTS Files
the workspa
orkspace pa
iles displays
ile contents
e selected in
ite informati
there are mu
utomatically s
ccording the
l versions of
onth, and DD
Note: Chan
the databa
s
ace you will f
nel.
s all BTS file
displays the
n Files.
ion displays
ultiple versio
selected bas
naming conv
the same BT
D for day) of
nge the filen
ase.
find a page f

s stored in th
e contents (i.e
details of the
ns of the sam
sed on the tim
vention filen
TS file. The d
the BTS file
name forma
for Base Sta
he database
e. all base st
e base statio
me BTS file,
me of the me
name_YYYY-
date suffix ch
.
at to filenam
tions by click
.
tations and t
on/antenna s
i.e. from diffe
easurement s
-MM-DD.nbf
hanges with
e_YYYY-MM
Nemo A
king on the
he antennas
selected in Fi
erent dates,
session if the
f where filen
the date (YY
M-DD.nbf be
Analyze Us
icon on th
s of each stat
ile contents
the correct f
e file has bee
name must b
YYY stands f
efore you loa
ser Manual
he bottom of
tion) of the B
s.
file is
en named
e identical w
for year, MM
ad the file to

the
BTS
with
for
o
DA


ATA VIEWS
A
W
bo

If t
ab
as
To
pa
Ac
To
St
S
BTS file nee
hen opening
ox next to the
Note: You
displayed
there are mu
bove, the rele
s relevant file
o modify activ
age of the Wo
ctive from th
o display bas
tations | File
eds to be acti
g a BTS file, a
e file.
can add cus
as part of s
ultiple version
evant BTS fil
es), reliable re
ve BTS settin
orkspace by
e popup me
se stations a
es to a map.
vated in orde
a Set Active
stom site in
ite informat
ns and the fil
e version mu
esults canno
ngs of a file t
y clicking the
nu.
s BTS icons
The green s

er for it to be
e BTS File d

nformation c
tion in the N
le has not be
ust be activa
ot be guarant
that has alre
e button, r

on map, dra
sectors repre
e used in sav
ialog opens.
columns to t
Nemo Analyz
een named a
ated. If none o
teed.
eady been ad
right-click on
ag and drop a
esent the ant
ved workbook
The user ca
the BTS file
ze UI.
according to t
of the files ar
dded to the d
the relevant
a BTS file fro
enna directio
ks and BTS
an activate a
. These colu
the naming c
re activated
database, ope
t BTS file, an
om Workspa
ons.
169
ref queries.
file by ticking
umns will be
convention
(i.e. designa
en the BTS
nd select
ace | Base

g a
e
ated
17

70 Nemo AAnalyze Us ser Manual

DA

ATA VIEWS
Do
To
th
th
If
Ri
dr
S
ouble-click o
o connect the
e BTS tab, s
e active bas
you have se
ight-click on
raw only the
on a BTS icon
e measurem
select the BT
e station is n
veral BTS fil
the map and
BTS icons fr
n to view mo
ent route to t
TS file, and c
not drawn.
es open on t
d select Prop
rom the syste

ore informatio
the BTS, righ
click OK. If th
the map, you
perties. Sele
em, for exam
on on that ba
ht-click on th
he route is no

u can define
ect the Draw
mple, GSM th
ase station.
he route and
ot associated
which base s
only active
hat the mobile

select Prope
d with a BTS
stations are
e system bas
e is currently
171
erties. Go to
S file, the line
displayed.
se stations t
y using.

o
to
to
17

72
B
Ri
In
Ic
Dy
ba
Sh
Sh
Hi
is
Dr
Us
ba
Si
Be
BTS Prope
ight-click on
the BTS Pro
con size defin
ynamic, max
ased on zoom
how site nam
how cell info
ide cell texts
zoomed out
raw frame h
se cell beam
ased on cell
ite transpare
eam transpa
erties
the BTS file
operties dia
nes the size
x size define
m level).
mes option h
formation op
ts on low zo
t so that the m
hides and dis
m range from
beam range
rency defines
arency defin
layer in the s
log you can
of the BTS i
es a maximu
hides and dis
ption hides an
om levels (p
map can be
plays the ou
m BTS file a
data in the B
s the transpa
nes the trans
side panel a
edit the appe
con in pixels
um size for dy
splays the si
nd displays t
performance
drawn faster
utlines of BTS
allows you to
BTS file.
arency of the
parency of th
nd select Pro
earance of th

s. Fixed defin
ynamic BTS
te names.
the selected
e optimizati
r and with les
S icons.
enable/disa
e BTS icons.
he beam ran
Nemo A
operties.
he BTS icons
nes the fixed
icons (i.e. ic
cell informat
ion) option h
ss visual dist
ble the displa
ge layer.
Analyze Us
s.
d size of BTS
cons which c
tion.
hides cell text
tractions.
ay of cell bea
ser Manual
S icons in pix
hange size
t when the m
am range

els.
map
DA

ATA VIEWS
Dr
te
De
M
op
B
Cu
Se
Co
Be



S
raw line to a
st vehicle.
efault color
Mode (parame
ption in the b
TS paramet
ustom query
elect colum
olor set defi
eam color d
active base
r defines the
eter/custom)
base station c
ter defines th
ry enables th
ns defines w
nes the colo
defines the co
station, opti
color of the B
enables the
coloring.
he parameter
e user to sel
which column
rs for param
olor that is us

ion enables t
BTS icon.
e user to cho
r used in the
lect a custom
ns from the c
meter values.
sed to draw
the drawing

ose whether
coloring.
m query whic
custom query
a beam of a
of a line from
r to use BTS
ch defines ho
y results are
base station
m the serving
Parameter o
ow the colorin
selected.
n.
173
g BTS to the
or custom qu
ng is done.

uery
17


74
Th





he Sites pagge displays a list of all sitees and their

cells in the B
Nemo A
BTS file.
Analyze Us ser Manual
DA

ATA VIEWS
U
C
To
Lo
Fo
O
Ge
rig
S
Use Case
Combina
o add more m
oaded view t
or organizing
nce you hav
eoset to ena
ght-click on m
e 11.: A
ations as
map layers to
to an open m
g map layers
e added the
able direct ac
map view and
Adding M
s Geose
o the map vie
map view.
, see MapX o
layers you n
ccess to the m
d select Map

Map Laye
ets
ew, drag and
on page 161
need to the m
map in the fu
pX | Save Ge
ers and
d drop a .TAB
.
map, you can
uture. To sav
eoset from th
Saving
B file from th

n save the en
ve the combin
he popup me
Layer
he Workspac
ntire layer co
nation as a s
enu.
175
ce | Maps |
mbination as
single Geose

s a
et,
17

76

Th
En
Th
En
int
he Save As d
nter a name
he Geoset N
nter a name
to the databa
dialog opens
for the Geos
ame dialog o
for the Geos
ase and ope
s.
set file and cl
opens.
set and click
ned as a sin
lick Save.

OK. The ent
gle map.

tire combina
Nemo A
tion of map l
Analyze Us

layers can no
ser Manual
ow be loaded

d
DA

ATA VIEWS
U
Th
sta
co
S
O
an
S
To
Ba










Th
To
Bi
S
Use Case
his use case
ation on a m
orresponding
Step 1: Op
pen a map fi
nd drop BTS
Step 2: Co
o color route
ased On Sc
he route will
o perform are
nning on pag
e 12.: C
describes a
map. It is assu
g maps in the
pen a Me
ile and drag
files on the
olor Route
(s) based on
rambling Co
be colored b
ea binning o
ge 178.
Coloring
situation wh
umed that the
e database.
easureme
and drop me
map and ass
es Based
n base station
ode [numbe
based on the
n a selected

Routes
here the user
ere are mea
ent and a
easurements
sociate them
d on BTS
n coverage,
er] from the p
Ec/N0 or RS
part of the r
Based o
r needs to vie
surement file
BTS file
s on it. Do no
m with the rou
S Coverag
right-click a
popup menu.
SCP value of
oute, procee
on BTS
ew the cover
es with coord
on a Map
ot open any
ute(s). .
ge
base station
.
f the selected

ed to Use Ca
Covera
rage of a sin
dinates, BTS
p
parameters
and select C
d base statio
ase 13.: Perfo
177
ge
gle base
S files, and
s. Next, drag
Color Layers
on.
orming Area

s
17

78
U
S
Cl
be










S
Se
ca
is











Af
Th
If
Use Case
Step 1: Se
lick Area Bin
elow, you can
Step 2: Se
electing an a
an add meas
included in t
fter you have
his opens the
you are perf
e 13.: P
elect Bin A
nning icon
n see the are
elect Mea
area opens th
surements yo
the selected
e selected th
e Analyze W
forming an ar
erformin
Area
on the Tool
ea selection
asuremen
he Analyze W
ou want to pe
measureme
e measurem
Wizard – Mea
rea binning f
ng Area
s panel and
surrounded
nt File(s)
Wizard – Se
erform the ar
ents by defau
ments you wa
asurement p
for a single b
Binning
select an are
by a thin dot
elect Measur
rea binning o
ult.
ant to perform
parameters
base station (
Nemo A
g
ea from the m
tted line.
rement dialo
on. The meas
m the area bi
dialog.
(see
Folde
measu
conten
field b

Using
search

The S
field d
measu
selecte

With th
select

With th
desele

Analyze Us
map. In the s
og below. In t
surement rou
inning on, cli
er defines the
urement fold
nts are displa
below.
the Filter fie
h for measur
Selected mea
isplays all th
urements tha
ed for area b
he butto
measureme
he butto
ect measurem
ser Manual
screenshot
this dialog, y
ute on the m
ck Next.
e
er whose
ayed in the
eld, you can
rements.
asurements
he
at have been
binning.
on, you can
ents
on, you can
ments

you
ap
s
n
DA

ATA VIEWS
Us
To
Lo
Fo
O
Ge
rig

S
se Case 11.:
o add more m
oaded view t
or organizing
nce you hav
eoset to ena
ght-click on m
: Adding Map
map layers to
to an open m
g map layers
e added the
able direct ac
map view and
p Layers and
o the map vie
map view.
, see MapX o
layers you n
ccess to the m
d select Map

d Saving Lay
ew, drag and
on page 161
need to the m
map in the fu
pX | Save Ge
yer Combinat
d drop a .TAB
.
map, you can
uture. To sav
eoset from th
tions as Geo
B file from th

n save the en
ve the combin
he popup me
osets
he Workspac
ntire layer co
nation as a s
enu.

179
ce | Maps |
mbination as
single Geose

s a
et,
18

80
Th
En
Th
En
int
Us
(a
bi
Ot











he Save As d
nter a name
he Geoset N
nter a name
to the databa
se Case 12.:
as only select
nning) and s
therwise, sel
dialog opens
for the Geos
ame dialog o
for the Geos
ase and ope
: Coloring Ro
ted scrambli
select only se
lect the relev
s.
set file and cl
opens.
set and click
ned as a sin
outes Based
ng code and
elected scram
vant paramet
lick Save.

OK. The ent
gle map.
on BTS Cov
d selected ch
mbling code
ter and click

tire combina
verage on pa
annel param
or selected c
Next.
Nemo A
tion of map l
age 175), typ
meters are rel
channel para
Analyze Us
layers can no
pe ‘selected’
levant for thi
ameters.
ser Manual
ow be loaded
in the filter fi
s type of are

d
eld
ea
DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
If
Us
To
Lo
Fo
O
Ge
rig
S
his opens the
you are perf
se Case 11.:
o add more m
oaded view t
or organizing
nce you hav
eoset to ena
ght-click on m
e Analyze W
forming an ar
: Adding Map
map layers to
to an open m
g map layers
e added the
able direct ac
map view and
Wizard – Filte
rea binning f
p Layers and
o the map vie
map view.
, see MapX o
layers you n
ccess to the m
d select Map

ers dialog.
for a single b
d Saving Lay
ew, drag and
on page 161
need to the m
map in the fu
pX | Save Ge
base station (
yer Combinat
d drop a .TAB
.
map, you can
uture. To sav
eoset from th
(see
tions as Geo
B file from th

n save the en
ve the combin
he popup me
osets
he Workspac
ntire layer co
nation as a s
enu.
181
ce | Maps |
mbination as
single Geose

s a
et,
18

82

Th
En
Th
En
int
he Save As d
nter a name
he Geoset N
nter a name
to the databa
dialog opens
for the Geos
ame dialog o
for the Geos
ase and ope
s.
set file and cl
opens.
set and click
ned as a sin
lick Save.

OK. The ent
gle map.

tire combina
Nemo A
tion of map l
Analyze Us

layers can no
ser Manual
ow be loaded

d
DA


ATA VIEWS
Us
ch
Ot









If
Us
To
Lo
Fo
O
Ge
rig
S
se Case 12.:
hannel numb
therwise, sel
you are perf
se Case 11.:
o add more m
oaded view t
or organizing
nce you hav
eoset to ena
ght-click on m
: Coloring Ro
ber value from
lect the relev
forming an ar
: Adding Map
map layers to
to an open m
g map layers
e added the
able direct ac
map view and
outes Based
m the Value
vant filters an
rea binning f
p Layers and
o the map vie
map view.
, see MapX o
layers you n
ccess to the m
d select Map

on BTS Cov
drop-down m
nd click Finis
for a single b
d Saving Lay
ew, drag and
on page 161
need to the m
map in the fu
pX | Save Ge
verage on pa
menu and cli
sh.
base station (
yer Combinat
d drop a .TAB
.
map, you can
uture. To sav
eoset from th
age 175), sel
ck Finish.
(see
tions as Geo
B file from th

n save the en
ve the combin
he popup me
lect a scramb
osets
he Workspac
ntire layer co
nation as a s
enu.
183
bling code or
ce | Maps |
mbination as
single Geose

r
s a
et,
18

84

Th
En
Th
En
int
he Save As d
nter a name
he Geoset N
nter a name
to the databa
dialog opens
for the Geos
ame dialog o
for the Geos
ase and ope
s.
set file and cl
opens.
set and click
ned as a sin
lick Save.

OK. The ent
gle map.

tire combina
Nemo A
tion of map l
Analyze Us

layers can no
ser Manual
ow be loaded

d
DA

ATA VIEWS
Us
An
Va












Th
loc
tim
If
<A
St
al
S
se Case 12.:
nalyze Wiza
alue drop-do
he area binn
cation-based
me and dista
you want to
Ask every ti
tatistics Typ
lowing you to
: Coloring Ro
ard – Filters
own menu an
ing statistics
d, each samp
nce average
weight the re
me> in Opti
pe dialog will
o select Dist
outes Based
dialog. Agai
nd click Finis
are by defau
ple has its un
es per bin.
esults by dist
ons | Enviro
l open after c
tance as stat

on BTS Cov
n, select the
sh.
ult weighted
nique time an
tance, you m
onment | Sta
clicking Finis
tistics type. A
verage on pa
scrambling
by time. Alth
nd distance w
must have Ca
atistics (see
sh in the Ana
After selectin
age 175), clic
code or chan
hough area b
weights that
alculate stat
e page 469).
alyze Wizard
ng the statisti
cking Finish o
nnel number
binning as an
can be used
tistics based
In this case,
d - Filters di
ics type, clic
185
opens anoth
r value from t
n operation is
d in calculatin
d on set to
the Choose
alog above,
k OK.

er
the
s
ng
e
18

86
Th

S
To
th














he area binn
Step 3: Ad
o adjust bin s
e popup men
ing results a
djusting B
size, right-cli
nu.
re displayed
Bin Size
ck the area b
on the map
binning layer
as a new lay
r on the Laye
Nemo A
yer.
ers panel an
Analyze Us
nd select Pro
ser Manual
operties from


m
DA


ATA VIEWS
In
va
lay
S
To
on
m
to
S
the Propert
alue is, the sm
yer is display
Step 4: Ex
o export area
n the Layers
enu. For mo
Google Eart
ties dialog, a
maller the bi
yed with the
xporting A
a binning dat
s panel and s
re informatio
th in KML for
adjust bin siz
n size. When
new bin size
Area Binn
ta to Excel, o
select Export
on on Export
rmat, see Ex

ze by changin
n the bin size
e.
ning Data
or to .txt or M
rt Data To | E
t Data To fun
xport to KML
ng the X step
e has been a
Name refe
X steps a
Scrambli
of the bas
Draw met
displayed
level, or in
With the S
select the
Minimum,
deviation
bin is disp
Color set
Transpare
area binnin
a
MapInfo .tab f
Excel or Exp
nction, see p
File.
ps and Y step
adjusted, clic
ers to the na
and Y steps d
ng code refe
se station.
thod defines
in Fixed siz
n Actual size
Statistic drop
aggregate d
Maximum, S
and Variance
played.
t defines the
ency defines
ng layer.
format, right-
port Data To
p. 143. For ex
ps values. T
ck OK, and th
ame of the ba
define the bi
ers to the sc
s whether the
ze irrespectiv
e.
p-down men
displayed on
Sample coun
e. By default
color set tha
s the transpa
-click the are
o | File from t
xporting area
187
he higher the
he area binni
ase paramete
n size.
rambling cod
e bins are
ve of the zoo
u, you can
the map:
nt, Std.
t, average pe
at is used.
rency of the
ea binning lay
the popup
a binning dat


e
ing
er.
de
m
er
yer
ta
18

88
U
th
Th
gr
co
S
O
S
De
th


Cl
In

Se

Use Case
he Same
his use case
roups of mea
oordinates an
Step 1: Op
pen a map fi
Step 2: Pe
elta plotting m
e same route
lick the Delta
the screens
electing an a
e 14.: C
e Route
describes a
asurements f
nd correspon
pen a Me
ile and drag
erforming
makes it pos
e on map.
a Plotting ico
shot below, y
area opens th
Comparin
on Map
situation wh
from the sam
nding maps i
easureme
and drop me
Delta Pl
ssible to disp
n on the
you can see t
he Delta Plo
ng Two
p
here the user
me route. It is
n the databa
ent File on
easurements
otting on
play the differ

Tools panel
the area sele
otting dialog.
Groups
r needs to co
s assumed th
ase.
n a Map
s on it.
Map
rence betwee
and select a
ection surrou

Nemo A
of Meas
ompare the p
hat there are
en two group
an area from
nded by a th
Analyze Us
suremen
parameter va
measureme
ps of measur
m the map.
hin dotted lin
ser Manual
nts from
alues of two
ent files with
rements from
e.

m
m

DA

ATA VIEWS

To
W
wa
gr
G
gr

Fo
Us

S
o select mea
Wizard – Sele
ant to perform
roup. A meas
roup. The dif
roup average
older defines
sing the Filte
asurements fo
ect Measure
m the delta p
surement gro
fference valu
es.
s the measur
er field, you c
or Measurem
ement dialog
plotting on. Y
oup average
ue plotted on
rement folde
can search f

ment Group
g opens. In th
You can have
is calculated
n map repres
er whose con
for measurem
p 1, click the
his dialog, yo
e one to man
d from all me
sents the diffe
ntents are dis
ments.
Configure b
ou can select
ny measurem
easurements
erence betwe

splayed in the
button and th
t the measur
ments in each
s within a Me
een the two
e field below
189

e Analyze
ements you
h measurem
asurement
measuremen
w.

ent
nt
19

90
Th
m
W
W


O
Ne

Th
wh
th

Th
he Selected
easurement
With the
With the
nce you hav
ext.
his opens the
hich you wan
e same para
he Analyze W
measureme
group
button, you
button, you
e selected th
e Analyze W
nt to compar
ameter for bo
Wizard – Fil
ents field dis
can select m
can deselect
he measurem
Wizard – Mea
e the two me
oth measurem
ters dialog o
splays all the
measurement
t measureme
ments you wa
asurement p
easurement
ment groups
opens.
e measureme
ts
ents
ant to include
parameters
groups and c
.
Nemo A
ents that hav
e in the Meas
dialog. Selec
click Next. N

Analyze Us
ve been selec
surement Gr
ct the param
Note that you
ser Manual
cted for the
roup 1, click
eter based o
have to sele

on
ect
DA


ATA VIEWS

Fi


Re

S
lter options a
epeat the ste
are optional.
eps above to
Define filter
o define meas

options if ne
surements fo
ecessary and
or Measurem

d click Finish
ment Group
h.
2.
191


19

92

O
dia

Th


St
dis
tim
ro
th
De

Th
nce you hav
alog.
he Choose S
tatistics can
stance-base
me and dista
outes separat
e other, a su
epending on
he delta plott
e selected m
Statistics Ty
be weighted
d, each sam
nce average
tely. To find
ubtraction is
the operatio
ting results a
measurement
ype dialog op
by time or d
mple has its u
es per bin. In
out the differ
performed be
on you are pe
are displayed
ts for both m
pens.

distance. Alth
unique time a
delta plottin
rence betwee
etween the b
erforming, se
d on the map
measurement
hough delta p
and distance
g this averag
en the bin va
bin values of
elect either T
p as a new la
Nemo A
groups, click
plotting as an
weights that
ge per bin is
alues of one
the routes.
Time or Dista
yer.
Analyze Us
k OK in the D
n operation is
t can be used
calculated fo
route and th
ance, and cl
ser Manual

Delta Plotting
s by default
d in calculati
or bins of bo
e bin values
ick OK.

g
ng
th
of
DA

ATA VIEWS















S

193


19

94
U
M
To
Th

If
op





Use Case
Map
o display the
he beam ran
the BTS file
ptions. Selec
e 15.: D
cell beam ra
ge of the sel
you are usin
ct View | Opt
Displayin
ange of an in
lected cell is
ng does not c
tions to defin
ng Base
ndividual cell
displayed o
contain cell b
ne base stati
Station
on map, sel
n the map as
beam range d
ion display s
Nemo A
Cell Be
ect the relev
s a sector.
data, you can
ettings.
Analyze Us
am Ran
vant cell with
n set the ran
ser Manual
nge on
a left-click.

nge in BTS


DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
Ic
Dy
ba
Sh
Sh
Hi
is

Dr
Us
ba

De
De
Si
Be
B
Di


S
he Options d
con size defin
ynamic, max
ased on zoom
how site nam
how cell info
ide cell texts
zoomed out
raw frame h
se cell beam
ased on cell
efault beam
efault beam
ite transpare
eam transpa
TS texts opt
isplay BTS o
dialog opens
nes the size
x size define
m level).
mes option h
formation op
ts on low zo
t so that the m
hides and dis
m range from
beam range
m defines the
m angle defin
rency defines
arency defin
tions allows
overlay on t
s. Select BTS
of the BTS i
es a maximu
hides and dis
ption hides an
om levels (p
map can be
plays the ou
m BTS file a
data in the B
default beam
es the defau
s the transpa
nes the trans
you to defin
top of other

S | General.
con in pixels
um size for dy
splays the si
nd displays t
performance
drawn faster
utlines of BTS
allows you to
BTS file.
m range in m
ult beam ang
arency of the
parency of th
ne the size an
r layers sets

s. Fixed defin
ynamic BTS
te names.
the selected
e optimizati
r and with les
S icons.
enable/disa
meters.
le in degrees
e BTS icons.
he beam ran
nd style of BT
BTS layers t
nes the fixed
icons (i.e. ic
cell informat
ion) option h
ss visual dist
ble the displa
s.
ge layer.
TS text.
to be display
d size of BTS
cons which c
tion.
hides cell text
tractions.
ay of cell bea
yed over all o
195

S icons in pix
hange size
t when the m
am range
other layers.

els.
map
19


96
To
th
Th
Ic
Dy
ba
Sh
o edit cell-sp
e popup men
he BTS tab o
con size defin
ynamic, max
ased on zoom
how site nam
ecific proper
nu.
of the Proper
nes the size
x size define
m level).
mes option h
rties, right-cli
rties dialog o
of the BTS i
es a maximu
hides and dis
icking on a b
opens.
con in pixels
um size for dy
splays the si
base station i
s. Fixed defin
ynamic BTS
te names.
Nemo A
con cell, and
nes the fixed
icons (i.e. ic
Analyze Us
d select Prop

d size of BTS
cons which c
ser Manual
perties from
S icons in pix
hange size

els.
DA

ATA VIEWS
Sh
Hi
is

Dr
Us
ba
Si
Be
Di
Dr
ve
Ce
Co










S
how cell info
ide cell texts
zoomed out
raw frame h
se cell beam
ased on cell
ite transpare
eam transpa
isplay BTS o
raw line to a
ehicle.
ell beam ran
ontents with
formation op
ts on low zo
t so that the m
hides and dis
m range from
beam range
rency defines
arency defin
overlay on t
active base
ge can also
h a left-click.
ption hides an
om levels (p
map can be
plays the ou
m BTS file a
data in the B
s the transpa
nes the trans
top of other
station optio
be displayed

nd displays t
performance
drawn faster
utlines of BTS
allows you to
BTS file.
arency of the
parency of th
r layers sets
on enables th
d by selecting
the selected
e optimizati
r and with les
S icons.
enable/disa
e BTS icons.
he beam ran
BTS layers t
he drawing o
g a cell in W
cell informat
ion) option h
ss visual dist
ble the displa
ge layer.
to be display
of a line from
orkspace | B
tion.
hides cell text
tractions.
ay of cell bea
yed over all o
m the serving
Base Station
197
t when the m
am range
other layers.
BTS to the t
ns | File

map
test
19

98
U
G
Ne
m
Ne
Ve
Use Case
Grid Row
emo Analyze
ap overlay w
ext, split the
ertically from
e 16.: S
ws
e allows the s
with grid data
data view ve
m the popup
ynchron
synchronizat
a, first open b
ertically by rig
menu.
nizing Ba
tion of grid d
both a measu
ght-clicking o
ase Stat
ata with bas
urement file (
on the map a
Nemo A
tion Map
e stations on
(p. 73) and a
and selecting
Analyze Us
p Overla
n map. To sy
a BTS file (p.
g Data View
ser Manual
ay with
ynchronize B
77) on map

| Split |

TS
.

DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
To
on






S
he data view
o add a grid w
n the right to
w is split into t
with BTS da
the empty s
two sections
ta to the emp
ection.

.
pty section, d drag and dro op the BTS laayer from the
199
e Layers pan


nel

20

00
Th
Se
A
Th
he Select Da
elect Grid an
grid with BT
he map now
ata View dialo
nd click OK.
TS data is now
zooms auto
og opens.
w displayed.
matically to t


the cell selec cted in the gr
Nemo A
rid.
Analyze Us


ser Manual
DA


ATA VIEWS
U
Pa
pa
re
of
wo
pa
A
W
bo
If
ve
re
To
pa
Ac

S
Use Case
arameter tree
arameters dis
eference file (
f the serving
orkbench to
arameters to
BTS file nee
When opening
ox next to the
there are mu
ersion must b
esults cannot
o modify acti
age of the W
ctivate from t

e 17.: U
e contains a
splay informa
(i.e. BTS file)
cell in a wor
enable the g
work correc
eds to be act
g a BTS file,
e file.
ultiple versio
be activated.
t be guarante
ve BTS setti
Workspace by
the popup m
Using BT
set of param
ation on the
). BTS refere
kbook togeth
grouping of a
ctly, the relev
ivated in ord
a Set Active
ns of the sam
If none of th
eed.
ngs of a file
y clicking the
menu.

TS Refer
meters with th
current serv
ence parame
her with reco
aggregates b
vant BTS refe
der for it to be
BTS File dia

me BTS file,
he files are a
that has alre
button
rence Pa
he paramete
ing and neig
eters can be
orded metrics
ased on serv
erence file m
e used in sav
alog opens. T
e.g. from diff
ctivated (i.e.
eady been ad
, right-click o
aramete
er name prefi
hboring cell(
used, for ins
s, or as an in
ving cell, etc.
ust be prese
ved workboo
The user can
ferent dates,
designated
dded to the d
on the releva
ers
ix BTS refere
(s) based on
stance, to dis
nput data set
. For the BTS
ent in the dat
oks and BTS
n activate a f
, the relevan
as relevant f
database, op
ant BTS file, a
201
ence. These
a BTS
splay the nam
in KPI
S reference
tabase.
ref queries.
file by ticking
t BTS file
files), reliable
pen the BTS
and select

me
g a
e
20

02
O
cli
nce the relev
icking the
vant BTS file
button.
e has been ac

ctivated, ope en the Measu
Nemo A
urements pa
Analyze Us

age of the W
ser Manual
Workspace b

y
DA

Se
Tre
ATA VIEWS
elect a measu
ee to list BTS
To
cli
rig
To
cli
Pa




S
urement or a
S reference p
o open a par
ick a parame
ght-click on a
o run statistic
ick on the
arameter Lau
a measureme
parameters.
rameter in its
eter in the pa
a parameter
cs based on
button disp
unchpad. Fo
ent folder, an

s default view
arameter tree
in the param
the paramet
played at the
r more inform

nd type the w

w, select a m
e. If you want
meter tree and
ter, select the
e bottom left c
mation on Pa
word referenc
easurement
t to open the
d select the v
e parameter
corner of the
arameter Lau
ce to the filte
in the Works
e parameter i
view type fro
in the Param
e Parameter T
unchpad, see
er above the
space and th
in some othe
om the popup
meter Tree a
Tree. This o
e page 67.
203
Parameter
hen double-
er type of vie
p menu.
nd click the
pens the

w,
20

04
U
B
Ne
co
ce
To
se
Pa












Use Case
Based on
emo Analyze
ontaining BTS
ells causing p
o display bas
elect a meas
arameter Tre
e 18.: D
n Any Pa
e allows base
S connection
pilot pollution
se station co
urement file
ee, and selec
Displayin
aramete
e station con
n data. This c
n.
nnections fro
from Folder
ct Open In |

ng Base
er
nnections to b
can be usefu
om terminal t
Contents, rig
Map from th
Station
be displayed
ul, for instanc
to individual
ght-click on a
e popup men
Nemo A
Connec
d on map bas
ce, in terms o
cells on map
a parameter
nu.
Analyze Us
ctions on
sed on any p
of finding and
p based on a
(e.g. Pilot po
ser Manual
n Map
parameter
d visualizing
any paramete
ollution) in th

er,
he
DA

ATA VIEWS

Th
Cl







S
he measurem
lick the Base
ment route is
e Stations bu

s displayed o
utton in Work

on map.
kspace.
205


20

06

Th
Dr
A
Se






he Base Stat
rag and drop
dialog is dis
elect Yes.
tions page o
p a base stat
played askin
pens.
ion file from
ng whether yo
the Files fie
ou would like
ld to the map
e to associat
Nemo A
p.
e the open ro

Analyze Us
route with the
ser Manual

e BTS file.

DA

ATA VIEWS

BT
Ri
po
Th
Se
se








S
TS overlay is
ight-click on
opup menu.
he Route tab
elect the BTS
elect the [Par
s displayed o
the route lay
b of the Route
S tab, desele
rameter] BT
on map.
yer displayed
e Properties
ect the check
TS (e.g. Pilot

d on the side
dialog open

k boxes Activ
t Pollution B
panel and s
s.
ve/Serving C
BTS) check b

select Show
Cells and Mo
box, and click
BTS connec
onitored/Ne
k OK.
207
ctions from
eighbor Cell

the
s,
20

08

Ba




















ase station cconnections a are displayedd on map based on the s
Nemo A
selected para

Analyze Us
ameter (e.g.
ser Manual
Pilot pollutio

n).
DA

ATA VIEWS
S
Ne
th
m
us
Se


















S
SPREA
emo Analyze
e basic funct
ost spreadsh
sages that ar
elect View | W
DSHEE
e spreadshee
tionality of N
heet applicat
re specific to
Workbook |
ETS
ets enable th
emo Analyze
tions on the m
Nemo Analy
Spreadshe

he processin
e spreadshe
market, this
yze and to m
eets in the Ri
g of measure
eets is in line
section will f
measurement
bbonbar to o
ement data i
with the de f
ocus only on
t data post-p
open an emp
n spreadshe
facto standa
n those featu
processing.
pty spreadsh
209
eet format. As
rd followed b
ures and
eet.

s
by

21

0
Yo
dis
th
Th


ou can drag
splay a gree
e data view
he query is o
and drop pa
n icon if s
is unsuitable
opened on th
rameters on
spreadsheet
e.
e spreadshe
the spreads
t is a suitable
eet.
sheet from th
e data view fo
Nemo A
e Parameter
or the param

Analyze Us
r Tree. Nemo
meter, and a

ser Manual
o Analyze wi
red icon i

ll
if
DA

ATA VIEWS
Al
Pa
Se
Tr
Fr








S
ternatively, y
arameter Tre
elect a meas
ree.
rom the popu
you can open
ee.
surement fold
up menu, sel
n measurem
der or file in t
lect Spreads

ments with pa
the Workspa

sheet.
rameters on
ace and right
a spreadshe
-click a para
eet straight f
meter in the
211
rom the
Parameter

21

2
Th

















he query is oopened on a spreadsheett.
Nemo AAnalyze Us ser Manual


DA

ATA VIEWS
E
To
da

Th
Fo
da
Sh
m
st
pa
da
S
Editing C
o format cells
ata set and s
he Query tab
ormat Cells
ata set.
how results
inimizes the
ill be run on
arameter dat
ata set in a fo
Cell Form
s containing
select Forma
b of the Form
is not acces
s, if selected,
parameter d
the entire pa
ta set structu
ormula, see
mat
parameter d
at Cells from
mat Cells dial
ssed via a r
displays the
data set into
arameter data
ure. For more
Use Case 19

data, right-clic
m the popup m
log opens. P
right-click on

e parameter d
a single cell.
a set as eac
e information
9..: Retrievin
ck on the cel
menu.
Please note t
n the cell in
data set as a
. Although m
h cell can sti
n on making r
g Data from
ll in the top le

that the Que
the top left
a whole. If de
inimized and
ll be referred
references to
Minimized D
eft corner of
ery tab is no
t corner of a
eselected, S
d not visible,
d to based on
o a minimize
Data Sets on
213
the paramet
ot displayed
a parameter
Show results
functions ca
n the origina
d parameter
page 221.

ter
d if
s
an
l
r
21

4
Sh
Sh
Th
dis
G
Nu
Pe
de
Ti
an
Th
Te
how column
hort column
he Number t
splayed with
eneral defin
umber defin
ercentage d
ecimals.
ime defines t
nd millisecon
he Alignmen
ext alignmen
ns, if selecte
n names, if s
tab of the Fo
hin the select
es that the d
es the cell co
efines the ce
the cell conte
nds.
nt tab of the
nt
d, displays d
selected, disp
ormat Cells d
ted cell(s).
default setting
ontent as nu
ell content as
ent as time a
Format Cells
data set colum
plays short v
dialog allows
gs for the co
umbers and a
s a percentag
and displays
s dialog allow
mn names.
versions of da
you to define

ntent type ar
allows you to
ge and allow
the value in
ws you to def

Nemo A
ata set colum
e the format
re used.
o set the num
ws you to set
the cell in ho
fine the align
Analyze Us
mn names.
in which num
mber of decim
the number
ours, minute
nment of text
ser Manual
mbers are
mals displaye
of displayed
s, seconds,
t within cells.

ed.
d
.
DA

ATA VIEWS
Ho
or
Ve
Te
W
M
rig
Al

Th
Fo
Co

S
orizontal de
r Right.
ertical define
ext control
Wrap text, if s
Merge cells e
ght-click on t
ignment tab
he Font tab o
ont defines t
olor defines
efines the hor
es the vertica
selected, ena
enables you t
he selection
of the Forma
of the Forma
the font of the
the font of th
rizontal align
al alignment
ables word w
to merge sele
, select Form
at Cells dialo
at Cells dialo
e text within
he text within

nment of text
of text within
wrap within th
ected cells in
mat Cells from
og.
g allows you
cells.
n cells.
within the se
n cells as To
he selected c
nto a single c
m the popup
u to define th

elected cells
op, Center, o
cells.
cell. Select th
menu, and s
e font and co
as Default,
or Bottom.
he cells you
select Merge
olor of the te
215
Left, Cente
want to merg
e cells from th
xt within cell

r,
ge,
he
s.
21

6
Th
Bo
Pr
dis
th
Bo
wh
Th
Ce
he Border ta
order width
resets allow
splayed. Wit
e borders of
order button
hich borders
he Patterns
ell color def
ab of the Form
defines the
s you to sele
th Outline, o
f all cells with
ns (i.e. Top, M
are to be dis
tab of the Fo
fines the cell
mat Cells dia
border thickn
ect which bor
nly the outlin
hin a cluster o
Middle, Bott
splayed.
ormat Cells d
background
alog allows y
ness for cells
rder groups a
nes of a clus
of cells are s
tom, Left, M
dialog allows
d color.
you to define

s as Thin (de
are to be dis
ter of cells a
set as border
Middle, and R
s you to defin

Nemo A
borders for c
efault), Medi
played. With
re displayed
rs.
Right) allows
ne cell backg
Analyze Us
cells.
ium, or Thic
h None, no b
as a border
s you to selec
ground color.
ser Manual
k.
orders are
. With Inside
ct manually

e,
DA

ATA VIEWS
F
To
yo
An
To
do
S
Filtering
o filter out un
ou want to filt
n AutoFilter d
o filter out all
own menu.
Data
nwanted data
ter, right-clic
drop-down m
l rows that do
a based on v
k on the sele
menu is creat
o not contain

values in a pa
ection, and s
ted based on
n a particular
articular colu
elect AutoFil
n values in th
r column valu
mn, select th
lter from the
he selected c
ue, select a c
he contents o
popup menu

column(s).

column value
217
of the colum
u.
e from the dr

ns
rop-
21

8
Al
fro
To
de
C
Yo
th
fu
=A
Th
=A
If
to
=A
If
sa
na
by
=A
l rows that d
om the drop-
o remove an
eselect Auto
Creating
ou can enter
e equal sign
nction Avera
AVG
he rest of the
AVG()
the cells con
identify the
AVG(Sheet 2
the cells con
ame spreads
ame (e.g. the
y the exclam
AVG(*BLER
do not contain
-down menu
AutoFilter fr
oFilter from t
Formula
r a formula in
(=). The nex
age. For mor
e formula def
ntaining the s
location of th
2!)
ntaining the s
sheet, it is firs
e name of a q
ation mark (!
DL!)
n the selecte
displays all r
rom a column
he popup me
as
n any cell on
xt element id
e functions,
fines the sou
source data f
he data by en
source data f
st necessary
query opene
!).
ed value in th
rows again.
n, right-click
enu.
the spreads
dentifies the m
see Adding
urce data for
for the functi
ntering the s
for the functi
y to identify th
ed on the spr
he filter colum
the AutoFilte
heet. The cre
mathematica
Functions on
the function
on are locate
heet name fo
on are locate
he location o
eadsheet) pr
Nemo A
mn will be filte
er element at
eation of a fo
al function, e
n page 219.
and is place
ed on anothe
ollowed by th
ed within a se
of the data by
receded by t
Analyze Us

tered out. Se
t the column
ormula alway
.g. AVG stan
ed within brac
er sheet, it is
he exclamati
eparate data
y entering the
the asterisk (
ser Manual
electing (All)
heading, an
ys begins wit
nds for the
ckets.
first necess
ion mark (!).
a set on the
e data set
(*) and follow

nd
th
ary

wed
DA


ATA VIEWS
Ne
an
ide
(i.
re
=A
If
bo
=A
To
=A
Fo
gu
A
To
m
se
th

S
ext, a referen
nd the row nu
entify the sta
e. last cell in
eferences sho
AVG(*BLER
the range co
oth the start a
AVG(*BLER
o refer to mo
AVG(*BLER
or informatio
uides for spre
Adding F
o perform a m
ouse button
elected, relea
e popup men
nce to the ac
umber that in
art point of th
n the range) w
ould be to th
DL!A1:D555
overs all cells
and end poin
DL!A:A)
ore than one
DL!A1:B12;
n on the gen
eadsheet ap
Function
mathematica
down while
ase the left m
nu, select In
ctual cells is
ntersect at th
he range (i.e.
with a colon
e cells in the
5)
s in a column
nt, instead of
cell range, s
C10:D16)
neral format o
plications av
s
al operation b
moving the c
mouse button
sert Functio

added. A ce
he cell’s locat
. the first cell
(:). If the ran
e upper left a
n, the range
f referring to
separate eac
of spreadshe
vailable on th
based on a g
cursor over t
n and right-cl
on | [functio
ll is referred
tion, e.g. A1
l in the range
nge covers m
and lower righ
can be referr
individual ce
h range with
eet formulas,
he internet.
group of cells
he selected
lick over the
on].
to by a comb
. To refer to a
e), and separ
multiple colum
ht corners of
red to by usi
ells with row
a semicolon
see one of t
s, select the c
cells. Once a
selection. A

bination of th
a range of ce
rate it from th
mns, the star
f the range.
ng just the c
numbers.
n (;).
the numerou
cells by hold
all intended c
popup menu
219
he column let
ells, first
he end point
t and end po
olumn letter
us helps and
ing the left
cells have be
u opens. Fro

tter
oint
as
een
m
22

20
Th
fu
sp
If
If
Fu




he function is
nction. The f
preadsheet v
you wish, yo
you do not fi
unction | Mo
s added belo
formula of th
view.
ou can reloca
ind an appro
ore Function
ow the select
e function is
ate the functi
priate functio
ns instead.
ted cells. The
displayed in

on by cutting
on amongst

e cell with the
n the formula
g and pasting
those display
Nemo A
e function dis
a field on the
g.
yed in the po
Analyze Us
splays the re
topmost bar
opup menu, s
ser Manual
esult of the
r of the
select Insert

t
DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
W
Se
dis
U
It
Fo
To
se
to
sp
int
be
rig
Th
fo
fu
Ne
de
m
br
BL
on
S
he Insert Fun
When you sele
elect a functi
scussed abo
Use Case
is possible to
or minimizing
o retrieve dat
et contains th
be Column
preadsheet. T
terested in th
een opened o
ght data set.
he creation o
rmula. Next,
nction Avera
ext, within br
efinition strin
ark, referenc
racket. Thus,
LER DL data
n formulas, s
nction dialog
ect a function
ion from the
ove.
e 19..: R
o minimize p
g data sets, s
ta from a min
he data you w
A, the secon
Thus, if you a
he contents o
on the sprea
of a formula f
add the ope
age, the oper
rackets, defin
g is generall
ce to the first
, a formula fo
a set would b
see Creating
opens.
n from the lis
list and click
Retrievin
parameter da
see Editing C
nimized table
want to retrie
nd Column B
are retrieving
of Column A
adsheet) has
for data retrie
erator of the m
rator is AVG.
ne the data s
y of the follow
t cell in the ra
or calculating
be of the follo
Formulas on

st, the info fie
k OK. The fun
ng Data
ata sets on a
Cell Format o
e, you first ha
eve. The first
B, etc., no ma
g data from t
A. The name
to be known
eval begins w
mathematica
. For more fu
set on which
wing format:
ange, colon,
g an average
owing format
n page 218.

eld below dis
nction is add
from Mi
spreadshee
on page 213
ave to know
t column in a
atter how the
the first colum
of the query
n as well in o
with the equa
al function yo
unctions, see
the mathem
open bracke
reference to
e based on v
t: =AVG(*BLE
splays a desc
ed below the
nimized
t to take up t
.
which colum
a separate da
data set is s
mn of a minim
(i.e. the para
order for you
al sign (=) to
ou want to us
e Adding Fun
atical functio
et, asterisk, q
o the last cell
alues on row
ER DL!A1:A1
cription of the
e selected ce
d Data S
the space of
mn in the max
ata set is alw
situated on th
mized table,
ameter data
to be able to
identify the
se. For insta
nctions on pa
on is to be ru
query name,
l in the range
ws 1-15 in Co
15). For mor
221
e function.
ells, as
Sets
f only one ce
ximized data
ways conside
he
you are
set that has
o refer to the
string as a
nce, with the
age 219.
un. The data
, exclamation
e, and closed
olumn A of th
e information

ll.
a
red
e
set
n
d
he
n
22


22
U
S
It
te
de
Se
Use Case
Spreadsh
is possible to
mplates can
efined to look
elect View | W
e 20.: C
heets
o create repo
then be run
k for.
Workbook |
Creating
orts on sprea
on all meas
Spreadshe
Reports
adsheets and
urement files
eets in the Ri
s and Re
d save them
s that contain
bbonbar to o
Nemo A
eport Te
as report tem
n the events
open an emp
Analyze Us

emplates
mplates. The
the report h
pty spreadsh
ser Manual
s Using
ese report
as been
eet.

DA

ATA VIEWS
O

S
n the empty spreadsheet t, create a la

ayout for the report.

223

22

24
In
In
fro



Workspace,
button to o
Parameter L
om the list an
, select a me
open the Par
Launchpad,
nd drag and
easurement a
ameter Laun

click on Stat
drop it to the
and the para
nchpad.
tistics for a l
e cell you hav
ameter you w
list of aggreg
ve designate
Nemo A
want to add o
gates, select
ed for it in the
Analyze Us
on the report.
an aggregat
e spreadshee
ser Manual
Click on the
te (e.g. Coun
et layout.


e
nt)
DA

ATA VIEWS
Re
If
an
ca
pr
hu
Fo
gu
Be
ze
be
ze
oc
=I
S
epeat the pro
the report yo
n operation a
alls has to be
resent the rat
undred. At th
or informatio
uides for spre
ecause divis
ero and beca
e the value z
ero, the resul
ccur. In sprea
F(C2;((C3/C
ocedure with
ou are creatin
and enter the
e divided by t
tio as a call s
his point, the
n on the gen
eadsheet ap
ion as an ari
ause in a rep
zero (i.e. if the
lt of the divis
adsheet form
C2)*100);0).
h other releva
ng requires m
e appropriate
the count of
success rate
formula is of
neral format o
plications av
thmetic oper
ort of this typ
ere are no ca
sion is zero’ h
mulas, this wi

ant paramete
mathematica
e formula into
call attempts
e percentage
f the followin
of spreadshe
vailable on th
ration always
pe it is possib
all attempts)
has to be cre
ill be express
ers until they
al operations
o it. In the pre
s to produce
, the result o
ng format: =((
eet formulas,
he internet.
s requires tha
ble that the r
, an addition
eated to prev
sed in the fol
are all on th

, select the c
esent examp
a ratio of suc
of the division
(C3/C2)*100
see one of t
at the divisor
result of the c
al condition f
vent the error
llowing forma
he spreadshe
cell you have
ple, the coun
ccessful call
n has to be m
).
the numerou
r (i.e. the cel
count operat
following the
r that would o
at:
225
eet.
e designated
t of connecte
s. In order t
multiplied by
us helps and
l C2) is not
tion in C2 wil
e format ‘if C2
otherwise

for
ed
o
ll
2 is
22

26
If
is
Ce
Th
Se
cli
Th
the result of
displayed w
ells from the
he Number t
elect a numb
ick OK.
he report is n
the calculati
with multiple d
e popup men
tab of the Fo
ber format su
now complete
on is display
decimals), rig
u.
ormat Cells d
uitable for the
e.
yed in a form
ght-click on t
dialog opens

e value type,
mat unsuitable
he cell conta
.
define the n
Nemo A

e for the valu
aining the val
number of de
Analyze Us
ue type (e.g.
lue, and sele
ecimals to be
ser Manual
a percentag
ect Format
e displayed, a

e
and
DA

ATA VIEWS
Yo
co
sp
Th
S
ou can save
ontains the e
preadsheet a
he Save Wor
the complete
vents require
and select W
rkbook dialog
ed report as
ed by the rep
orkbook | S
g opens.

a template t
port. To save
Save… from t
that can be r
e the report a
the popup m

un on any m
as a template
enu.

measurement
e, right-click
227
file that
on the

22

28
Fi
Po
Fo

Gr
gr
To
yo
m
ilename defi
opup menu
or more infor
roups define
roups, see p.
o run the rep
ou defined as
easurement
nes the nam
defines the m
rmation on m
es the group
. 468.
port on anoth
s the location
file.
me of the repo
menus (e.g.
menus, see p
(e.g. User) i
er measurem
n for the tem

ort template.
Workspace
.464.
in which the
ment file, sel
plate (e.g. W

Device Menu
workbook w
ect a measu
Workspace D

Nemo A
u) in which th
ill be saved t
rement from
evice Menu)
Analyze Us
he workbook
to. For more
m the Worksp
) and right-cl
ser Manual
k will be save
information
ace section
ick a

ed.
on
DATA VIEWS 229


From the popup menu, select the submenu you defined as the location for the template (e.g. User)
and select the template.
The report is run on the selected measurement file.
23

30
IN
W
m

















In
as






NDOOR
With Nemo An
easurement
the Adjust
s Map button
R MEA
nalyze you ca
in the Works
Coordinates
n to convert a
ASUREM
an also view
space and se
s dialog, sele
an image file
MENTS
w indoor meas
elect Adjust
ect the floor
e into a map
S
surements o
t Coordinate
plan in the M
(see page 26
Nemo A
n floor plans
es.
Map file field
6). Click OK.
Analyze Us
s. Right-click
or click the
.
ser Manual
on the
Import Imag

ge
DA

ATA VIEWS
Th
W
rig
on
Af
co
Ne
op



S
he selected f
With the Arrow
ght) will be p
n the map.
fter you have
oordinates.
emo Analyze
pened on a m
floor plan is o
w tool, click o
laced there.
e placed all t
e will ask if y
map.
opened. Firs
on the map a
The Longitu
he markers,
ou would like

t you need to
and the activ
ude and Lati
click the Up
e to open the
o place the c
ve marker (hi
itude values
date Coordi
e route on a
coordinate m
ghlighted wit
s are updated
inates button
map. Click Y
markers in the
th pink in the
d as you plac
n to save the
Yes, and the
231
e right places
e table on the
ce the marke
e marker
route is

s.
e
ers


23

32
W
dr
When you ope
rawn on the m
en the indoor
map. You ca
r measureme
an color the r
ent on the flo
route and use
oor plan the n
e all the featu
Nemo A
next time, the
ures availabl
Analyze Us
e route is au
le for maps.
ser Manual
tomatically

DA

ATA VIEWS
N
Nu
m
Yo
W
se
Dr
pa
be
Ti
S
NUMER
umerical dat
easurements
ou can open
Workbook) an
elect Page | A
rag a measu
arameters fo
eginning of th
meline view
RICAL D
a views are u
s: you can o
a numerical
nd then addi
Add Data Vi
urement or m
r the file. If n
he measurem
w, and move t
DATA V
useful, for ex
pen several
view, for ex
ng a numeric
iew | Numer
measurement
no data are s
ment. Double
the red time

VIEWS
xample, for v
measuremen
xample, by op
cal view data
rical Data.
ts in the view
hown on the
e-click on the
line forward
viewing benc
nt files side b
pening an em
a view in the
w, and Nemo
e table, the da
e measureme
to view capt
hmarking da
by side and c
mpty workboo
workbook: r
Analyze will
ata are retrie
ent file in the
tured data.
ata from mult
compare the
ok (View | A
right-click on
l display som
eved from the
e Workspace

233
ti
values.
Add data view
workbook,

me network
e very
e to view the

w|
23

34
Yo
Ri
Th
vie
W
ap
ou can edit th
ight-click on
he Visible pa
ew.
With the Move
ppear in the n
he contents
the view and
arameters li
e up and Mo
numerical da
of the numer
d select Prop
st offers a lis
ove Down yo
ata view.
rical data vie
perties.

st of parame
ou can chang
ew.

ters that can
ge the order
Nemo A
be displaye
in which the
Analyze Us
ed in the num
different par
ser Manual
merical data
rameters

DA


ATA VIEWS

Ti
Al

Th
do

S
itle defines th
lignment de
he Color Se
own menu.
he column tit
efines how th
ts list enable
tle.
e text is align
es you to sele


ned.

ect the appro opriate color sets for the parameters
235
from the dro

op-
23

36
IN
In
lay
NFO VI
fo views are
yer message
IEWS
used to disp
es.
play more deetailed inform mation, for ex

Nemo A
ample, abou
Analyze Us
ut signaling, B

ser Manual
BTS sites an

nd
DA

ATA VIEWS
T
Th
ex
wh
th
Ri
op
S
TIMELIN
he Timeline
xample, you
hat may hav
at range.
ight-click on
pen the Time
NE VIE
view enable
can select to
e caused the
a measurem
eline view. Yo
EW
s you to view
o view data b
e particular e
ment in the w
ou can also o

w and analyz
before and af
event. Or you
workspace an
open the Tim

ze a selected
fter certain e
u can select a
nd select Tim
meline view fo
d time range
events, e.g., c
a time range
meline or dou
or multi mea
of a measur
call failures,
e and genera
uble-click a m
asurements.
237
rement file. F
to troublesho
ate a report fo
measuremen

For
oot
or
t to
23

38
Th
cu
H
W
vie
Ri
In
fin
he Timeline
urrent point in
Highlight
With Highligh
ew certain ev
ight-click on
the Pick Pa
nd a given pa
view display
n the measu
t Parame
ht Parameter
vents or para
the Timeline
arameter dia
arameter from
ys the start a
rement file. C
eter in T
r you can vis
ameters whe
e view and se
log, select th
m the list by
nd finish tim
Current time
Timeline
sualize proble
en their value
elect Highlig
he paramete
using the filt
e of the file.
is displayed
View
em areas in t
es are under/
ght Paramet
r you want to
ter field within
Nemo A
The red sync
below the s

the measure
/over certain
er.

o highlight an
n the red box

Analyze Us
chronization
synchronizati
ement. For ex
n user specifi
nd click OK.
x.
ser Manual
line marks t
on line.
xample you c
ed threshold
You can also

he
can
d.
o
DA

ATA VIEWS
Do
Th
S
ouble-click th
he paramete
he Value fiel
r events will
d to define th
be highlighte

he event for
ed.
the selected parameter a

and click Fin
239
nish.

24

40
N
Yo
th
fa
Th
at
Notificatio
ou can also v
e Notification
ilures, and B
he small red
ttach attempt
ons in T
view notificat
ns tab, selec
BLER, and cl
vertical bars
t failures.
Timeline
tions in the T
ct the notifica
ick OK.
s represent th
View
Timeline view
ations you wa
he selected n
w. Right-click
ant to view in

notifications.
Nemo A
k on the view
n the Timeline
In the exam
Analyze Us
w and select P
e view, for e
mple below th

ser Manual
Properties.
xample, atta
here are seve

In
ach
eral
DA

ATA VIEWS
R
No
th
an
To
Re
O
To
W
De
S
Range S
ow you can t
e attach failu
nd the ending
o generate a
eport | Open
pen.
o generate a
Workbook | [w
epending on
election
take a closer
ures. Select t
g point with a
report base
n from the po
workbook b
workbook fo
your selecti
n in Time
r look at the p
the starting p
a left click.
d on the sele
opup menu.
ased on the
older] | [wor
on, a report

eline Vie
problem spo
point of the r
ected time ra
In the Open
selected tim
rkbook].
or a workboo
ew
ot by selectin
ange by dou
ange, right-cl
dialog, selec
me range, righ
ok is generat
g a sample,
ble-clicking w
ick on the ra
ct a report te
ht-click on th
ted from the
a range, of t
with the left m

ange and sele
emplate (*.rpt
he range and

data in the s
241
the file aroun
mouse butto
ect Range |
t) and click
select Rang
selected rang

nd
n
ge |
ge.
24

42
O
N
Th
an
If
Ti
du
Ri
fro
pa
OTHER
Network
he Paramete
nd select Net
the Paramet
meline view
uring the mea
ight-click on
om the view,
arameters yo
R VIEWS
Parame
ers view disp
twork Param
ters view is e
w. Move the r
asurement.
the view and
right-click o
ou want to re
S
eters
plays some k
meters.

empty, right-
red time line
d select Pick
n the view an
move and cl
key network p
-click on the
forward to a

k Parameter
nd select Pro
lick OK.
parameters.
measuremen
point in time
s to add mor
operties. In
Nemo A
Right-click o
nt in the Wor
e where data
re parameter
the paramet
Analyze Us
on a file in th
rkspace to vi
a have been
rs. To remov
ters page, cle
ser Manual
e workspace
iew the
gathered
ve parameter
ear the

e
rs
DA

ATA VIEWS
M
Th
th
S
Measure
he Measurem
e file was re
ment Se
ment Setting
corded. Righ
ettings
gs view disp
ht-click on a f


plays some in
file in the wo
nformation ab
orkspace and
bout the sett
d select Meas
tings that we
surement S
243
re used whe
ettings.

en

24

44
P
Th
is
th
Pr
ba


Propertie
he Propertie
by default d
e window to
roperties. Y
ack to the sid
es
es view displ
ocked to the
appear. If th
ou can also
de of the mai
ays informat
right side of
he Properties
drag the view
in window, d
tion about ite
f the main wi
s tab is not vi
w elsewhere
ouble-click o
ems that are
indow. Move
isible, open t
on the Anal
on the Prope
Nemo A
selected in t
e your mouse
the Propertie
yze main win
rties view.
Analyze Us
the main win
e over the Pr
es view by se
ndow. If you
ser Manual
dow. The vie
roperties tab
electing View
want to dock


ew
for
w |
k it
DA

ATA VIEWS
Q
Th
pa
m
vis
cli
wi
Cl
To
dis


S
Query Cl
he Query Cl
asted into vie
ouse over th
sible, enable
ipboard by c
indow. If you
lipboard.
o paste a que
splays the co
lipboard
ipboard disp
ews. The view
he Query Clip
e the Query C
licking the C
u want to doc
ery into a vie
ontents of th

plays a list of
w is by defau
pboard tab fo
Clipboard by
lear button.
ck it back to t
ew, right-click
e Query Clip

f queries tha
ult docked to
or the hidden
selecting Vi
You can als
the side of th
k on a view a
pboard. Sele
at have been
o the right sid
n window to a
ew | Query
so drag the v
he main wind
and select Q
ect the query

copied, and
de of the mai
appear. If the
clipboard. Y
view elsewhe
dow, double-c
uery | Paste
y to be paste
which can fu
in window. M
e Query Clip
You can emp
ere on the An
click on the Q
e. The Paste
ed and click O
245
urther be
Move your
board tab is
pty the
nalyze main
Query

Query dialog
OK.

not
g
24

46
D
Th
W
m












Database
he Database
With Cancel a
easurement
e Loade
e Loader disp
and Cancel A
file or the up
er
plays the pro
All buttons, y
pload of all m
gress of file
you can abor
measuremen
upload, file c
rt the upload
t files in the u
Nemo A
conversion, a
of either the
upload queu
Analyze Us
and file uploa
e currently up
ue.
ser Manual
ad queue.

ploaded

DA

ATA VIEWS
W
Th
An












S
Window
he Window B
nalyze at a g
Browse
Browser dis
given momen
r
splays a list o
nt. Right-click

of controls (w
k on the item
workbooks, p
ms to access
ages, data v
the Propertie
views) open i
es dialogs fo
247
n Nemo
or each contr


ol.
24

48
M
Th
da
To
En
O
Th
pr
th
by
bo
els
Yo
co
is
in
Messeng
he Messenge
atabase serv
o send a pub
nter. The me
Output
he Output pa
rocessed. Th
e Output tab
y selecting V
ottom of the v
sewhere on
ou can clear
ontents of the
saved in a te
another app
ger
er enables yo
ver with multi
blic message
essage is dis
anel displays
he view is by
b for the hidd
View | Outpu
view. You ca
the screen. I
the Output v
e Output view
ext file (.txt).
plication.
ou to publicly
ple users, al
e seen by all
splayed in the
s some progr
default dock
en window to
t. Switch bet
an also drag
If you want to
view by right-
w in a log file
Select Copy
y chat with o
ll other curre
other users,
e Received
ram and erro
ked to the bo
o appear. If t
tween the Lo
the Output v
o dock it bac
-clicking on i
e by selecting
y to Clipboa
other users o
nt users are
type a mess
messages f
or messages
ottom of the m
the Output ta
og and the S
view from the
ck to the bott
it, and select
g Write to F
ard to copy th
Nemo A
f the databas
displayed as
sage to the M
field.
s and the SQ
main window
ab is not visib
SQL pages by
e bottom of th
om, double-c
ting Clear. Y
ile and type
he contents o
Analyze Us
se. If you are
s Current us
Message fiel
QL statements
w. Move your
ble, open the
y clicking on
he Analyze m
click on the v

You can also
a name for t
on a clipboa
ser Manual
e logged to a
sers.

d and press
s that are be
r mouse over
e Output view
the tabs at t
main window
view.
save the
the file. The l
rd to be past

a
eing
r
w
the
w
log
ted
DA


ATA VIEWSS


249
25


50
M
Th
M
de
C
To
To
th










An
In
in










MANUA
he Manual La
anual Layou
efined by the
Creating
o open Manu
o add a layou
e Ribbonbar
n empty work
sert Data Vi
a Manual La
AL LAYO
ayout Editor
ut Editor page
e user.
a Layou
ual Layout Ed
ut editor data
r.
kbook opens
iew | [data v
ayout Editor
OUT E
makes it pos
e can contain
ut
ditor, select V
a view to an
s. To add dat
view type] fr
workbook, E
DITOR
ssible to crea
n any numbe
View | Work
open workbo
ta views to th
rom the popu
Edit Mode m
R
ate custom la
er of user-def
kbook | Man
ook, select L
he workbook
up menu. No
ust be selec
Nemo A
ayouts for wo
fined data vie
ual Layout E
Layout | Man
k, right-click o
te that in ord
ted in the po
Analyze Us
orkbook pag
ews laid out
Editor from t
nual Layout
on the workb
der to add or
opup menu.
ser Manual
es. Each
in a manner
the Ribbonb
Editor from
book and sele
edit data vie

r
ar.
ect
ews
DA

ATA VIEWS
O
Th
th
di
be
re
M












Da
th












S
nce an empt
he user can a
e red border
rection. The
efore beginni
emoved later
ode from the
ata views ca
e popup men
ty data view
also change
r of the data
user can als
ing to add co
on as well b
e popup men
n be remove
nu.
has been cre
the size of th
view and dra
so create oth
ontent to the
by right-clickin
nu.
ed by selectin

eated, the us
he data view
agging the se
her empty da
data views.
ng on the Ma
ng a data vie
ser can place
w by simply h
elected side
ta views, def
However, da
anual Layout
ew, right-click
e it anywhere
olding down
of the data v
fining the lay
ata views can
t Editor work
king and sele
e on the wor
n the left mou
view to the de
yout for the w
n be added,
kbook and se
ecting Item |
251
kbook windo
use button on
esired
workbook pag
edited and
electing Edit
Delete from

ow.
n
ge
m
25

52
Se
th
th












A
M
em













electing Item
e thickness o
e selected d
Adding C
easurement
mpty data vie
m | Propertie
of the data v
ata view.
Content t
files and fold
ews.
es from the p
view border. S
to Manu
ders, parame
A measur
are both s
drag and
down) on
Layout Ed
popup menu
Selecting Dr
ual Layo
eters, BTS fi
rement folde
selected in th
dropped (ho
an empty da
ditor workboo
opens the P
raw shadow
out Edito
les and map
r (or file) and
he Workspa
olding left mo
ata view in th
ok.
Nemo A
roperties dia
draws a dist
or Data V
files can be
d a paramete
ce and then
ouse button
he Manual
Analyze Us
alog. Border
tinguishing s
Views
drag and dr
er
ser Manual
r size define
shadow unde
ropped to the

s
er
e
DATA VIEWS 253


Once you have finished editing the layout, right-click on the Manual Layout Editor window, and
deselect Edit Mode in the popup menu. This will lock the layout. If you later want to edit it some more,
simply right-click on the Manual Layout Editor workbook and select Edit Mode from the popup menu.
25

W
54
WORK
Vi
vie
A
se
To
To
an
To
To
KBOOK
ewing meas
ews are orga
workbook is
election of re
o open an em
o open a rea
nd select [wo
o cancel a ru
o cancel the
KS
urement dat
anized into w
the main co
ady-made w
mpty workbo
dy-made wo
orkbook fold
unning query
execution of
a in Nemo A
workbooks, p
omponent tha
workbooks bu
ok, select Vi
orkbook on a
der] | [workb
during work
f all queries w

Analyze is ex
pages, and da
at contains a
ut you can als
iew | Add da
measureme
book] (e.g. U

kbook execut
within the wo
tremely flexib
ata views.
ll the differen
so create ne
ata view | W
ent file/folder
UMTS | UMT
tion, click Ca
orkbook, sele
Nemo A
ble and user
nt pages and
w workbooks
orkbook.
, right-click th
TS full detail
ancel in the E
ect Cancel A
Analyze Us
r-configurable
d data views.
s.
he measurem
ls) from the p

Executing Qu
All.
ser Manual
e. The variou
. There is a
ment file/fold
popup menu
ueries dialog

us
der
.
g.
RE

EPORTS
A
In
th
op
No
file
ch





ADDING
order to view
e workbook
pened in the
ow you can a
e in the data
hoose the gra
G DATA
w measurem
and select P
workbook.
add data in t
view or righ
aph type.
A VIEW
ment data in t
Page | Add D
he data view
t-click on the

WS
the workbook
Data View | [
w. You have t
e view and se
k you will ne
[data view ty
two options.
elect Pick Pa

ed to create
ype]. An emp
You can eith
arameter. In
a data view.
pty data view
her drag a m
n the latter ca
255
. Right-click o
w will be

measurement
ase, first

on
25

56
In
pa
th
Th





the Pick Pa
arameter to b
e data view t
he selected v
arameter dia
be viewed. In
to locate all t
view is opene
log select th
n the Filter fie
the options,
ed.
e measurem
eld you can t
in this case a
ment file in the
type the nam
all instances
Nemo A
e Measurem
me of the para
of BLER, m

Analyze Us
ment field an
ameter you w
more quickly f
ser Manual
d pick the
want to add i
from the list.

in

RE

EPORTS
Yo
on
se
ou can creat
n the same p
elect Data Vi
e several pa
page, right-cl
iew | Insert |
ges and eac
ick on the vie
| [data view

ch page can
ew and selec
type], the ex
contain seve
ct Page | Ad
xisting data v
eral data view
d Data View
view is repla
ws. To add m
w | [data view
ced with the
257
more data vie
w type]. If yo
new one.

ews
ou
25

58
Ri
cli
to


ight-click on
ick OK. Now
you workbo
the empty gr
w you have a
ok, see the n
rid view, sele
workbook w
next chapter
ect Pick Par
with one page
.
ameter, sele
e that contain
Nemo A
ect the param
ns two data v
Analyze Us
meter to be d
views. To ad
ser Manual
displayed and
d more page


d
es
RE

EPORTS
A
Yo
vie
An
sw
ADDING
ou can have
ew and selec
n empty pag
witch betwee
G PAGE
several pag
ct Page | Ad
e is added to
en the pages
ES
es in a workb
d Page.
o the workbo
from the tab

book each c
ook and you c
bs at the bott
ontaining on
can now ope
tom of the wo
e or more da
en data views
orkbook.
ata views. Ri
s on the pag
259
ight-click on

e. You can


a
26

60
S
Af
sa
Th
Fi
Po
Fo

SAVING
fter you have
ave the work
he Save Wor
ilename defi
opup menu
or more infor
Note: Wo
Menu. Th
ordered b
G A WO
e opened all
book for late
rkbook dialog
nes the nam
defines the m
rmation on m
rkbooks co
his is becau
by time, whic
ORKBO
the relevant
er use.
g opens.
me of the repo
menus (e.g.
menus, see p
ntaining bar
se the natur
ch in turn ca
OOK
views, right-

ort template.
Workspace
.464.
r or line gra
re of these g
an be done
-click on a vie

Device Menu
aphs should
graph types
only within
Nemo A
ew and selec
u) in which th
always be s
s requires th
a single log
Analyze Us
ct Workbook

he workbook
saved only
he informati
g file at a tim
ser Manual
k | Save to
k will be save
in the Devic
on to be
me.

ed.
ce
REPORTS 261


Groups defines the group (e.g. User) in which the workbook will be saved to. For more information on
groups, see p. 468.

After defining the filename and the destination popup menu and group, click OK.
26

62
E
An
E
To












EXPOR
n open workb
Exporting
o export an o
RTING W
book can be
g Workb
open workbo
WORKB
exported as
books as
ok as a PDF
BOOKS
s a PDF or as
s PDF F
F report, sele
S
s a set of ima
Files
ect File | Exp
Nemo A
age files (ima
port | Workb
Analyze Us
age per page
book to PDF
ser Manual
e).
.

RE

EPORTS
Th
To

















he Save As d
o save the re
dialog opens
eport as a PD
s.
DF file, type i

in a file name e in the File name field a

and click Sav
263
ve.

26

64
E
To
se
Pa
Pa
W
Exporting
o export an o
elect export t
age image t
age image t
Workbook im
g Workb
open workbo
type from the
o clipboard
o file saves
mages to file
books as
ok as image
e drop-down
saves the w
the workboo
saves all wo
s Image
e files, select
menu.
workbook pag
ok page curre
orkbook page
Files
File | Expor
ge currently o
ently open as
es as separa
Nemo A
rt | Page Ima
open on the
s an image fi
ate image file
Analyze Us
age to clipb
clipboard.
file.
es.
ser Manual
oard, and


RE

EPORTS
C
Af
Co
co
Se
op
COPYIN
fter you have
opy for Mea
opy of the wo
elect the mea
pened with th
NG A W
e opened all
asurement o
orkbook for a
asurement fo
he new data.
WORKB
the relevant
or click the Cr
another meas
or which you


BOOK
views, right-
reate copy o
surement file
u want to ope
-click on a vie
of workbook
e.
en the workbo

ew and selec
k button i
ook and click
ct Workbook
in the toolba
k OK. The w
265
k | Create
ar to make a

workbook is

26

66
W
Yo
In
P
In
se
O
wo
WORKB
ou can renam
the Workbo
PAGE P
the Page Pr
elect Page | P
n the Page p
orkbook. Her
BOOK P
me a workbo
ook Propert
PROPE
roperties dia
Properties.
page you can
re you can a
PROPE
ook by right-c
ies dialog, ty
ERTIES
alog you can
n define a titl
lso define th
ERTIES
clicking on th
ype a new tit
S
n change the

le for the pag
he page size.
S
he workbook
le for the wo

settings of e
ge. The nam

Nemo A
and selectin
rkbook and c
each page. R
e is displaye
Analyze Us
ng Workbook
click OK.
Right-click on
ed at the bott
ser Manual
k | Propertie
n a page and
tom of a

es.
d
RE

E
EPORTS
XAMPL
Th
KP
in
Pa
LE WO
he example w
PIs. The first
separate gra
age two cont
ORKBO
workbook, G
t page displa
aphs. The N
tains Serving
OK
GSM, contain
ays three diffe
umerical dat
g and Neighb

s four pages
erent RF Par
ta table on th
bor cell data

s, each of the
rameters in l
he right displa
in line and b
em displaying
ine graphs s
ays informat
bar graphs.
If the Fit to
selected, al
in the visible
means that
added, the
smaller.

With the Fix
define an ex
page. This w
each layer.
can scroll u
viewall laye
g different G
stacked on to
tion in numer
window optio
ll the layers a
e area of the
when a new
space for ea
xed size opti
xact size in p
will give mor
With the scr
up and down
ers
267
SM-related
op of each ot
rical form.

on is
are displayed
e page. This
w layer is
ach layer gets
on you can
pixels for the
re space for
roll bar you
the page to

ther
d
s
e
26

68
Paage three contains L3 sig gnaling data in a grid, and d the decode
Nemo A
ed data in an
Analyze Us
n info view.
ser Manual



RE

EPORTS
Th
co


















he fourth pag
olor set.
ge contains a a map with th

he measurem ment route. T The route is ccolored with
269
the RX leve


l
270 Nemo Analyze User Manual

REPORTS
With Nemo Analyze, you can select the optimal approach for each statistical reporting task. Instead of
being tied to the strengths and limitations of a single tool, you can employ a range of solutions, from
Nemo Analyze workbooks and spreadsheets to Crystal Reports report templates and Microsoft
Excel export templates.
WORKBOOKS
The fully customizable and automatable Nemo Analyze workbooks provide you with a completely new
angle on statistical reporting. Each workbook can contain several pages and data views. All open
workbooks and all data views within the workbooks are automatically synchronized in time. The
comprehensive selection of data views includes spreadsheets, maps, grids, line graphs, bar graphs,
pie charts, layer 3 messages, surface grids, and color grids. Nemo Analyze features a full set of ready-
made workbooks with pages and views for all the relevant KPIs. Nemo Analyze workbooks can be
scheduled to be run automatically on predefined measurement file folders. Nemo Analyze paired with
an automatic measurement solution such as Nemo Autonomous can indeed equal to automatic up-to-
date measurement reports popping up on your desktop as and when measurement sessions are
completed. All custom settings, such as workbooks, queries, layouts, color sets, KPIs, etc., can be
imported and exported to enable sharing between colleagues.
For performing reporting using Nemo Analyze workbooks, see Workbooks.
SPREADSHEETS
Nemo Analyze spreadsheets offer a spreadsheet functionality that follows the current de facto
standard in spreadsheet applications, fully integrated with Nemo Analyze's drive test data-specific
post-processing features. You can drag and drop parameter aggregates and statistics on a single
spreadsheet based on multiple measurement files and KPIs, and calculate e.g. success rates by
employing the standard range of arithmetic operations and other capabilities of the spreadsheet
approach. The resulting spreadsheet can be saved as a report template and subsequently run as a
workbook on any measurement data.
For performing reporting using Nemo Analyze spreadsheets, see Spreadsheets.








RE

EPORTS
R
W
Ne
an
ca
fo
sp
In
wh
th
Sh

Th
ou
| D




REPOR
With Nemo An
emo Analyze
nd the export
an be subseq
rmatting func
preadsheets.
the following
hich is gener
e final outpu
heet2.
Note: Befor
data view to
exported fro
to the colum
he target MS
ut what the d
Default Path
RTING W
nalyze’s Micr
e to a selecte
t locations w
quently run o
ctionality of M

g example, S
rated based
ut on Sheet1,
re doing anyt
o check the d
om Nemo An
mn order of t
S Excel workb
default folder
hs | Reports
WITH M
rosoft Excel e
ed location w
within the MS
on any measu
MS Excel in
Sheet1 of the
on input data
the data set
thing else, it
data set’s nu
nalyze in fixe
he target MS
book must be
for reports is
in the Optio

MICRO
export templ
within an exis
Excel workb
urement data
reporting an
e existing tar
a sets on Sh
ts should in t
is recomme
umber of colu
ed table form
S Excel shee
e saved to N
s, select View
ons dialog.
SOFT
ates, you ca
sting MS Exc
book are sav
a. The featur
d make use
rget MS Exce
heet2. In othe
this case be
nded to open
umns and co
mat and thus
et before the
Nemo Analyz
w | Options
EXCEL
n export que
cel document
ed as a repo
re allows you
of any existin
el sheet disp
er words, as
exported to
n the data se
olumn order.
it may be ne
export opera
e’s default R
from the Rib
L
ery result dat
t. The export
ort template.
u to use the f
ng, custom-m
lays the fina
Sheet2 acts
the appropri
et intended fo
The data se
ecessary to m
ation.
Reports direc
bbonbar, and
271
ta sets from
ted paramete
The templat
full data
made MS Ex
l report outpu
as a basis fo
ate columns
or export in g
t will be
make change

ctory. To find
d Environme

ers
te
xcel
ut
or
s on
grid
es
ent
27

72
To
Th
Ex
Ex
Ex
Ad
dr
M
cli
o create an M
he Excel Exp
xcel workbo
xcel templat
xported que
dd opens the
rag paramete
Modify allows
ick the Modi
MS Excel exp
port Template
ook defines a
te defines a
eries display
e Excel Tem
ers from the
s you to mod
fy button.
port template
e dialog ope
an existing M
name for the
s all queries
mplate Row d
parameter tr
ify an existin
e, select View
ns.
MS Excel wor
e new MS Ex
selected for
dialog, enab
ree to the exc
ng query. Sel
w | Tools | E
rkbook as th
xcel export te
r export.
ling you to d
cel report cre
ect the query
Nemo A
Excel export
e target spre
emplate.
efine a new q
eation templa
y in the Expo
Analyze Us
t.

eadsheet for
query. It is a
ate dialog.
orted querie
ser Manual

the export.
also possible
es field and

to
RE

EPORTS
De
th
Pr
Ex
Ad
M
cli
De
th

To
th
elete allows
e Delete but
review displa
xported ima
dd opens the
Modify allows
ick the Modi
elete allows
e Delete but
o browse for
e … button.
you to delete
tton.
ays the colum
ages displays
e Excel Exp
s you to mod
fy button.
you to delete
tton.
an existing E
e an existing
mns of the q
s all data vie
ort Templat
ify an existin
e an existing
Excel workbo

g query. Sele
uery data se
ew images se
te dialog, ena
ng image. Se
g image. Sele
ook (to be us
ect the query
et selected in
elected for ex
abling you to
lect the imag
ect the query
sed as the ta
in the Expo
the Exporte
xport.
o define a ne
ge in the Exp
y in the Expo
arget spreads

orted queries
ed queries f
ew image.
ported imag
orted image
sheet for the
273
s field and cl
field.
ges field and
s field and c
export), clic

lick
lick
ck
27


74
Th
Se
Th
te
To
Th
Pa
se
Ce
pr
co

he Open dial
elect the Exc
he path of th
mplate, type
o define a ne
he Excel Tem
age name de
et.
ell defines th
resent examp
olumn names
Note: As th
here will ac
parameter d
of the seco
Export Tem
log opens.
cel workbook
e target spre
e a new name
ew query for
mplate Row d
efines the ta
he target cell
ple, A2 is se
s (see screen
he parameter
ct as the upp
data set con
nd and the th
mplate dialog
k you want to
eadsheet is d
e to the Exce
export, click
dialog opens
rget page in
in the target
lected (instea
nshot on pag
r data set is
er left corner
tains three c
hird columns
g displays th
o use as the t
displayed in t
el template
the Add but
s.

the target M
t MS Excel w
ad of e.g. A1
ge 271).
likely to cont
r of the expo
columns, and
s will be D2 a
he columns in
target spread
the Excel wo
field.
tton.
MS Excel wor
workbook for
1) because th
tain more tha
orted parame
d the target c
and E2 respe
ncluded in th
Nemo A
dsheet for th
orkbook field
rkbook for the
the exported
he first row o
an one colum
ter data set.
cell is defined
ectively. The
he selected p
Analyze Us

he export and
d. To renam
e exported p
d parameter
of Sheet2 is r
mn, the targe
Thus, if the
d as C2, the
e Preview fie
parameter da
ser Manual
d click Open
e the export
parameter da
data set. In
reserved for
et cell defined
exported
first-row cells
eld in the Exc
ata set.

.
ata
the
d
s
cel
RE

EPORTS

Pa
Th
Pi
bo
KP
ite
Fo
Fo
Fo
Se
W
Note: To m
the target M
removed fro
arameter de
he Analyze W
ick measure
oth ready-ma
PI workbenc
em.
or Generic q
or Manual qu
or Correlate
electing Pick
Wizard – Mea
make the exp
MS Excel wo
om the expo
efines the exp
Wizard – Sta
ement param
ade paramete
h or SQL). B
query wizard
uery, see pa
parameters
k measurem
asurement P
orted data se
rkbooks, all
rted data set
ported param
art dialog op
meter opens
ers and prev
By default, cu
d, see page 3
age 317.
s, see page 3
ment parame
Parameters d

ets as versat
irrelevant da
ts.
meter data se
pens.
the Parame
viously saved
ustom KPIs c
312.
318.
eters in Anal
dialog.
tile as possib
ata, including
et. Click the …
eter Tree. The
d custom KP
can be found
lyze Wizard
ble in terms o
the Nemo A
… button to b

e Parameter
Is (i.e. param
in the Param
– Start dialo
of the existin
Analyze colum
browse for a
r Tree enable
meters create
meter Tree u
og opens the
275
ng operations
mn names, a
a parameter.
es the use of
ed using the
under the Us
e Analyze

s in
are
f
er
27

76
Se
Tr
Th
O
Th
dis
ta
If
ab
To
To
bu
elect a param
ree under the
he Excel Tem
nce Page na
he defined qu
splays the co
rget spreads
you want to
bove.
o edit an exis
o delete an e
utton.
meter and cli
e User item.
mplate Row
ame, Cell, an
uery is now d
olumns the s
sheet.
add another
sting query, s
existing query
ck Finish. P
w dialog open
nd Paramete
displayed as
selected quer
query, click
select the qu
y, select the
Previously sa
ns.

er have all b
s a row in the
ry contains a
Add… in the
uery in the Ex
query in the
ved custom
een defined,
e Exported q
and the colum
e Excel Exp
xported que
Exported q
Nemo A
KPIs can be
select OK.
queries field.
mn numbers
port Templat
eries field an
queries field
Analyze Us
e found in the
. The Previe
they will tak
te and repea
nd click the M
and click the
ser Manual

e Parameter
ew field
ke up in the
at the proced
Modify button
e Delete

ure
n.
RE


EPORTS
It
dia

In
Im
To
Th
Fi
W
Pa
ex
Sh
O
If
pr
To
To
O
Th
is,
To
bo
Th
is also possi
alog.
the Exporte
mages can be
o define a ne
he Export Im
ile defines th
Workbook de
age, Image p
xported and t
heet name d
nce Page na
you want to
rocedure abo
o edit an exis
o delete an e
nce all the in
he Excel exp
, go to View
o load the Ex
ottom of the w
he Reports p
ible to drag p
ed images s
e exported fr
ew data view
mage dialog o
he name of a
efines the wo
position, an
the desired p
defines the n
ame, Cell, an
add another
ove.
sting image,
existing query
ntended quer
port template
| Options |
xcel export te
workspace p
page of the W
parameters fr
ection it is po
rom a file or f
w image for ex
opens
n image file
rkbook that w
nd Image siz
position and
ame of the E
nd Paramete
data view im
select the im
y, select the
ries and imag
is saved to t
Environmen
emplate to th
panel.
Workspace

from the para
ossible to de
from Analyze
xport, click A

that will be e
will be expor
ze define to w
the size of th
Excel sheet t
er have all b
mage, click A
mage in the E
image in the
ges have be
the default R
nt | Default P
he report tem
opens.
ameter tree t
efine images
e workbook.
Add… in the
exported to E
rted to Excel
which page o
he image.
that the imag
een defined,
Add in the Ex
Exported im
e Exported i
en added to
Report directo
Paths | Repo
mplate databa
o the excel r
to be export
Exported Im
Excel.
as an image
of the workbo
ge is exported
select OK.
xcel Export
ages field an
mages field
the template
ory. To find o
orts.
ase, first click
report creatio
ted into the E
mages sectio
e.
ook the imag
d to.
Template a
nd click the M
and click the
e, click OK.
out what the
k on the
277
on template
Excel repot.
on.
e is to be
nd repeat the
Modify butto
e Delete.
defined fold
icon on the

e
on.
er
27

78
Ne
Th
To
fo
ext, double-c
he Excel exp
o run the Exc
lder and sele
click on the E
port template
cel export tem
ect Report|[E

Excel export
is added to

mplate on a
Excel expor
template in t
the databas
measuremen
rt template].
the Report F
e and is now
nt file/folder,
.axt from the
Nemo A
Folder field.
w displayed in
right-click on
e popup men
Analyze Us

n the Loaded
n the measu
u.
ser Manual
d field.
rement file/

RE

EPORTS
Th
th
M
he paramete
e present ex
icrosoft Exce
r data sets d
xample) of th
el generates
defined in the
e MS Excel w
the final out

e export temp
workbook.
tput page (Sh

plate are exp
heet1) based
ported to the
d on the inpu
defined pag

ut page (Shee
279
ge (Sheet2 in
et2).

n
28


80






Nemo AAnalyze Us

ser Manual
RE

EPORTS
R
In
file
sp
pa
Re
in
De
als
(in
G
Ge
ge
re




REPOR
Nemo Anal
es. The repo
pecifications,
arameter in t
eporting in N
Nemo Analy
efault report
so create yo
ndependent t
Generati
enerating rep
enerated and
eport.rpt.
RTING W
yze you can
orts include e
such as, ET
he User Inte
Nemo Analyz
yze. Reports
templates w
ur own repor
third-party so
ng Repo
ports is very
d select Repo
WITH C
n run statistic
essential netw
TSI, ANSI, e
rface.
ze is based o
can be expo
with all the mo
rt templates.
oftware).
orts
easy. Right-
ort. Select o

CRYST
cs in the form
work and ap
etc. In additio
on Crystal Re
orted to PDF
ost essential
For this you
-click on the
one of the exi
TAL RE
m of reports
pplication per
on, smaller-s
eports. The C
F, Excel, etc.
KPIs are pro
u will need th
measureme
isting report
PORTS
over a sing
rformance KP
scale statistic
Crystal Repo
, as in standa
ovided in Ne
e Crystal Re
nt file from w
templates, e

S
le or multiple
PIs as define
cs can be ru
ort Viewer to
ard Crystal R
emo Analyze
eports Profes
which the rep
e.g., CDMA p
281
e measurem
ed by standa
un over a sin
ool is embedd
Reports.
, but you can
ssional editio
port will be
performance

ment
ards
ngle
ded
n
on
e
28

82
Th

he report is g
Note that t
and on the
generated an
this may tak
e complexit
nd opened in
ke a few min
y of the rep
n a new work
nutes, depe
ort.
kbook.
nding on th
Nemo A
e processin
Analyze Us
ng power of
ser Manual
the comput


ter
RE

EPORTS
Th







he report conntains severa al pages with

h all relevant network KPIs in differen

nt graphs and
283
d tables.

28

84
G
Yo
cli
In
se
Generati
ou can also g
ick on the mu
the dialog y
elections, clic
ng Repo
generate rep
ulti-measure
you can defin
ck OK and th
orts from
ports from mu
ment file nam
ne what kind
he report is g
m Multip
ulti-measure
me, or on the
of data will b
generated.
le Files
ments or from
e folder, and
be included i

Sys
cell
will
Nemo A
m folders co
select Repo
n the report.
stem and Ba
ular systems
be included
Analyze Us
ntaining sev
ort and the re
After making
and define fr
s and freque
in the repor
ser Manual
eral files. Rig
eport templa
g all the
rom which
ncy data
t.

ght-
te.
RE

EPORTS










B
ti
in
th
D
S
Begin time a
me period fro
ncluded in th
he Area chec
Define Area..
Select Area d
Select Ar
geograph
included i
in the File
area on th

Right-clic
tool, for e
map.
and End time
om which da
e report. By
ckbox, and c
. tab, you ca
dialog below
rea defines t
hical area fro
in the report
ename field,
he map with
ck on the map
example, to z
285
e define the
ata is
selecting
clicking the
n enter the
w.
the
m which dat
. Select a ma
and select a
your mouse
p to change
zoom in on th

a is
ap
an
.
the
he
28

86
E
Af
in
In
In
Th

Exporting
fter you have
the report w
the Export
the Export
he report is s
g Repor
e generated a
workbook.
dialog, selec
Options dia
saved in the
ts
a report you
ct the output
log, select th
location and
can export i
format and t
he report pag

format defin
t to another f
the destinatio

ges that will b
ned.
Nemo A
format. Click
on for the ex
be exported
Analyze Us
k the Export
xported file. C
and click OK
ser Manual
Report butto

Click OK.
K.

on
RE

EPORTS
C
Th
rig
In
se
tit
in
Configuri
he report con
ght-click on t
the Report
elect which s
tle that will b
cumulation
ing Rep
ntents and la
he report tem
Configurati
tatistics are
e shown on
and density
orts
ayout are use
mplate that y

on dialog yo
shown in the
the report fro
histograms.

er-configurab
you want to c
ou can edit th
e report. You
ont page. Sh
ble. Select th
configure, an
he report con
u can also typ
how bins def
e Reports p
d select Con
ntents. On the
pe a Report
fines whethe
page in the W
nfigure.
e General p
description
er numerical
287
Workspace,
age you can
n and a Repo
data is show


n
ort
wn
28

88
Un
pr
de
Th
Fo
Re
se



nder the othe
roperties, suc
epends on th
he changes w
or benchmar
eport Config
elect the grou
er items you
ch as, the low
he parameter
will affect all
rking reports
guration dia
uping factor a
find a list of
wer and upp
r.
reports that
you need to
alog for a ben
and click OK
available pa
er bound, th
are generate
define how
nchmarking r
K.
arameters. Fo
reshold, and
ed using this
the benchma
report, click o
Nemo A
or each para
channel num
s template.
arking report
on General.
Analyze Us
ameter you c
mbers. The s
t is grouped.
In the Benc
ser Manual
an define so
selection

Open the
hmark by fie

ome
eld
SH

C
HORTCUT
CREAT

Ne
us
pr
re
co
co
Q
SQ
in
tra
als
M
pr
Th
in
ea
wo
co
KP
KEYS
TING C
NOTE: Us
perform a
emo Analyze
sing SQL que
rocessed usi
esults of the S
omprehensiv
onnectivity. T
ueries on pa
QL queries r
scalar forma
ack certain e
so impossibl
oreover, the
roficiency in S
he KPI workb
puts, and the
asier to use t
orkbench is a
onvenient wh
PI workbenc
CUST
sing the eas
all SQL-spec
e is based on
eries via the
ng the KPI w
SQL queries
ve selection o
This section d
age 290) and
epresent a p
at. However,
event sequen
le to merge d
use of SQL
SQL.
bench enable
e tracking of
than SQL. To
a more powe
hen filtering o
h is recomm
TOM Q
sy-to-use gra
cific tasks a
n an SQL dat
standard OD
workbench, N
and the KPI
of data views
describes the
the KPI Wo
powerful tool
SQL has so
nces, such as
data from mo
queries requ
es the creatio
particular ev
o summarize
erful tool for d
or formatting
ended as the

QUERI
aphical use
and more wi
tabase. The
DBC interfac
Nemo Analyz
I Workbench
s, or any third
e guidelines
rkbench (see
for complex
ome downsid
s changes in
ore than two
uires knowle
on of comple
vent sequenc
e the differen
data custom
raw data. Fo
e primary da
IES
r interface o
thout profic
data is store
ce. The result
ze’s graphica
h scripts can
d party post-
for making c
e CUSTOM
data filtering
des as well: it
n a particular
data sets int
dge of the N
ex queries, in
ces. The gra
nces between
ization, wher
or a user wit
ata customiza
of KPI Work
ciency in the
ed and retriev
ts of the SQL
al, flowchart-b
be visualized
processing to
custom KPIs
KPI Workben
g and data pr
t is impossib
parameter v
to a single re
emo Analyze
ncluding time
phical user in
n the KPI Wo
reas SQL is
hout previou
ation tool.

kbench, the
e SQL langu
ved from the
L queries ca
based scripti
d using Nem
tool supportin
with both SQ
nch on page
rocessing wh
ble to create q
value from ro
esult set base
e database s
e-based mer
nterface mak
orkbench and
sometimes m
us experience
289
user is able
uage.
e database
n be further
ing engine. T
mo Analyze’s
ng ODBC
QL (see SQL
320).
hen the data
queries that
ow to row. It i
ed on time.
schema and
ging of multi
kes it also
d SQL, the K
more
e with SQL, t

e to
The
L
is
is
ple
KPI
the
290 Nemo Analyze User Manual

SQL QUERIES
Getting started
As a prerequisite, the following documents and tools are recommended as a reference for developing
SQL queries:
1. SQL editor. Queries can be written with the Nemo Analyze database browser (see Database
Browser on page 319) but there are also many specifically SQL-oriented 3rd party editors
available. Good freeware tools are also available, such as
http://gpoulose.home.att.net/Tools/QTODBC61.msi
2. Nemo File Format specification. The document describes the Nemo measurement file
format on an event-by-event basis. The file format specification can be downloaded from the
Nemo User Club, or accessed via Nemo Analyze by selecting Help | Documentation | Nemo
file format from the Ribbonbar.
3. Open access SQL reference. The document describes the supported SQL syntax and can
be downloaded from the Nemo User Club. In addition to the Open access SQL, Anite has
added some proprietary scalar functions and stored procedures for common tasks needed in
drive test data processing. The description of Anite’s proprietary scalar functions and stored
procedures can be accessed by selecting Help | Help | Help topics from the Ribbonbar and
searching the help with the keywords scalar functions or stored procedures.
4. Nemo Analyze database schema. Database schema can be accessed and queried by
selecting Help | Documentation | Database schema from the Ribbonbar. The schema opens
as a Crystal Reports document. Note that querying the schema may take several minutes.
The schema can be exported as a PDF document.
Nemo Analyze Database Schema
Data in a relational database is stored as relations which are perceived by the user as tables. Each
table represents an object or an event (e.g. employee, sales order, etc.). Each row in a table
represents a unique instance of the object or event. Each column represents a different class of
information defining the object or event, e.g. first name, last name, salary, customer name, order
charge, etc.
In the Nemo Analyze database, the table structure is based on the event structure of the Nemo log file
format. That is, each event in the Nemo file format has a corresponding table in the database. For
instance, a BLER event is always recorded when the mobile’s Block Error Rate changes. When the
log file is loaded into the Nemo Analyze database, each BLER event is parsed as a new row in the
BLER table.
When referring to a table in a query, the syntax is “ [schema name]” .” [table name]” . For example,
" Nemo.UMTS" ." BLER” , where the schema is Nemo.UMTS and the table BLER.
Relations between tables
If rows in a given table can be associated with rows in another table, the tables are said to have a
relationship between each other. Generally, these relationships can be of three different types: one-to-
one, one-to-many, and many-to-many. The Nemo Analyze database schema allows one-to-one and
one-to-many relations.
SHORTCUT KEYS 291


One-to-one relation means that each row in a given table can have a relation with a single row in
another table. In one-to-many relation, each row in a given table can have a relation with multiple rows
in another table.
These relations can be defined by two columns in a table: the columns primary key and foreign key.
Each table by necessity has a primary key. Primary key is a column that uniquely identifies each row
within a table. In Nemo Analyze database, the primary key column is always named as oid. If a table
has relations with other table(s) it will also contain a foreign key column for each related table. The
foreign key column contains the value of the primary key values (oid) of the associated row(s) in the
other table. Foreign key column names always include the prefix the_, as with the following names:
the_parent, the_event, and the_connection. For examples of how the relations are used in practice,
please see the following two chapters that describe the mapping of static and dynamic events to
database tables.
Mapping of Nemo log file events to database tables
The data in Nemo log files is written in event-based format. All data related to a same object (e.g.
Block Error Rate) is written as a single event. Each different event type in Nemo file format has a
corresponding table structure in the database. Events can be split into two categories. Static events
always have the same amount of information elements, i.e. columns. Dynamic events have a varying
number of information elements. A typical example of a static event is SHO. It reports soft handover
events in UMTS. It contains always the same information elements, including SHO status, number of
scrambling codes added to the active set, etc. An example of a dynamic event is ECNO. The ECNO
event reports the RSCP and Ec/N0 of all measured active, monitored, detected, and undetected cells.
The number of measured cells constantly varies based on the location of the measurement device in
the network. The number of information elements, i.e. columns, in the ECNO event varies accordingly.
The diagram below illustrates the mapping of SHO events to different database tables. A similar
diagram applies to all static events. For each SHO event in the log file, there is one row written in the
SHO table. All soft handover-specific information elements within the SHO event are written to the
corresponding columns in the SHO table.
Generic information elements common to all events are written in the Event table. Such information
elements include time, latitude, longitude, GPS distance, etc. There is a one-to-one relation between
the SHO table and the Event table. The column the_event in the SHO table is a foreign key, pointing
to the oid column in the Event table. In other words, each unique row value in the column the_event in
the SHO table corresponds with a unique row value in the column oid in the Event table. Based on
this correspondence, the two tables can be correlated.
The Device table contains a row for each log file loaded into the database. The only information
column in this table is the log file extension. There is a one-to-many relation between the SHO table
and the Device table. The SHO table contains a row for each SHO event from each log file loaded into
the database. Each row of the SHO table belonging to same log file points to the same row in the
Device table. That is, the value in the column the_device in the SHO table is the same on all rows
that come from the same log file, corresponding with a single row value in the column oid in the
Device table.
29


92
Th
m
m
m
th
ea
da
M
Th
co
of









he Measurem
easurement-
easurement
easurement
is case, the
ach other usi
atabase, ther
easurement
hat is, the va
ome from the
f the Measure
ment table co
-specific info
refers to one
is made with
measuremen
ing different
re will be 4 ro
table. So the
alue in the co
e same meas
ement table.
ontains a row
ormation colu
e or multiple
h 4 terminals
nt title is the
file extension
ows in the D
ere is a one-
olumn the_m
surement ses

w for each m
umns, includi
log files coll
s, there will b
same for all
ns. When the
evice table,
-to-many rela
measuremen
ssion, corres
easurement
ing the log fil
ected at the
be a single m
log files and
ese files are
one for each
ation betwee
t in the Devi
sponding with
Nemo A
loaded into t
e title. It sho
same time. I
measurement
d the log files
loaded into t
h log file, and
n the Measu
ce table is th
h a single row

Analyze Us
the database
ould be noted
If a Nemo O
t session and
s are differen
the Nemo An
d one row in
urement and
he same on a
w value in th
ser Manual
e. It contains
d that the term
utdoor Multi
d 4 log files.
ntiated from
nalyze
the
Device table
all rows that
he oid colum

s all
m
In
es.
n
SHORTCUT KEYS 293


The diagram below illustrates the mapping of ECNO events into different database tables. The ECNO
event in the log file contains Ec/N0, RSCP, channel number and scrambling code for each measured
cell, and carrier RSSI for each measured channel. Because the number of information elements in
each ECNO event varies, the data has been split to multiple different tables in order to achieve
efficient data storage in the database. As with all dynamic size events, the data is split to multiple
tables in the database. There is a single row written in the ECNO table for each ECNO event in the log
file. The ECNO table consists of columns such as the number of active set cells, the number of
monitored set cells, etc. The relations between the tables ECNO, Event, Device, and Measurement
are similar to those of the SHO event, see previous example.
There is a one-to-many relation between the tables ECNO and Channel. In the Channel table, there is
a row for each carrier RSSI value reported in an ECN0 event. All the rows in the Channel table that
belong to the same ECN0 event have the same value in the column the_parent. The value in the
column the_parent equals the oid value of the matching row in the ECN0 table.
There is also a one-to-many relation between the tables ECNO and Cell. For each measured cell in
the ECNO event, there is a row in the Cell table. All the rows in the Cell table belonging to the same
ECN0 event have the same value in the column the_parent. The value in the column the_parent
equals the oid value of the matching row in the ECN0 table.
As an example, consider an ECN0 event that includes measurement results from six different cells.
Two of these cells are in channel x, and the rest in channel y. When parsed to the database, the event
will produce one row in the ECN0 table, two rows in the Channel table, and six rows in the Cell table.
















29

94
Th
ev
SH
de
V
As
st
ar
m
Ty
to
lo
co
he structures
vent above. A
HO event or
etail in the Ne
Views – A
s mentioned
ructure of the
re stored in th
easurement
ypically, whe
gether with c
ngitude. This
ontaining the
s of all tables
All tables in t
the ECNO e
emo Analyze
Automa
earlier, each
e Nemo log f
he tables Me
data tables,
en a query is
correspondin
s means that
data of inter
s in the datab
the database
event (discus
e database s
tically jo
h information
file format. G
easurement,
as describe
made, the d
ng general in
t the tables E
rest.
base follow th
e are structur
ssed above).
schema.
oined tab
n element is s
General inform
Device and
d in the dyna
data of intere
nformation wh
Event, Device

he same prin
red based on
Each colum
bles
stored as a s
mation, inclu
Event. Thes
amic and sta
st, such as R
hich at the m
e and Measu
Nemo A
nciple as the
n the same p
n, table, and
separate tabl
uding time, la
e tables hav
atic event exa
RX level, Ec/
minimum inclu
urement mus
Analyze Us
SHO event
principle with
d relation is d
le based on
at, long, and
ve relations w
amples abov
/N0, etc. is re
udes time, la
st be joined w
ser Manual
and the ECN
either the
described in
the event
log file name
with
ve.
etrieved
atitude and
with the table

NO
e,
e
SH


HORTCUT
Th
Ev
Ev
by
vie
Fi
pe
a
A
co
BL
av



KEYS
he Nemo An
vent, Device
vent, Device
y the ODBC
ewing time, l
rstly, the view
erforming the
little bit bette
“+” characte
orresponding
LER+table a
vailable in the
alyze databa
and Measur
, and Measu
driver and no
lat, long, etc.
ws are easie
e join operati
er when usin
er at the end
g with the SH
are listed. It c
e same table
ase schema
rement table
urement as o
ot by the use
. information
er to use bec
on as part of
g views inste
of the table n
HO table is tit
can be seen
e.

contains view
s. In other w
ne. When us
er. The views
together wit
cause queries
f the SQL qu
ead of query
name identif
tled SHO+. In
that BLER, t
ws for each d
words, a view
sing a view in
s should alwa
th the data o
s become sim
uery itself. S
-based join o
fies a table a
n the screen
time, lat, long
data table th
is a virtual ta
n an SQL qu
ays be used
f interest. Th
mpler when t
econdly, the
operations.
s a view. For
shot below, a
g, measurem
hat results fro
table that join
uery, the table
when there
his is for two
there is no n
e query perfo
r example, th
all the colum
ment name, e
295
om joining the
ns the tables
es are joined
is need for
reasons.
need for
rmance is al
he view
mns in the
etc. are all


e

d
so
29

96
Th
qu
th
bl
th
us

















he screensho
ueries return
e join is perf
er from the B
e WHERE c
sed, i.e. the q
ot below dem
the same in
formed as pa
BLER table a
lause of the
query retriev
monstrates h
formation, i.e
art of the SQL
and time from
query. The lo
es both time
ow views are
e. time and b
L query, i.e.
m the Event
ower query r
e and the par
e used as pa
bler. The upp
without usin
table. The E
represents a
rameter bler f
Nemo A
art of queries
per query rep
g the relevan
Event and BL
situation wh
from the BLE
Analyze Us
s. Both of the
presents a si
nt view. The
LER tables ar
here the relev
ER+table.
ser Manual
e illustrated
tuation wher
query retriev
re joined with
vant view is

re
ves
h

SH

HORTCUT
D
Th
ta
fo
Ne
“s
te
Th
we
du
sa
Th
tim
cu
Ne
du
KEYS
Database
he Nemo An
ble contains
rmat. The co
emo measur
ample” is cre
mporal lengt
his also mea
eight of the s
uration. Also,
ample must b
he binary tim
mestamp and
ustom queri
emo Analyze
uration (emb
e timest
alyze databa
the timestam
olumn time in
rement file fo
eated on a tim
th of the sam
ns that the s
sample. In or
, to ensure th
be taken into
me stored in t
d the duratio
ies are used
e converts th
edded in the
amps
ase stores tim
mps of each
n the Event t
ormat is time-
meline only w
mples depend
samples are n
rder to calcul
hat line graph
o account.
he column ti
n of the sam
d in Nemo A
he binary time
e timestamp)

me in two diff
measureme
table contain
-based, as o
when change
ds entirely on
not equal in
late correct s
hs and map
ime (of the E
mple. The colu
Analyze, the
e to timestam
in route colo
fferent forma
nt event in a
ns the timesta
opposed to sa
es occur in t
n how often c
weight, as th
statistics, eac
plots are dra
Event table a
umn sql_time
binary time
mp at runtime
ouring and lin
ts. The colum
a standard, re
amp in propr
ample-based
he monitored
changes occ
he duration o
ch sample ha
awn accurate
nd of all the
e contains on
stamp time
e, and autom
ne drawing.

mn sql_time
eadable SQL
rietary binary
d. In other wo
d parameter
cur in the par
of each samp
as to be weig
ely, the durat
views) conta
nly the times
should alw
matically utiliz
297
e in the Even
L timestamp
y format. The
ords, a new
and the
rameter value
ple affects th
ghted by its
tion of each
ains both the
stamp. When
ays be used
zes the samp

t
e
e.
e
e
n
d.
ple
29

98
Th
bi
ev
do
fu
th
W
us
wh
F
Th
da
en
da
log
to
/*
M
n}
Th
ex
qu
Ne
at
he screensho
nary timesta
vents is 0. Th
o not have du
nction TI_IN
roughput, BL
When using N
sed instead o
hen sorting t
Filtering
he queries ar
atabase. The
nd of the que
atabase, all i
g file(s), ena
the end of th
EAS({meas
}|....) */
he screensho
xample of the
ueries are u
emo Analyz
t runtime.
ot above sho
mp using the
hese event p
uration, as th
TERVAL(tim
LER, etc., co
emo Analyze
of the binary
the result dat
log files
re usually ru
e optimal que
eries. These
rrelevant dat
abling outstan
he query in t
urement_fil
ot below sho
e same quer
nnecessary
ze only. This
ows how the
e scalar func
parameters (s
hey represen
me) returns th
ontain a dura
e queries wit
timestamp. M
ta set by time
n on a subse
ery performa
are called hi
ta is filtered o
nding query p
the following
e_name_1}:
ows an exam
y in SQL form
y when creat
s is because
sample dura
ction TI_INTE
such as drop
nt events tha
he value 0 m
ation.
th 3
rd
party to
Moreover, sq
e or when us
et of log files
nce is achiev
ints. Because
out and not p
performance
format:
:{file_extens
mple of how th
mat is also p
ting custom
e Nemo Ana
ation in millis
ERVAL(). It i
pped call, cal
t occur at a p
ms. All other p
ools, sql_tim
ql_time mus
sing conditio
that is narro
ved using An
e of the phys
processed. T
e regardless
sion}|{meas
he filter shou
provided. It s
m SQL querie
alyze automa
Nemo A
econds can
s also eviden
l attempt fail
point in time.
parameters,
me and TI_IN
st always be
ns (e.g. x.sq
owed down fr
nite’s proprie
sical structure
The hints poin
of the databa
urement_fil
uld be integra
hould be no
es that are i
atically adds
Analyze Us
be retrieved
nt that the du
lure, and cel
. Therefore, t
such as Rx
NTERVAL(tim
used as par
ql_time > y.s
rom all the fi
etary, non-SQ
re of the Nem
nt directly to
ase size. Hin
le_name_2}
ated into a qu
oted that log
intended for
s the hints t

ser Manual
from the
uration of som
l reselection)
the scalar
level, Ec/N0
me) must be
t of the query
sql_time).
les in the
QL filters in th
mo Analyze
the relevant
nts are added
:{file_extens
uery. An
g file filterin
r use with
to the querie

me
)
,
y
he
t
d
sio
g
es
SH

HORTCUT
V
Al
ot
inc
te
Th
nu
sc
VA
It
cr
be
KEYS
Value en
l textual para
ther words, e
clude system
xtual values
he two scree
umerical form
calar function
AL_TO_STR
should be n
reating cust
ecause Nem
numerati
ameters with
each textual v
m (GSM, UM
of all param
enshots below
mat. The sec
n for retrievin
RING retrieve
noted that th
tom SQL qu
mo Analyze d
on
h a discrete li
value has a c
TS, etc), han
eters of this
w show two v
ond one use
ng the textua
es the value e
he use of th
eries that ar
displays the

ist of possibl
correspondin
ndover type,
type are sto
versions of th
es the VAL_T
l value for ea
enumeration
e scalar fun
re intended
e value enum
e values are
ng numerical
call disconn
red in a Valu
he same que
TO_STRING
ach numerica
n automatica
nction VAL_
for use with
meration au
e written to th
value. Exam
ect status, c
ueEnum table
ery. The first
(<param_na
al value. The
lly from the V
TO_STRING
h Nemo Ana
tomatically.
he database
mples of suc
call failure ca
e (see scree

one returns
ame>, <input
e scalar func
ValueEnum t

G is unneces
alyze only. T
.
299
as numbers.
h parameters
use, etc. The
nshot below
values in
column>)
tion
table.
ssary when
This is

. In
s
e
).

30

00
C
Th
co
Da
st
pa
co
da
co
se
pa
As
At
fo
th
als
an
co
th



Connecti
he connectio
onnections a
ataTransfer,
ructure. For
arent connec
onnection. Fi
ata recorded
onnection tab
ession), appl
acket session
s an example
ttach is a con
r each uplink
e correspond
so relations w
nd CAF (Atta
ontain all dat
e end of the
ions
on sessions m
nd connectio
MMS, SMS,
r example, th
ction. The Da
nally, the PD
during a me
bles. Exampl
ication throu
n and voice c
e, the screen
nnection tabl
k and downli
ding connect
with the GAA
ach failure) ta
a specific to
session.
measured du
on tables exis
, POC, LAU,
he DataTrans
ata Connectio
DPContextAc
easurement s
les of such d
ghput (recor
call).
nshot below
le, containing
nk applicatio
tion in the At
A (Attach atte
ables. All the
a particular
uring a drive
st: Voice, Ha
RAU, and P
sfer connecti
on table has
ctivation table
session has
data include T
rded only dur
illustrates the
g a row for e
on throughpu
ttach table vi
empt), GAC
e different co
session, incl
test are store
andover, Atta
Ping. The con
on always ha
the PDPCon
e has the Att
by necessity
Tx power (re
ring data tran
e relations b
ach Attach s
ut sample. Ea
ia the_conne
(Attach conn
onnection tab
luding the da
Nemo A
ed as connec
ach, PDPCon
nnections oft
as the Data C
ntextActivatio
tach table as
y a relation (o
ecorded only
nsfer), and B
etween the t
session. The
ach row of th
ection foreign
nected), CAD
bles follow th
ata events tha

Analyze Us
ction tables.
ntextActivatio
ten have a hi
Connection t
on table as it
s its parent c
or relations) w
during voice
BLER (record
tables DAS a
e DAS table c
he DAS table
n key. The A
D (Attach dis
he same prin
at define the
ser Manual
The followin
on, Data, RR
ierarchical
table as its
ts parent
onnection. A
with the
e call or pack
ded only duri
and Attach.
contains a ro
e is related to
ttach table h
connected),
ciple. They
e beginning a

ng
RC,
All
ket
ng
ow
o
as
and
SH

HORTCUT
Th
G
SE
FR
W
GR

Fi

Fi
Ac


Th

CO
or
CO
co




KEYS
he connectio
rouping data
ELECT the_c
ROM "Nemo
WHERE "throu
ROUP BY th
ltering in onl
ltering in onl
ccess point w
he two scala
ONN_IS_SH
r if one of the
ONN_IS_TY
onnection typ
on tables can
a per session
connection, A
o"."DAS+"
ughput_statu
he_connectio
y those throu
y those throu
was Internet:
r functions u
HARED(conn
e connections
YPE(conn.”oid
pes are listed
n be used for
n, e.g. averag
AVG("app_th
us"=1
on
ughput samp
ughput samp

tilized in the
n1.”oid”, conn
s is the pare
d”, numeric_
d in the exam

r various purp
ge Data throu
hroughput_d
ples that wer
ples that wer
examples a
n2.”oid”). Che
nt of the othe
_exp). Check
mple above.
poses:
ughput per s
downlink")
re recorded d
re recorded w
bove can be
ecks if the tw
er
ks if the conn
session:
during a data
when PDP co
defined as f
wo connectio
ection is of a
a transfer:
ontext was a
follows:
ons are actua
a particular ty
301

active and
ally the same
ype. The

e,
30

02
C
M
fro
re
qu
Ge
“C
tw
S
Th
1.
2.
No
W


No
pe
on
3.
ba
en
4.
jo
Th
RS


Correlatin
ost tables do
om these unr
elated, but the
uality has coi
enerally, for
Correlate par
wo tables usin
Sample-ba
he procedure
Define the
Define the
ote that the
When the tabl
Each samp
an x sampl
time interva
When the t
ote that the
eriods of the
ne (y) in orde
Define the
ased correlat
nsuring that t
Add the hin
in based on
he following
SCP, filtered
Tx power is
”Nemo.UM
All Tx powe
<-95 are re
ng table
o not have re
related table
e user may s
incided with
performing c
ameters” fun
ng SQL and
ased corr
e for correlat
tables to be
x.”time” =y.
order in wh
e x is the firs
ple from the t
e that has th
al of the y sa
table y is the
comparison
tables x and
er to get high
condition x.t
tion into indiv
the correlatio
nt /* OPTION
time scope.
screenshot s
d from period
s in the table
TS.ECNO”.”
er samples th
etrieved.
es based
elations with
s based on t
still want to c
good Rx leve
correlations o
nctionality or
proprietary k
relation
ing two data
joined using
”time” condit
hich the tabl
st one in the
table y is retr
he same time
ample
first one in t
n is not bi-d
d y, the table
hest possible
the_device =
vidual measu
on is perform
NS(USE_TIM
shows an exa
ds where RSC
e ”Nemo.UMT
”Cell”. There
hat fall within
d on time
each other.
time. For exa
correlate them
el.
of this type, i
the KPI Wor
keywords, as
sets sample
g a FROM cla
tion using a W
les are ente
FROM claus
rieved and c
estamp as th
the FROM cl
directional. I
that has a s
e resolution
=y.the_devic
urement files
med within a s
ME_SCOPE)
ample correl
CP is <-95 d
TS”.”TXPC”
is no establi
n the validity
e
However, it i
ample, the ta
m based on t
it is recomme
rkbench. How
s explained i
e by sample
ause: FROM
WHERE clau
red to the F
se:
hecked base
e y sample O
ause, the co
f there is a s
maller samp
ce using a W
s, improving t
single log file
*/ at the end
lation of the b
dBm
and RSCP is
ished relation
time interva
Nemo A
s still often n
ables Rx leve
time to find in
endable to us
wever, it is a
n the two exa
based on tim
M table x, tabl
use
ROM clause
ed on the foll
OR if the x tim
omparison is
significant dif
ple period sho
HERE claus
the performa
e.
d of the SQL
best active s
s in the table
n between th
l of an RSCP
Analyze Us
necessary to
el and Rx qua
nstances wh
se Nemo An
also possible
amples abov
me is as follow
le y
e is extreme
owing condit
mestamp fal
performed v
fference in th
ould be selec
se. This limits
ance of the q
query. This
set cell Tx po
e
he tables.
P sample wit
ser Manual
correlate da
ality are not
here bad Rx
nalyze’s
to correlate
ve.
ws:
ely importan
tion: if there
ls to the valid
vice versa
he sample
cted as the la
s the time-
query and
enables the
ower and
th the value

ata
the
nt.
e is
dity
ast

SH

HORTCUT
T
Da
re
ta
ta
vo
re
co
ca
Be
co
tim
th
Ne
be
us
co
co
G
Ne
or
co
Q
th
To
an
Th
co
Ne
th
de
sa
“ G
Th
se
sta

KEYS
Time rang
ata can be c
etrieved from
gged to a pa
ble. For inst
oice call or ot
elations with t
orrelate conn
alculate aver
elow you can
oincide with a
me condition
e column sq
emo Analyze
ecause the q
se indexing.
ondition in th
onnection tab
Guideline
ew custom S
r one of the m
omplete and
uery Manage
e ones creat
o execute a q
nd then doub
he process o
ontain the rel
emo Analyze
e schema to
escribes the
ame paramet
GSM” .” BLER
he design ph
elected table
arted on pag
ge correla
orrelated wit
the databas
articular conn
tance, the pa
ther connect
the connectio
nection sessi
age Ec/N0 p
n find an exa
active data tr
s as part of t
l_time. The c
e only. Also
query perform
Note also tha
e WHERE c
bles.
es for cr
SQL queries
many availab
tested, it can
er, select Vie
ted with the K
query on a m
ble-click on a
of creating a
levant data c
e Database S
o a PDF docu
database tab
ter can exist
R” and “ UM
hase of the n
s. The suppo
ge 290 for mo
ation
th a connecti
se. A commo
nection sessi
arameters Ec
tion session i
on tables (se
on informatio
per data trans
ample query t
ransfer sessi
the WHERE
column time
T_(time) sho
mance with T
at the start a
lause). In pra
reating S
can be deve
ble 3
rd
party q
n be copied t
ew | Query m
KPI Workben
measurement
a query.
new query s
can be identif
Schema on p
ument and to
ble by table,
in multiple ta
TS” .” BLER”
ew query fol
orted SQL sy
ore informati

ion session o
on example o
ion and there
c/N0, RSCP,
is active. Alth
ee Connectio
on with them
sfer, etc.
that returns a
ions. The tim
clause of the
cannot be u
ould not be u
T_(time) is low
and end poin
actice this is
SQL que
eloped using
query editors
to the Query
manager fro
nch can be fo
t file/folder, s
tarts with the
fied by exam
page 290). T
o search the
column by c
ables, mainly
” both conta
lows. The so
yntax is discu
ion).
or a time ran
of time range
e is no estab
and RxLeve
hough these
ons chapter o
m, e.g. to filter
active set be
me range corr
e query. The
sed because
used althoug
wer than with
ts of the time
possible onl
eries
an SQL edit
s, can be use
y Manager as
m the Ribbo
ound under t
select a mea
e identificatio
mining the Ne
The best way
document fo
column, and
y because of
in the colum
ource data is
ussed in the
ge if start an
correlation i
blished relatio
el are always
parameters
on page 300
r Ec/N0 from
est RSCP fro
relation is pe
e time conditi
e it is in a bin
h it is the act
h sql_time be
e range need
y with tables
or. The Data
ed for the pur
s a new custo
nbar. Both th
the User bra
surement file
on of relevan
emo Analyze
to find the d
or the parame
relation by re
f the system
n bler.
appropriate
reference do
nd stop event
is a situation
on with the c
s recorded, w
do not have
), the user m
m data transfe
om the time in
erformed bas
ion should be
nary format u
tual timestam
ecause T_(ti
d to be joined
s that have re
abase Brows
rpose. When
om query. To
he custom S
nch of the P
e/folder in th
nt input data.
e database sc
data of intere
eter name. T
elation. Plea
split, e.g. the
ly processed
ocuments (se
303
ts can be
n where data
connection
whether or no
e established
may still want
ers only, to
nstants that
sed on simple
e defined usi
understood b
mp. This is
me) does no
d (see the las
elations with
ser functional
n the query is
o access the
QL queries a
arameter Tre
e Workspace
The tables t
chema (see
st is to expo
The schema
se note that
e tables
d based on th
ee Getting

is
ot a
d
t to
e
ing
by
ot
st

lity,
s
e
and
ee.
e
that
rt
the
he
30

04
W
so
qu
SQ
of
Pa
of
co
qu
If
als
cli
An








With Nemo An
ome of the qu
uery in a data
QL History v
f the Nemo a
anels | SQL
f execution (s
ontents, right
uery to the N
using the Ne
so be captur
ick on the da
nalyze datab
nalyze’s exte
ueries found
a view. Once
iew. To acce
analyze UI. If
History from
see screensh
t-click on the
emo Analyze
emo Analyze
red using the
ata view, and
base browser
ensive set of
in the Param
e the query h
ess the SQL
not visible, t
m the Ribbon
hot below). T
selection, a
e database b
e database br
e query clipbo
d select Quer
r.
premade qu
meter Tree. T
has been run
History view
the SQL Hist
nbar. The SQ
To copy the c
nd select Co
browser.
rowser for qu
oard. To do t
ry | Copy fro
eries, it is m
The recomm
n, the query c
w, click the SQ
tory view can
QL history co
contents of th
opy to clipbo
uery develop
this, open th
om the popup
Nemo A
ost of the tim
ended startin
can be captu
QL History t
n be enabled
ontains all exe
he SQL Histo
oard from th
pment, the SQ
e query of in
p menu. Pas
Analyze Us
me sufficient
ng point is to
ured in SQL f
tab in the bo
d by selecting
xecuted quer
ory view, sel
he popup me
QL of an exi
nterest in a d
ste the query
ser Manual
to only modi
o first open th
format from t
ttom left corn
g View |
ies in the ord
ect the
nu. Paste the
sting query c
ata view, righ
y to the Nemo

fy
he
the
ner
der
e

can
ht-
o
SHORTCUT KEYS 305


Unique features of Nemo Analyze SQL interface
Nemo Analyze database has some special behaviours and features that have been discussed in detail
in the previous chapters. In many cases, the correct query creation procedure depends entirely on
whether the query is to be used with Nemo Analyze or with a 3rd party ODBC data retrieval tool. The
unique characteristics of the Nemo Analyze database are summarized below.
Timestamp. The binary timestamp time should be retrieved if the query is to be used with Nemo
Analyze. Nemo Analyze converts it automatically to a readable timestamp. Nemo Analyze can also
make use of the validity time interval embedded within the timestamp when drawing line graphs and
map plots, and when calculating statistics. The standard time stamp sql_time should be used with
ORDER BY, WHERE and SELECT clauses if the query is to be used with a 3rd party tool.
Measurement file filter. If the query is to be used with Nemo Analyze, the limiting of the query to
defined log files must not be done as part of the SQL query, as Nemo Analyze limits the query
automatically at runtime using proprietary hint-based filtering. To achieve optimal performance, it is
recommended that the hints be used also with queries intended for use with 3rd party tools.
Converting numeric values to corresponding textual values does not have to be done with the
scalar function VALUE_ENUM if the query is to be used with Nemo Analyze. When necessary, Nemo
Analyze automatically converts the numeric values to the corresponding textual values.
Results have to be in chronological order. If a query result set contains the time column and the
results are to be displayed in map, line graph, bar graph or numerical data format, the results must be
ordered by time. Nemo Analyze produces the results automatically in time order, log file by log file.
However, with e.g. the aggregates GROUP BY and UNION, time order is lost and the results must be
rearranged using the clause ORDER BY sql_time.

SQL VS. KPI Workbench
For many purposes, SQL queries represent the optimal solution. However, the SQL language and the
Nemo Analyze database schema set some limitations that can make for instance the following tasks
easier to perform with the KPI Workbench.
 Correlating more than two tables based on time. Sample-based correlation (described above)
enables two tables without an established relation to be joined based on time. However, with three
or more tables the task becomes impossible. For example, correlating BLER, Ec/N0 and TX power
based on time is impossible with SQL because all of the parameters are located in separate tables
with no established relations between them.
 Creating queries that track certain event sequences, such as the change in a particular parameter
value columns from row to row. SQL works well in scalar data processing where mathematical or
logical operations are performed on a row-by-row basis, using different columns of each row as
input. SQL sub queries can be utilized in creating an event to track situations where the system
changes from GSM to UMTS (i.e. where a row contains the serving_system parameter value GSM
and the subsequent row the value UMTS), but the method will cause the performance of the query
to collapse. The state machine element of the KPI Workbench enables such queries to be created
with ease and optimal query performance.


306 Nemo Analyze User Manual

SQL queries are at their best in scalar data processing. If all the required input data is located in the
same table (i.e. time-based correlation based on multiple tables is not necessary), SQL is a good
approach to complex scalar (row-by-row) data processing. Some examples of such tasks can be found
below:
 Data filtering. Complex filters can be created using SQL scalar functions and logical operations.
 Data reformatting. Query result set columns can be modified and combined using various string
and math functions. Conditional outputs can be created using the SQL statement CASE.
As mentioned earlier, using SQL requires proficiency in SQL and knowledge of the Nemo Analyze
database schema, and even then, the SQL language itself poses some limitations. Therefore, for a
user without previous experience with SQL, KPI Workbench is recommended as the primary data
customization tool. KPI Workbench avoids the limitations of SQL and offers full functionality also for
data filtering and data reformatting purposes.




















SH

HORTCUT
Q
Q
th
as

Se
In
Th
m
st




KEYS
QUERY
ueries are se
e various vie
ssist you in y
You shoul
query auto
limited to
given mea
elect View | T
the Query M
here are diffe
measurement
ring manuall
Y MANA
ets of rules b
ews in Nemo
your day-to-d
ld not limit a
omatically t
some prede
asurement f
Tools | Que
Manager dia
erent types o
t parameter
y (Manual q
AGER
based on whi
o Analyze. Th
day data anal
a query to c
o the measu
efined meas
file or files in
ries in the R
alog, select th
of queries: yo
r), select que
query).

ich data is re
here is a wid
lysis but it is
certain meas
urement file
surement file
n the databa
Ribbonbar to
he User item
ou can select
ery data from
etrieved from
e range of q
also possibl
surement fil
es required.
e or files, bu
ase.
open the Qu
m and click A
t a measurem
m tables (Gen
the databas
ueries ready
e to create n
e(s), as Nem
This way th
ut instead, it
uery Manage
dd.
ment parame
neric query w
se, and then
y in Nemo An
new queries.
mo Analyze
he query is n
t can be run
er.

eter from a li
wizard), or ty
307
displayed in
nalyze that w

limits the
not statically
n over any
st (Pick
ype the quer


will
y

ry
30

08
P
Pi
wi
Ne
Th
th
yo
Pick Mea
ick Measure
ill guide you
ext.
he Measurem
e list and clic
ou are lookin
asureme
ement Param
through the
ment Param
ck Next. In th
g for to locat
ent Para
meter is a qu
steps. Selec
meters page
he Filter field
te it faster. T
ameter
uick and easy
ct Pick meas
displays a lis
d you can typ
This is espec
y way to mak
surement pa
st of availabl
pe the name
ially useful w
Nemo A
ke new queri
arameter opt

e parameters
or part of the
when the para

Analyze Us
ies. The Ana
tion from the
rs. Select a p
e name of th
ameter list is
ser Manual
alyze Wizard
e list and click
parameter fro
e parameter
s long.

k
om
r
SH

HORTCUT
In
pa
pa
W
St
St
Pe
Gr
co
KEYS
the Fill Para
arameters ca
art of the que
With numeric p
tatistics view
tatistics typ
ercentile va
roup by allo
ould be group
ameters dia
an be filtered
ery.
parameters (
w opens. The
pe defines the
lue allows yo
ows you to de
ped accordin
log you can f
, e.g. based
(e.g. Ec/N0,
view allows
e statistics ty
ou to define
efine the bas
ng to scramb

further limit t
on Area and
but not for in
you to defin
ype.
the percentil
sis for groupi
bling code.
the query res
d Time. Filter
nstance L3 s
e statistics to
le value, e.g.
ng the param
sults by addi
rs can be app

ignaling), the
o be run ove

. 95th percen
meter aggreg
ng different f
plied to para
e Analyze W
er the selecte
ntile.
gates, e.g. E
309
filters. All
ameters that
Wizard –
ed parameter
Ec/N0 values

are
r.

31

0
Ty
th
In
vie

ype a name f
e Descriptio
the Column
ews. This se
for the new q
on field.
n Aliases pa
etting is optio
query and cli
age you can d
nal. Click Fin
ick Next. You
define how th
nish.
u can also ty
he retrieved
Nemo A
ype a descrip
data is displa
Analyze Us
ption for the p

ayed in the v

ser Manual
parameter in
various data

n
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Us
ed
KEYS
he query is a
ser item, and
dit the query
added to the
d in the Para
by selecting
Query Mana
meter tree u
it from the li

ager and it c
under the Use
ist and clickin
can also be fo
er item. In th
ng the Modif
ound in the A
e Query Man
fy button.
Analyze Wiza
nager you ca


311
ard under the
an manually

e
31

2
G
Ge
In
Se
Generic Q
eneric Quer
the Select T
elect the tabl
Query W
ry Wizard giv
Tables page
le(s) from wh
Wizard
ves you mor
e are displaye
hich you wan
re query optio
ed all the dat
nt to retrieve
ons to choos
ta tables ava
the query da
Nemo A
se from.

ailable in the
ata.

Analyze Us
Nemo Analy
ser Manual
yze schema.

SH

HORTCUT
Ch
do
In


KEYS
hoose the pa
ouble arrow t
the Select C
arameters fo
to transfer al
Columns pa
r the query, a
l the parame
age, select th

and press th
eters in the ta
he informatio
he simple arro
able.
n that you ar
ow for single
re interested
e parameters

in. Click Nex

313
s, and the
xt.

31

4
In
re
th
In
qu
{?
nu
the Group C
ecommended
e columns a
the Filters p
uery is only a
?Threshold}.
umerical valu
Columns pa
d that you gro
re by default
page, you ca
applied to pa
When the qu
ue for the filte
age you can d
oup columns
t ordered by
an define filte
rameter valu
uery is run, N
er, for examp
define in whi
s based on tim
time. This se
ers for the qu
ues less than
Nemo Analyz
ple, 10. This
ich order the
me. If there i
etting is optio
uery data. Fo
n 0. You can
ze will open a
setting is op
Nemo A
e data will be
s only one ta
onal.
or example, y
also define a
a dialog whe
ptional.
Analyze Us
displayed. It
able selected

you can defin
a textual filte
ere you can e

ser Manual
t is
d to the quer
ne that the
er, for examp
enter a

ry,
ple,
SH

HORTCUT
In
de
If
an
KEYS
the Propert
escription for
you defined
nd click Finis
ties page, de
r the parame
a textual filte
sh.
efine a name
ter. Click Ne
er in the Filte

e for the quer
ext.
ers page, def
ry. In the Des
fine a numer
scription fie
ical value in
eld you can w

the Fill Para

315
write a
ameters pag

ge
31

6
In
vie
Th
Us
ed
the Column
ews. This se
he query is a
ser item, and
dit the query
n Aliases pa
etting is optio
added to the
d in the Para
by selecting
age you can d
nal. Click Fin
Query Mana
meter tree u
it from the li
define how th
nish.
ager and it c
under the Use
ist and clickin
he retrieved
can also be fo
er item. In th
ng the Modif
Nemo A
data is displa

ound in the A
e Query Man
fy button.
Analyze Us
ayed in the v
Analyze Wiz
nager you ca

ser Manual
various data
zard under th
an manually

he
SH

HORTCUT
M
M
Te
Ty
wr
KEYS
Manual Q
anual Queri
echnical Sup
ype a name f
rite a descrip
Query
ies require k
pport will prov
for the query
ption for the p
knowledge of
vide you with
y and select t
parameter. C

f SQL and th
h the databas
the Edit SQL
Click Next.
e Nemo Ana
se schema.
L manually o
alyze databas
option. In the
se schema.

e Descriptio

317
Nemo
on field you c

can
31

8
Ty
Th
Us
ed
C
Th












ype in the qu
he query is a
ser item, and
dit the query
Correlate
he Correlate
uery string an
added to the
d in the Para
by selecting
e Param
Parameters
nd click Finis
Query Mana
meter tree u
it from the li
meters
query type i
sh.
ager and it c
under the Use
ist and clickin
is explained
can also be fo
er item. In th
ng the Modif
in more deta
Nemo A
ound in the A
e Query Man
fy button.
ail on page 10
Analyze Us

Analyze Wiza
nager you ca
07.
ser Manual
ard under the
an manually

e
SH

HORTCUT
D
Yo

Da
co
co
an
Q













KEYS
DATABA
ou can enter
atabase Bro
ontents of ea
orresponding
nd test custo
uery Manage
ASE BR
r the databas
owser can be
ach table or in
g query will b
m queries. T
er.
ROWS
se browser vi
e used to dis
ndividual col
e shown in t
The query ca

ER
ia View | To
splay the tab
umns of a ta
the text wind
an then be co
ols | Databa
le structure o
able can be v
ow. Databas
opied to the c
ase browser
of the Nemo
viewed by do
se Browser c
clipboard and
r.
Analyze Dat
ouble-clicking
can also be u
d saved to th
319

tabase. The
g it. The
used to write
he UI with


32

20
C
Cu
pa
pr
Tr
To




An
To
th
To
Sc
To
fu


CUSTO
ustom KPI W
arameters, co
roperties, and
roubleshootin
o open Custo
n empty Cus
o clear the W
e popup men
o run the KP
cript from th
o save the K
rther instruct
OM KPI
Workbench m
orrelations, v
d connecting
ng Toolkit op
om KPI Work
stom KPI Wo
Workbench vi
nu.
I on a measu
e popup me
PI, right-click
tions, see p.3

WORK
makes it poss
various opera
g them into a
ption.
kbench, sele
rkbench view
ew, right-clic
urement file,
nu. For furth
k on the Wor
373.
KBENC
sible to create
ations, filters
a logical flow
ect View | KP
w opens.
ck on the Wo
right-click on
er instruction
rkbench back
H
e custom KP
s and sort ele
chart. The K
PI Workbenc
orkbench bac
n the Workbe
ns, see p.371
kground and
Nemo A
PIs by draggi
ements to the
KPI Workben
ch in the Rib
ckground and
ench backgro
1.
select Save
Analyze Us
ng and drop
e Workbench
nch is part of
bonbar.
d select New
round and se
e from the po
ser Manual
ping
h, defining th
the

w Script from
elect Run
opup menu. F

heir
m
For
SH

HORTCUT
D
Th
is
da
No
do
m
re
ne
De
To
file
fro
To
W
Pa
Yo
W
M





KEYS
Designin
he first step o
supposed to
ata paramete
ote: In some
o not have a
measurement
eferred to in
ecessary in
efining KPI E
o add a raw p
e in Worksp
om the Param
o add a data
Workspace |
arameter Tr
ou can also c
Workbench vie
anager (see
g Custo
of creating c
o do, i.e. wha
ers are neede
e cases, it m
any paramet
t session). Y
scripts with
terms of the
Execution Me
parameter da
pace | Folder
meter Tree (
set limited to
Folders, and
ee.
create a cust
ew from the
Parameter o
om KPIs
ustom KPIs s
at kind of dat
ed to produc
may be nece
ters in comm
You may als
h a generic
e KPI you in
ethod and Va
ata set (cont
r Contents,
(located on t
o pre-calcula
d drag and d
tom input pa
menu structu
on page 323

and Ad
should alway
ta the output
ce the right k
essary to cre
mon (e.g. m
so wish to d
reference. If
ntend to cre
alue Constan
taining all sa
and drag an
the bottom le
ated statistics
drop the appr
arameter by d
ure on the rig
).
ding Inp
ys be carefu
should cons
ind of output
eate a KPI th
mobile and sc
define value
f the use of
ate, it is rec
nts before co
mples within
d drop the a
eft of the scre
s on a folder
ropriate para
dragging and
ght and defin
put Data
l planning. F
sist of. Next,
t.
hat correlate
canner files
constants,
either of the
commended
ontinuing.
the data set
ppropriate pa
een).
r of measurem
ameter to the
d dropping a
ning the para
a Sets
irst, determin
determine w
es two sepa
s from the sa
i.e. values t
ese function
d to see the
t), select a m
arameter to
ment files, se
e Workbench
Parameter e
ameter using
321
ne what the
what kind of r
arate files th
ame
that can be
nalities is
chapter
measurement
the Workben
elect a folder
from the
element to th
the Query

KPI
raw
hat
t
nch
r in

he
32

22
To
ca
th
su
Th
To











o leave out ir
an be disable
he columns
ubsequent K
he Properties
o disable col
rrelevant colu
ed. To do this
can only be
KPI element
s dialog open
umn(s), click
umns from th
s, double-clic
e modified b
ts.

ns.

k the Result
he input and
ck on the par
before the pa
Columns ta
output data
rameter elem
arameter ele
ab, deselect t
Nemo A
sets, column
ment in the W
ement is con
the column(s
Analyze Us
ns in the para
Workbench v
nnected to a
s) and click O
ser Manual
ameter data
iew. Note th
any
OK.

set
at
SH

HORTCUT
P
A
ty
To
ele
Th
on
Se
KP
Fo
on


KEYS
Parameter
parameter is
pically other
o create cust
ement from t
his will open
nly the releva
elect user q
PI Workbenc
or Pick meas
n page 307.
r
s a data set i
columns suc
tom paramet
the menu str
the Query M
ant columns
uery allows
ch) as an inp
surement pa
in tabular for
ch as time, c
ters to form t
ructure to the
Manager and
to be include
you to selec
ut data set.
arameter, G

rmat that has
coordinates,
the basis for
e Workbench
d enable you
ed in the par
ct a custom q
Generic quer
s a column co
system, etc.
the new cus
h view.
u to customiz
ameter outpu
query (e.g. on
ry wizard an
ontaining pa

stom KPI, dra

e and optimi
ut.

ne previously
d Manual qu
rameter valu
ag and drop
ize paramete
y created an
uery, see Qu
323
ues and
the Paramet
ers by select
d saved usin
uery Manage

ter
ing
ng
er
32

24
If
pa
To
file
fro
To
W
Pa

C
Pa
Le
da
yo
co

W
ra
Va
co
ins
in
pr
se
there is no n
arameter dat
o add a raw p
e in Worksp
om the Param
o add a data
Workspace |
arameter Tr
Combinin
arameter ele
evel is a table
ata paramete
ou can perfor
ombination w
Note: Beca
the data se
Adding Op
With operation
ange of a par
alues Within
ompared to th
stance, with
the output, a
rimary data s
econdary par
need to custo
ta sets or on
parameter da
pace | Folder
meter Tree (
set limited to
Folders, and
ee.
ng Input
ements consi
e with the co
er, it is usuall
rm any arithm
would be the
ause differe
ets are com
perations are
ns that correl
rticular data s
Time Range
he other para
the correlati
and from the
set. Similarly
rameters from
omize param
data sets lim
ata set (cont
r Contents,
(located on t
o pre-calcula
d drag and d
t Data S
st of measur
olumns rx lev
ly necessary
metic operati
most useful
nt operation
bined, it is i
e planned to
late paramet
set (namely t
e), it is impor
ameters or d
on Left Oute
e secondary p
, the correlat
m the time ra
meters, you ca
mited to pre-c
taining all sa
and drag an
the bottom le
ated statistics
drop the appr
ets
rement data
vel, time, latit
y to combine
ions on or be
in terms of th
ns often hav
important th
ogether.
ters or searc
the correlatio
rtant that the
data sets con
er J oin, all da
parameters o
tion All Value
ange of the p
an open defa
calculated st
mples within
d drop the a
eft of the scre
s on a folder
ropriate para
in tabular for
tude, longitud
these data s
etween them
he operation
ve different
hat the phas
h values from
ons Previous
primary data
nnected to th
ata entries fro
or data sets,
es Within Tim
primary (leftm
Nemo A
ault paramete
atistics.
the data set
ppropriate pa
een).
r of measurem
ameter to the
rmat. Thus, t
de, etc. If you
sets or tables
. Determine
s you are go
requiremen
ses Combini
m different pa
s, Next and C
a set is place
e same corre
om the data s
only the one
me Range pro
most) parame
Analyze Us
ers on either
t), select a m
arameter to
ment files, se
e Workbench
the raw data
u need more
s into a singl
which metho
oing to use.
nts on the m
ing Input Da
arameters fr
Current Value
ed on the ext
elation, oper
set on the le
es that match
roduces all va
eter or data s
ser Manual
r entire raw
measurement
the Workben
elect a folder
from the
parameter R
e than one ra
e table befor
od of
method of ho
ata Sets and
om the time
e and All
treme left
ration, etc. Fo
ft are include
h those of th
alues of the
set.

t
nch
r in

Rx
aw
re
ow
d
or
ed
e
SH

HORTCUT
In
in
se
co
At
pr
ev
tim
To
pr
dr
To
as
O
re
po
KEYS
the example
relation to th
econdary par
orrelation Pre
ttempt Failur
roduces only
vents in the p
me of each C
o connect the
ressing the le
ragging the c
o connect the
s needed from
nce connect
emains red, it
opup menu. F
Primary
parameter
e above, the
he primary d
rameter Ec/N
evious Value
re consists so
y those value
primary para
Call Attempt F
e various KP
eft mouse bu
connector line
e same set o
m the output
ed, the elem
t requires fur
For more info
Previous Va
ata set, the p
N0 Active Se
e and the prim
olely of call a
s of the seco
meter, the ou
Failure event
PI elements to
utton down on
e to the inpu
of data to sev
t socket of th
ments will turn
rther configur
ormation on
C

alue element
parameter C
et are examin
mary data se
attempt failur
ondary param
utput will con
t.
o each other
n the output
ut socket of th
veral differen
he data set (s
n green to sig
ration. Right
configuring i
Secondary
parameter
Correlation
Connecting
dragging c
from outpu
sockets
t is used to e
Call Attempt F
ned from a tim
et Call Attemp
re events and
meter Ec/N0
nsist of Ec/N
r, connect ou
socket of on
he other elem
nt operations
see picture b
gnify that the
-click the ele
individual ele
y
r
g elements
connector lin
ut sockets to
xamine valu
Failure. Thus
me range det
pt Failure. As
d the correla
Active Set th
N0 Active Set
utput sockets
ne element a
ment.
, simply draw
below).

ey are operat
ement and se
ements, see
by
nes
o input

es of a seco
s, the values
termined by
s the primary
ation Previou
hat immedia
t values prec
s to input soc
nd holding it
w as many c
tional. If an e
elect Proper
the related t
325
ndary data s
of the
both the
y data set Ca
s Value
tely precede
ceding the sta
ckets by
t down while
onnector line
element
ties from the
topic below.

set
all

art
es
e
32

26
C
Th
se
ex
ba
im
th
th
To
or
ex
Dr
da
Correlation
he Previous
econdary dat
xamine what
ased on one
mmediately b
e current val
e events.
o add a Prev
r data set is s
xamined.
rag and drop
ata set to the
n: Previo
Value, Curr
ta sets from
occurred in
to many sec
efore the sta
lue during th
vious/Current
situated the l
p the Previou
e leftmost inp
us/Curre
rent Value a
points in time
the network
condary para
art time of the
e parameter
t/Next Value
leftmost com
us/Current/N
put socket of
nt/Next V
and Next Val
e determined
before, durin
ameters. Prev
e parameter
r events, and
element to t
mpared to the
Next Value e
the Previous
Value
lue elements
d by a prima
ng, or after p
vious Value
events in the
d Next Value
the KPI, first
e secondary p

element to th
s/Current/Ne

Nemo A
s are used in
ry data set. T
parameter ev
produces on
e primary dat
only the nex
make sure t
parameters w
he Workbenc
ext Value ele
Analyze Us
n examining v
This makes i
vents in the p
nly the previo
ta set, Curre
xt value imm
that the prima
whose value
ch. Connect t
ment.
ser Manual
values of
t possible to
primary data
ous value
ent Value onl
ediately afte
ary paramete
es are to be
the primary

set
y
r
er
SH

HORTCUT
Co
ex
Pr
Th
is
th
W
Th
inf
KEYS
onnect the s
xamined from
revious/Curre
he Previous/
operational.
e operation o
Workbench ba
he Select Me
formation on
econdary pa
m points in tim
ent/Next valu
Current/Nex
Even if you
of the KPI at
ackground, a
easurement
n the Select M
arameters (i.e
me determin
ue element.
t Value elem
are still goin
t this point by
and selecting
t dialog open
Measuremen

e. the param
ed by the pri
ment changes
ng to add mo
y connecting
g Run Script
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
eters whose
imary param

s color from r
re elements
it to the Out
t from the po
measuremen
e Running an
previous/cu
eter) to the o
red to green,
to the KPI, it
tput element
pup menu.

nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
urrent/next va
other input s
, signifying th
t is recomme
t, right-clickin
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
327
alues are to b
ockets of the
hat the eleme
ended to test
ng on the
OK. For more
1.

be
e
ent
t
e
32

28
C
Th
pa
fu
an
se
pa
pr
(im
pa
To
th
wh
Dr
Co
Cu
Correlation
he Previous
arameter valu
nctions enab
nd during, or
et. Previous
arameter eve
rimary data s
mmediately a
arameter eve
o add a Prev
e primary pa
hose values
rag and drop
onnect the p
urrent Value
n: Previo
or Current
ues in secon
ble you to ex
during and a
or Current V
ent(s) in the p
set) if a curre
after the para
ent(s) in the p
vious or Cur
arameter or d
are to be ex
p the Previou
rimary data s
e element.
us Or Cu
Value and N
ndary data se
xamine the pa
after, an eve
Value produc
primary data
ent value is a
ameter event
primary data
rrent Value/N
data set is sit
xamined.
us or Curren
set to the left
urrent Val
Next or Curr
ets from poin
arameter val
ent (such as a
ces the previo
a set), or the
available. Nex
t(s) in the pri
a set) if a curr
Next or Cur
tuated the le
nt Value/Nex
ftmost input s
lue/Next
rent Value e
nts in time de
lues in any n
a dropped ca
ous value (im
current value
xt or Current
imary data s
rent value is
rent Value e
ftmost comp

xt or Curren
socket of the

Nemo A
Or Curre
lements are
etermined by
umber of sec
all) has been
mmediately b
e (during the
t Value produ
et), or the cu
available.
element to th
pared to the s
nt Value elem
e Previous o
Analyze Us
ent Value
used in exam
y a primary da
condary data
n logged in th
before the sta
e parameter e
uces the nex
urrent value (
he KPI, first m
secondary pa
ment to the W
or Current V
ser Manual
mining the
ata set. Thes
a sets before
he primary da
art time of th
event(s) in th
xt value
(during the
make sure th
arameters
Workbench.
alue/Next or

se
e
ata
e
he
at
r
SH

HORTCUT
Co
ex
Pr
Th
sig
is
rig
Th
inf


KEYS
onnect the s
xamined from
revious or C
he Previous
gnifying that
recommend
ght-clicking o
he Select Me
formation on
econdary pa
m points in tim
Current Valu
or Current
the element
ded to test the
on the Workb
easurement
n the Select M
arameters (i.e
me determin
ue/Next or C
Value/Next
t is operation
e operation o
bench backgr
t dialog open
Measuremen

e. the param
ed by the pri
Current Valu
or Current V
nal. Even if yo
of the KPI at
round, and s
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
eters whose
imary param
e element.

Value eleme
ou are still go
this point by
selecting Run
measuremen
e Running an
previous/cu
eter) to the o
ent changes c
oing to add m
y connecting
n Script from
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
urrent/next va
other input s
color from re
more elemen
it to the Out
m the popup

st and click O
PIs on p. 37
329
alues are to b
ockets of the
ed to green,
nts to the KP
tput element
menu.
OK. For more
1.

be
e
I, it
t,
e
330 Nemo Analyze User Manual

Correlation: All Values Within Time Range
All Values Within Time Range, as compared to Previous, Current, and Next Value elements that
produce only one value, produces all values from the secondary parameters from the time range of
the primary (leftmost) parameter or data set.
Generally all RF parameters of the Nemo file format have a time range. This is because the Nemo
measurement file format is time-based as opposed to sample-based. In other words, a new “sample”
is created on a timeline only when changes occur in the monitored parameter and the temporal length
of the samples depends entirely on how often changes occur in the parameter value. Event
parameters (such as dropped call, call attempt failure, and cell reselection) do not have a time range
as they represent events that occur at a point in time.
A major difference between All Values Within Time Range and the other join elements (namely Inner
J oin, Left Outer J oin, and Union) is that All Values Within Time Range combines the data based on
time, whereas these other join elements do this based on matching values in the data sets.
To add an All Values Within Time Range element to the KPI, first make sure that the primary
parameter or data set is situated the leftmost compared to the secondary parameters whose values
are to be examined from the time range determined by the primary element.
 Note: When deciding which input data set to use as the primary dataset, one should
consider the fact that the output will be written only when there are valid values in the
primary dataset. Therefore, if filtering out data from the secondary data set is not desirable,
the parameter that contains valid samples for the most of the duration of the log file should
be selected as the primary dataset. For example, selecting RX qual as the primary data set
when correlating the parameters RX lev and RX qual, will produce results only from
instances when a call was active. On the other hand, if RX level is selected as the primary
data set, the results will include both idle periods and periods when a call was active.
If Rx level is selected as primary dataset, results are given both from idle, and call connected periods.
Drag and drop the All Values Within Time Range element to the Workbench.
Connect the primary parameter or data set to the leftmost input socket of the All Values Within Time
Range element.
Connect the secondary parameters or data sets (i.e. the parameters whose values are to be examined
from a time range determined by the primary parameter) to the other input sockets of the element.









SH

HORTCUT
Th
ele
Ev
th
ba
Th
inf
J o
In
nu
be
th
wi
da
ou
To
gr
wh
a
log


KEYS
he All Values
ement is ope
ven if you are
e KPI at this
ackground, a
he Select Me
formation on
oin: Inner
ner Join can
umber or scr
e included in
e parameter
ith a scramb
ata set, and t
utput.
o add an Inn
rid (for openi
hich join valu
basis for the
gical basis fo
s Within Time
erational.
e still going t
point by con
and selecting
easurement
n the Select M
r J oin
n combine tw
ambling cod
the output. F
rs can be join
ling code val
those contain
er J oin elem
ng measurem
ues (such as
e join, i.e. wh
or the join in
e Range elem
to add more
nnecting it to
g Run Script
t dialog open
Measuremen
wo sets of da
e) defined by
For instance
ned using Inn
lue that does
ning a null va
ent to the KP
ments on a g
identification
at values do
terms of the

ment change
elements to
o the Output
t from the po
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
ata that share
y the user. O
, if two param
ner J oin by d
s not match w
alue in the sc
PI, first open
grid, see View
n code, chan
the data set
e KPI’s purpo
es color from
the KPI, it is
element, rig
pup menu.
measuremen
e Running an
e a join value
Only the rows
meters both
defining scram
with any of th
crambling co
both of the d
wing Measur
nnel number
ts have in co
ose, etc.
m red to green

s recommend
ht-clicking on
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
e (such as id
s containing a
contain scra
mbling code
he scramblin
ode column, w
data sets tha
rement Data
, scrambling
ommon, what
n, signifying
ded to test th
n the Workb
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
dentification c
a matching j
mbling code
as the join v
ng code value
will not be in
at are to be c
on p.56) an
code, etc.) y
t values wou
331
that the
he operation
ench
OK. For more
1.
code, channe
oin value wil
information,
value. All row
es in the othe
ncluded in the
combined on
d consider
you can use
uld form a

of
e
el
l
,
ws
er
e
a
as
33

32
In
th
Dr














the example
ey share.
rag and drop
e screenshot
p the Inner J
ts below, the
oin element
e two tables c

t to the Work
can be joined
kbench.
Nemo A
d based on th
Analyze Us
he scramblin
ser Manual
ng code valu

es
SH

HORTCUT
Co
ele
do
so
po
Fr
fo







KEYS
onnect the d
ement by pre
own the mou
ocket of the I
opup menu.
rom the Join
r the join) us
ata sets that
essing the le
use button wh
nner J oin ele
n tab of the P
sing the Left
t are to be co
eft mouse but
hile dragging
ement. Right
Properties di
column and

ombined to th
tton down on
g a connecto
t-click the Inn
ialog, select
d Right colu
he upper (i.e
n the output s
r line from th
ner Join ele
the join valu
umn drop-dow
e. input) sock
socket of eac
he data set o
ment and se
es (i.e. the v
wn menus.
kets of the In
ch data set a
utput socket
elect Propert
values that fo
333
ner J oin
and holding
t to the input
ties from the
orm the basis

e
s
33

34
Af
co
m
co
Sc
Th
inf
J o
Le
ch
alw
th
Fo
jo
pa
co
fter you have
olor from red
ore elements
onnecting it t
cript from th
he Select Me
formation on
oin: Left O
eft Outer Jo
hannel numb
ways include
e leftmost se
or instance, i
ined with Lef
arameter are
odes that ma
e defined the
to green, sig
s to the KPI,
o the Outpu
e popup me
easurement
n the Select M
Outer J oi
in can comb
ber or scramb
ed. From the
et of data wil
if two parame
ft Outer J oin
e included in
atch with thos
e properties o
gnifying that
it is recomm
t element, rig
nu.
t dialog open
Measuremen
in
bine two sets
bling code) d
secondary d
l be included
eters both co
by defining
the output. F
se of the left
of the Inner J
the element
mended to tes
ght-clicking o
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
s of data that
defined by the
data set, only
d in the outpu
ontain scram
scrambling c
From the sec
parameter a
J oin element
is operation
st the operat
on the Workb
measuremen
e Running an
share a join
e user. From
y the rows co
ut.
mbling code in
code as the j
condary para
are included.
Nemo A
, click OK, a
al. Even if yo
tion of the KP
bench backg
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
value (such
m the leftmost
ontaining join
nformation, t
oin value. Al
ameter, only t
Analyze Us
nd the eleme
ou are still go
PI at this poi
ground, and s
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
h as identifica
t set of data,
n values that
the paramete
ll rows from t
the rows with
ser Manual
ent changes
oing to add
nt by
selecting Ru
OK. For more
1.
ation code,
, all rows are
t match rows
ers can be
the leftmost
h scrambling

n
e
e
s in
g
SH

HORTCUT
To
on
co
va
Dr
Co
ele
do
so
Ri





KEYS
o add a Left
n a grid and c
ode) you can
alues would f
rag and drop
onnect the d
ement by pre
own the mou
ocket of the L
ight-click the
Note: Dep
data sets
screensh
scramblin
Outer J oin e
consider whi
n use as a ba
form a logica
p the Left Ou
ata sets that
essing the le
use button wh
Left Outer J o
e Left Outer J
pending on
based on th
ot below, bo
ng code is g
lement to the
ich join value
asis for the jo
al basis for th
uter Join ele
t are to be co
eft mouse but
hile dragging
oin element.
J oin element
the input da
he join value
oth input da
going to be u

e KPI, first o
es (such as i
oin, i.e. what
he join in term
ement to the
ombined to th
tton down on
g a connecto
t and select P
ata sets, it m
e before us
ata sets hav
used as the
pen both of t
dentification
values do th
ms of the KP
Workbench.
he upper (i.e
n the output s
r line from th
Properties fr
may sometim
ing Left Out
e been grou
Left Outer J
the data sets
code, chann
he data sets h
PI’s purpose,

e. input) sock
socket of eac
he data set o
rom the popu
mes be nece
ter Join to c
uped by scra
Join join va
s that are to b
nel number o
have in com
etc.
kets of the Le
ch data set a
utput socket
up menu.

essary to gr
combine the
ambling cod
alue.
335
be combined
or scrambling
mon, what
eft Outer J oin
and holding
t to the input
roup the inp
em. In the
de because

d
g
n
ut
33

36
Fr
fo
Af
ch
to
co
Sc

rom the Join
r the join) us
fter you have
hanges color
add more e
onnecting it t
cript from th
n tab of the P
sing the Left
e defined the
r from red to
lements to th
o the Outpu
e popup me
Properties di
column and
e properties o
green, signif
he KPI, it is r
t element, rig
nu.
ialog, select
d Right colu

of the Left Ou
fying that the
recommende
ght-clicking o
the join valu
umn drop-dow
uter J oin ele
e element is o
ed to test the
on the Workb
Nemo A
es (i.e. the v
wn menus.
ment, click O
operational.
operation of
bench backg
Analyze Us
values that fo
OK, and the e
Even if you a
f the KPI at t
ground, and s

ser Manual
orm the basis
element
are still going
this point by
selecting Ru

s
g
n
SH

HORTCUT
Th
inf
J o
Un
re
co
th
or
m
To
Co
by
m
Un
Th
Be
to









KEYS
he Select Me
formation on
oin: Unio
nion joins tw
emoving any
ontain a strin
e resulting d
rder, it is ofte
eaningful res
o add a Unio
onnect the d
y pressing th
ouse button
nion element
he Union ele
ecause the r
sort the resu
easurement
n the Select M
n
wo or several
duplicate row
g) are comb
data set. Bec
en necessary
sults.
on element, d
ata sets that
e left mouse
while draggi
t.
ment change
ows and colu
ulting table b
t dialog open
Measuremen
l sets of data
ws. Same-na
ined into a s
ause the row
y to sort the r
drag and drop
t are to be co
e button down
ing a connec
es color from
umns in the u
based on, for

ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
a, with or with
amed column
ingle column
ws and colum
resulting tabl
p the Union
ombined to th
n on the outp
ctor line from

m red to gree
unified data
r instance, tim
measuremen
e Running an
hout matchin
ns containing
n. Otherwise
mns in the res
le based on,
element to t
he upper (i.e
put socket of
m the data set
n, signifying
set are in no
me in order t
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
ng rows, into
g data of the
, each data s
sulting data s
for instance
he Workben
e. input) sock
f each data s
t output sock
that the elem
o particular o
o produce m
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
a single data
same type (
set forms a n
set are in no
, time in orde
nch.
kets of the Un
set and holdi
ket to the inp
ment is opera
rder, it is ofte
meaningful re
337
OK. For more
1.
a set without
(e.g. both
new column i
o particular
er to produce
nion element
ng down the
put socket of
ational.
en necessary
esults.

e
t
into
e
t
e
the
y
33

38
To
W
rig
ele


Ev
th
ba
o add a sort
Workbench. C
ght-clicking th
ement’s prop
ven if you are
e KPI at this
ackground, a
element, dra
Connect the U
he element a
perties, see p
e still going t
point by con
and selecting
ag and drop e
Union eleme
and selecting
p.356.
to add more
nnecting it to
g Run Script
either Ascen
ent to the sor
g Properties
elements to
o the Output
t from the po
nding or Des
rt element. D
s. For more in
the KPI, it is
element, rig
pup menu.
Nemo A
scending so
efine the sor
nformation o
s recommend
ht-clicking on

Analyze Us
ort element to
rt element’s
on defining th
ded to test th
n the Workb
ser Manual
o the
properties by
he sort
he operation
ench

y
of
SH

HORTCUT
Th
inf
J o
Ca
ea
co
of
To
W
Co
Pr
ho
in

KEYS
he Select Me
formation on
oin: Carte
artesian Pro
ach possible
ommonly use
f data (such a
o add a Carte
Workbench.
onnect the d
roduct eleme
olding down t
put socket of
easurement
n the Select M
esian Pro
oduct (or Cro
combination
ed in combin
as the results
esian Produc
ata sets that
ent by pressi
the mouse b
f the Cartesi
t dialog open
Measuremen
oduct
oss J oin) com
n. For the pur
ing two or m
s of Aggrega
ct element, d
t are to be co
ng the left m
button while d
an Product e

ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
mbines all ro
rposes of the
more sets of d
ate functions
drag and dro
ombined to th
mouse button
dragging a co
element.
measuremen
e Running an
ows from two
e KPI Workb
data that are
) into separa
p the Cartes
he upper (i.e
down on the
onnector line
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
o or more dat
ench, Cartes
both known
ate columns o
sian Product
e. input) sock
e output sock
e from the da
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ta sets, prod
sian Product
to contain o
on a single r
ct element to
kets of the Ca
ket of each d
ata set outpu
339
OK. For more
1.
ucing a row f
t is most
nly a single r
ow.
the
artesian
data set and
ut socket to th

e
for
row
he
34

40
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf
A
O
ar
KP
As
(w
to
iso
ne
th
us
op
int
wh
m
It
m
ca
av
ba
en
de
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
Adding O
nce you hav
rithmetic ope
PI.
s the various
with complex
determine w
olate only the
eeded, and if
e transitions
seful triggers
perations it is
tended for w
hat data entr
easurements
is also worth
achine) to be
an prove rest
void this prob
ased on the r
ntering the st
efine a value
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
Operatio
e combined
erations, filter
s KPI elemen
state machi
what correlat
e relevant pa
f it is, what s
from state to
s for these tra
s often neces
with suitable p
ries should b
s on a grid, s
h noting that
e defined wh
tricting in ter
blem and effe
requirements
tring {?<varia
for each val
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
ns
all the neces
rs, time funct
nts can be us
nes, aggrega
ions and ope
arts of the me
tates would b
o state be tri
ansitions, etc
ssary to first
parameters o
be used as tr
see Viewing
some operat
hen defining t
ms of the va
ectively crea
s of the KPI’s
able name>}
lue defined a
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
ssary raw da
tions, etc. to
sed together
ate functions
erations are
easurement
be relevant i
iggered, wha
c. With the S
open a sam
on a grid to d
iggers to obt
Measureme
tions may re
the operation
rious differen
ate a more ve
s each indivi
}to the value
as a variable
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking

measuremen
e Running an
ata sets into a
define how t
in countless
s, Cartesian p
required and
data. For ins
n terms of th
at entries in t
tate Machine
ple of the kin
determine ho
tain the most
nt Data on p
quire a value
n’s propertie
nt purposes
ersatile KPI w
dual applicat
e field. This w
every time t
Nemo A
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
a single table
the raw data
s different and
products, sor
d how they sh
stance, whet
he data you a
he data wou
e and other m
nd of measur
ow the data p
t accurate re
.56.
e (e.g. a tran
s. Entering a
the KPI could
with values th
tion, define e
way, the prog
he KPI is run
Analyze Us
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
e, use the sta
a is to be proc
d complex c
rt elements,
hould interac
ther a state m
are looking fo
uld be the mo
more complic
rement data
progresses a
esults. For op
nsition trigger
a value to a f
d otherwise
hat can be e
each value a
gram will prom
n.
ser Manual
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.
ate machine,
cessed by th
ombinations
etc.), you ne
ct in order to
machine
or, how shou
ost logical or
cated
the KPI is
nd for instan
pening
r in state
field of this ty
be used for.
ntered later o
s a variable
mpt the user

u
t
e
,
he
eed
uld
nce
ype
To
on
by
r to
SH

HORTCUT
Th
on
sig
be
It
(s
we
kn
Av
O
W
ou
se
ac
To
Co
bu
a
Ri
in
Th





Na
KEYS
his makes it
ne L3 signali
gnaling mess
etween any n
should also
ee Correlatio
eighted by tim
now how long
verage and C
Operation
With Case, the
utput sockets
eparately in t
ccordance w
o add a Case
onnect the d
utton down o
connector lin
ight-click the
the Propert
he Rule Prop
ame defines
possible, for
ng message
sages each t
number of dif
be kept in m
on: All Value
me when ap
g a particular
Count will no
: Case
e user can cr
s, making it p
the final outp
ith the rule d
e element to
ata set to the
on the output
ne from the d
e Case eleme
ties dialog, c
perties dialo
a name for
instance, to
to any anoth
time the KPI
fferent signa
ind that the N
s Within Tim
plicable. If th
r parameter
ot be accurate
reate rules th
possible to di
put. Each of t
defining the s
the KPI, dra
e upper (i.e.
socket of ea
data set outp
ent and selec
click the Add
og opens.
the rule.

create a gen
her. The stat
is run, enab
aling messag
Nemo file for
me Range p.
he results are
value has be
e.
hat filter and
irect these v
the output so
socket.
ag and drop t
input) socke
ach data set
put socket to
ct Propertie
d button to ad

neric state m
te machine w
bling the sam
e pairs.
rmat is time-
330). Becau
e not weighte
een valid and
divert differe
alues to diffe
ockets filters
the Case ele
ets of the Cas
and holding
the input soc
s from the po
dd a rule.
machine to ca
will prompt th
me KPI to be
based as op
se of this, op
ed by time, it
d the results
ent values fro
erent operatio
out all the va
ement to the W
se element b
down the mo
cket of the C
opup menu.
alculate the d
he user to de
used for calc
pposed to sam
perations sho
t will not be p
of operation
om the data
ons or to exa
alues that ar
Workbench.
by pressing t
ouse button
Case elemen
From the Flo
341
delay from an
efine the two
culating dela
mple-based
ould always b
possible to
s such as
set to differe
amine them
e not in

he left mous
while draggi
t.
ow Control

ny
ys
be
ent
se
ng
tab
34

42
Co
Va
Op
Co
eq
Va
a
{?
De
To
th
ou
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf
O
M
ea
ex
To
W
olumn defin
alue based o
perator defin
ode (Column
qual to 2 are
alue defines
variable (i.e.
?<variable na
efine Case p
o create anot
e rule. In the
utput socket
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
Operation
oving Avera
ach value. In
xplicit.
o add a Movi
Workbench.
es the grid c
on the rule de
nes the rule
n) <=2 (Valu
filtered out.
the limit valu
the value is
ame>}to the
properties an
ther rule, clic
e example sc
of the Case
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
: Moving
age calculate
practice, thi
ing Average
column (in the
efined in Op
that determin
ue), all the v
ue that the O
to be define
value field.
d select OK.
ck the Add b
creenshot be
element.
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
Average
es value ave
s removes a
element to t
e input data
erator.
nes which va
values that do
Operator com
ed by the use
. The Rule P
button again
elow, two rule
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
e
erages based
anomalies fro
the KPI, drag
set) that con
alues are filte
o not fulfill th
mpares to the
er each time
Properties d
in the Prope
es have been
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking
measuremen
e Running an
d on a user-d
om, for instan
g and drop th
Nemo A
ntains the val
ered out. For
e condition o
e Column va
the KPI is ru
ialog closes.
erties dialog
n defined, ea
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
defined numb
nce, a graph,
he Moving A
Analyze Us
lues that are
r instance, w
of being sma
alue. To defi
un), enter the

and define p
ach represen

s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ber of sample
, making it m
Average elem
ser Manual
compared to
with Scramblin
aller than or
ne the value
e string
properties for
nted by an
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.
es preceding
more stable a
ment to the

o
ng
as
r
u
t
e
g
and
SH

HORTCUT
Co
lef
wh
Av
To
fro

Th
Co
ca
Sa
ea
De
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf
KEYS
onnect the d
ft mouse but
hile dragging
verage elem
o define Mov
om the popu
he Running
olumn defin
alculated.
amples defin
ach point in t
efine Moving
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
ata set to the
tton down on
g a connecto
ent.
ving Average
p menu.
Function ta
es the grid c
nes how man
time.
g Average pr
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
e upper (i.e.
n the output s
r line from th
e properties,
ab of the Pro
column (in the
ny surroundin
operties and
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen

input) socke
socket of eac
he data set o
right-click th
perties dialo
e input data
ng values wi
d select OK.
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
ets of the Mo
ch data set a
output socket
e Moving Av
og opens.

set) from wh
ill be sample
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking
measuremen
e Running an
ving Average
and holding d
t to the input
verage elem
hich the movi
d when calcu
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
e element by
down the mo
socket of th
ment and sele
ing average
ulating the a
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
343
y pressing th
use button
e Moving
ect Propertie
is to be
verage for
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.

e
es
u
t
e
34

44
O
Co
(i.
m
ina
te
nu
va
To
Co
m
dr
ele
To
po
Th









Co
co
Ta
be
Af
co
ad
co
Sc
Th
inf
Operation
onversion e
e. text). If, fo
ay be useful
accurate res
xt) data type
umbers (i.e. e
alues.)
o add a Conv
onnect the d
ouse button
ragging a con
ement.
o define Con
opup menu.
he Conversi
olumn defin
onverted.
arget type d
e converted.
fter you have
olor from red
dd more elem
onnecting it t
cript from th
he Select Me
formation on
: Convers
enables the u
or instance, a
to convert th
sults. Also, if
e but in reality
either intege
version elem
ata set to the
down on the
nnector line f
nversion prop
ion tab of the
es the grid c
efines the ta
Possible tar
e defined the
to green, sig
ments to the
o the Outpu
e popup me
easurement
n the Select M
sion
user to conve
a division is t
hese values
it is known th
y consist of n
r or real, dep
ment to the KP
e upper (i.e.
e output sock
from the data
perties, right-
e Properties
column (in the
arget data typ
get types inc
e properties o
gnifying that
KPI, it is rec
t element, rig
nu.
t dialog open
Measuremen
ert value form
to be perform
to real forma
hat data entr
numbers, co
pending on w
PI, drag and
input) socke
ket of each d
a set output
-click the Co
s dialog open
e input data
pe to which t
clude integer
of the Conve
the element
commended t
ght-clicking o
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
mats betwee
med for data
at before the
ries have bee
nversion can
whether the e
drop the Co
ets of the Con
data set and
socket to the
nversion ele
ns.
set) that con
he data with
r, real (i.e. de
rsion elemen
is now oper
to test the op
on the Workb
measuremen
e Running an
Nemo A
n integer, rea
entries defin
division to a
en falsely de
n be used to
entries conta
onversion ele
nversion elem
holding down
e input socke
ement and se
ntains the val
in the colum
ecimal), and
nt, click OK,
ational. Even
peration of th
bench backg
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Analyze Us
al (i.e. decim
ned as intege
avoid rounde
efined as bei
convert the
ain integer or
ement to the
ment by pres
n the mouse
et of the Con
elect Proper
lues that are
n (defined in
string (i.e. te
and the elem
n if you are s
he KPI at this
ground, and s
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ser Manual
mal) and strin
er values, it
ed and thus
ng of string (
data type to
r decimal
e Workbench
ssing the left
button while
nversion
rties from the
to be
n Column) w
ext).
ment change
still going to
s point by
selecting Ru
OK. For more
1.

g
(i.e.
h.
t
e
e
will
es
n
e
SHORTCUT KEYS 345


Operation: State Machine
State Machine makes it possible to define and isolate specific states and transitions between them
from a single data set. It can be used, for instance, for examining the start and the end of particular
events, the duration of such events, values of other parameters before, during and after these events,
etc.
For the state machine to work properly, it is recommended that the states and transitions are
conceptually mapped (e.g. in the form of a flow chart, with references to events that trigger the
transitions and define the boundaries of the states) beforehand based on grid data. Open the data set
you are interested in on a grid (for opening measurements on a grid, see Viewing Measurement Data
on p.56 ) and decide which value, signaling message name, event_ID, etc. is going to trigger which
transition between which states. For instance, a transition could be triggered by an Ec/N0 value or an
L3 signaling Message Name.

It is also very important that there is always a returning transition from each state in case the
conditions of the transitions to the state are not fulfilled anymore. This ensures accurate results and
the correct operation of the state machine.












After the operation of the State Machine has been conceptually mapped (see flow chart above), drag
and drop State Machine to the Workbench.
With State Machine it is important that the input data set is sorted based on time. Open the data set
you are interested in on a grid and check whether it is sorted by time. If not, sort the input data set
based on time by adding a sort element (i.e. Ascending or Descending, see p. 356) between the
input data set and the State Machine.
Connect the data set to the upper (i.e. input) sockets of the State Machine element by pressing the
mouse button down on the output socket of each data set and holding down the mouse button while
dragging a connector line from the data set output socket to the input socket of the State Machine
element.
Right-click the State Machine element and select Properties from the popup menu.
OK Bad BLER Missing
handover
Ec/N0 difference >0
Ec/N0 difference
<0
BLER <20
BLER >=20
BLER <20
34

46
Th










Fi
Th










En
sta

Ne
be
he State Mac
rst, create al
he State dialo
nter a name
ate, click the
Note: Rep
should ha
state (i.e.
ext, select th
etween state
chine tab of
ll the require
og opens.
for the state
e Add button
peat these s
ave at least
a state that
he idle state a
s, select one
the Propert
d states. To
in the Name
again in the
steps until y
an idle state
t is in the fo
as the Initial
e of the state
ties dialog op
create a new
e field and cl
e Properties
you have cre
e (i.e. a stat
ocus of your
l State from
es and click t
pens.
w state, click
ick OK. The
dialog.
eated all the
e that is not
r analysis).
the drop-dow
he Modify b
Nemo A
k the Add but
State dialog
states you
t of interest
wn menu. To
utton.
Analyze Us
tton.
g closes. To
are going to
to you) and
o start definin
ser Manual
create anoth
o need. You
d an active
ng transitions

her
u
s
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Cl
Th
Co
Ti
pe
KEYS
he State dial
lick the Add
he Transitio
onditions di
ime trigger d
eriod (in milli
log opens.
button.
n dialog ope
isplays the d
defines a tra
seconds).
ens.
efined transi
nsition that is




ition conditio
s triggered if
ons.
f the conditio on is not fulfilled within the
347
e defined tim

me
34

48
Ta
O
bla
bla
ge
sta
th
(ti
fro

To
Th
Le
to
O
Op
va
sta
th
Si
Ri
<V
<P
fu
Va
ne
KP
ha
Af
Th
arget defines
utput define
ank, no outp
ank. With the
enerated bas
ate, the poin
e transition o
me_interval)
om the time i
o define a co
he Condition
eft Column d
a value defi
perator.
perator defin
alues in Left
ate to end). F
e transition t
gnaling.
ight column
Value> is se
Previous va
lfilled when t
alue defines
ew one. To d
PI is run), en
ave a unique
fter the cond
he condition
s the state to
es a title for th
put will be ge
e state(s) tha
sed on a stat
nt in time whe
occurred from
) are recorde
interval betw
ondition, click
n dialog ope
defines the g
ned in Value
nes the rule
Column and
For instance
to the next st
n allows you
lected, the L
lue> is selec
the value in t
the value th
define the va
nter the string
e variable nam
ition has bee
is displayed
o which the tr
he state that
nerated from
at interest yo
te is defined
en the transit
m the state x
ed in the outp
ween the tran
k Add.
ns.
grid column (
e, or another
that determin
d Right colu
, with the L3
tate occurs w
to define a c
Left Column
cted, and use
the Left Colu
at triggers th
lue as a varia
g {?<variable
me.
en defined, c
in the Trans
ransition occ
t will be displ
m this transiti
ou, be sure to
as follows. W
tion occurred
x, and the tim
put data set.
nsition to the
(in the input d
r column defi
nes what kin
umn/Value fo
3 Signaling m
when the valu
column to wh
value is com
ed with the O
umn change
he transition,
able (i.e. the
e name>}to t
click OK.
sition dialog
curs.
ayed in the f
on. For insta
o define a titl
When a trans
d to the state
me in millisec
Thus, the ou
state and th

data set) tha
ined in Right
nd of relation
or the transit
message (Lef
ue CALL AT
hich the value
mpared to the
Operator != (
es.
i.e. the end
e value is to b
the value fiel
.
Nemo A
final output d
ance, with the
e for the stat
sition occurs
e x (start_tim
onds that pa
utput data se
e transition f
at contains th
t column, ba
ship there ha
ion to be trig
ft Column) =
TEMPT is fo
es in the Left
e value enter
(i.e. not equa
of one state
be defined by
ld. Note that
Analyze Us
data set. If th
e idle state, l
te. The outpu
from the sta
e), the point
assed while i
et of the state
from it to the
he values tha
ased on the
as to exist be
ggered (and f
=CALL ATTE
ound in the co
ft Column ar
red in the Va
al to), the co
and the beg
y the user ea
each transit
ser Manual
e field is left
leave this fie
ut data set
ate x to anoth
in time when
n the state x
e x is genera
next state.
at are compa
rule defined
etween the
for the prese
EMPT (Valu
olumn L3
re compared
alue field. If
ndition is
ginning of a
ach time the
tion should

ld
her
n
x
ated
red
in
ent
e),
. If
SH

HORTCUT
To
dia
Bo
To
Se
W
Re

Fi
Pr
ele
KEYS
o define anot
alog opens.
oth condition
o define the A
elect AND or
When you hav
epeat the ste
nally, when a
roperties dia
ement is ope
ther conditio
Define cond
ns are now d
AND/OR rela
r OR from th
ve defined al
eps to define
all the transit
alog. The Sta
erational.
n for the sam
ition properti
isplayed in th
ationship bet
e popup men
l the conditio
e transitions a
tions and tra
ate Machine


me transition
ies in the Co
he Transitio

tween the co

nu.
ons for the tra
and condition
ansition cond
element cha
, click the Ad
ondition dialo
on dialog.
onditions, rig
ansition, clic
ns from each
itions have b
anges color f
dd button ag
og and click
ht-click on th
k OK to retu
h state you h
been defined
from red to g
gain, and a ne
OK.
he AND elem
rn to the Sta
have created
d, click OK in
green, signify
349
ew Conditio
ment.
ate dialog.
.
n the
ying that the

on
350 Nemo Analyze User Manual

Even if you are still going to add more elements to the KPI, it is recommended to test the operation of
the KPI at this point by connecting it to the Output element, right-clicking on the Workbench
background, and selecting Run Script from the popup menu.
The Select Measurement dialog opens. Select a measurement from the list and click OK. For more
information on the Select Measurement dialog, see Running and Testing KPIs on p. 371.
For a practical example, see Use Case22.: Creating a KPI for Dropped Calls Resulting from a Missing
Handoveron page 386.

Operation: Group By/Binning
The Group By element enables you to select multiple parameters from an input data set and group or
bin the rest of the data set based on these parameters. The Group By element also enables you to
simultaneously run multiple different aggregates based on any number of parameters contained within
the input data set. Thus, the Group By element can be used for both grouping input data and
producing parameter aggregates based on the input data. The available aggregate functions include
Minimum, Maximum, Average, Standard Deviation, Variance, Sum, Count, Mode, Median,
Percentile, First, and Last. For more information on aggregates, see Aggregate Functions on page
354.
First, combine the parameter data sets into a single data set by dragging and dropping a relevant
correlation element (e.g. All Values Within Time Range) to the Workbench. For more information on
correlation elements, see Combining Input Data Sets on page 324.
With All Values Within Time Range, connect the primary parameter or data set to the leftmost input
socket of the All Values Within Time Range element. Connect the secondary parameters or data sets
(i.e. the parameters whose values are to be examined from a time range determined by the primary
parameter) to the other input sockets of the element.
Next, add a Group By element to the KPI by dragging and dropping the element to the Workbench.
Connect the correlation element (i.e. the data set that combines all the individual parameter data sets)
to the Group By element by pressing the left mouse button down on the output socket of the
correlation element and holding down the mouse button while dragging a connector line from the
correlation element output socket to the input socket of the Group By element.
SH

HORTCUT
Ri

KEYS
ight-click thee Group By e element and

select Properties from t the popup m

menu.
351
35

52
Th
In
pa
Gr
ins
wo
ag
ba
gr
be
im
gr
Ag
pa
se
by
de
bu
Fu
Fu
Fu
W
co
he Group By
nput displays
arameters to
roup by defi
stance, when
ould have th
ggregate fun
asis for group
rouping para
e multiple gro
mportant, as e
rouping para
ggregates d
arameter in t
elect the para
y, and Resul
efining the ne
utton. To rem
button. Fo
unctions on p
unction defin
unction prope
Weight by def
oordinates), e
y tab of the P
s all paramet
the Group B
ines how the
n calculating
e following s
ction Averag
ping, select a
meter, selec
ouping param
every groupi
meters.
defines the ag
he Input fiel
ameter in the
lt title. Once
ext one by si
move a param
or more infor
page 354.
nes the aggr
erties are de
fines the how
etc. Weight b
Properties d
ers within the
By and Aggre
e parameter a
g an Ec/N0 av
settings: Grou
ge selected fr
a parameter
ct the parame
meters. The o
ng paramete
ggregate par
d and press
e Aggregate
e the properti
mply selectin
meter aggreg
rmation on d
regate functio
efined using W
w the calcula
by is usually
dialog opens.
e input data
egates categ
aggregates d
verage per s
up by: scram
rom the Func
in the Input
eter in the Gr
order in whic
er hierarchica
rameters. To
the butt
es field and d
ies of a singl
ng another p
gate, select t
efining the p
on applied to
Weight by a
ation is to be
used only w
.

set. From th
gories.
defined in Ag
scrambling co
mbling_code
ction drop-do
field and pre
roup by field
ch the group
ally determin
o add a param
ton. To defin
define aggreg
le parameter
parameter fro
he paramete
properties of
o the selecte
and Result ti
weighted, i.e
with the aggre
Nemo A
ese paramet
ggregates a
ode, the agg
and Aggrega
own menu).
ess the
d and press t
ing paramete
es also the g
meter to Agg
e parameter
gate properti
r aggregate h
om the Input
er in the Agg
aggregate el
d parameter
tle.
e. by time, di
egate functio
Analyze Us
ters, you can
re to be grou
gregate funct
ates: ec/no (w
To define a
button. To re
the butto
ers are enter
grouping of t
gregates, se
r aggregate p
ies using Fun
have been de
t field and cli
gregates field
lements, see
r in the Aggre
istance (bas
ns Average
ser Manual
n select
uped. For
ion Average
with the
parameter a
emove a
on. There ca
red is also
the subseque
elect a
properties,
nction, Weig
efined, start
cking the
d and press t
e Aggregate
egates field.
ed on GPS
and Count.

as a
an
ent
ght

the
SH

HORTCUT

Re
op
In
th
Th
pa
bt
re
pa
W
O
KEYS
Note: Beca
based (i.e.
parameter
order to ob
esult title de
perational.
the example
ree tx_powe
hese have be
arameter bts_
ts_cell_name
esulting data
arameter bts_
With the settin
nce the prop
ause the Ne
. a “ sample”
rs), the aggr
btain accura
efines a title f
e below, thre
er -based agg
een grouped
_site_name
e and the six
set. In additi
_cell_name,
ngs above, th
perties of the
emo measur
” is created
regate funct
ate results.
for the result
ee ec/n0-bas
gregates (tx p
d based on tw
is the upperm
parameter a
ion to this, th
as bts_cell_
he resulting d
Group By el

rement file f
on a timelin
tions Averag
t. Without a t
ed aggregat
power minim
wo paramete
most, all othe
aggregates, w
he parameter
_name is a g
data set will l
lement have
format is tim
ne only whe
ge and Coun
title, the para
es (ec/no mi
mum, maximu
ers: bts_site_
er parameter
will be group
r aggregates
rouping para
look like this
been define
me-based as
en changes o
nt should be
ameter aggre
nimum, max
um, and aver
_name and bt
rs, i.e. the gr
ped based on
s will also be
ameter.

.
ed, select OK
s opposed to
occur in the
e weighted
egate will not
ximum, and a
rage) have b
ts_cell_nam
rouping para
n bts_site_na
grouped bas
K.
353
o sample-
e monitored
by time in
t be
average) and
been defined
e. As the
meter
ame in the
sed on the



d
.
35

54
Th
op
m
po
Th
inf

A
Ag
Co
m
sa
ba
G
To
Co
th
an
th
he Group By
peration of th
ore elements
opup menu.
he Select Me
formation on
Aggregate
ggregate fun
ount, Mode
aximum valu
ame steps ar
ased on mult
roup By, see
o add an agg
onnect the d
e aggregate
nd holding do
e input sock
y element cha
he KPI this fa
s), right-click
easurement
n the Select M
e Function
nctions includ
and Median
ues, average
re taken in de
tiple paramet
e page 350).
gregate elem
ata set(s) on
element by
own the mou
et of the agg
anges color f
ar by connec
king on the W
t dialog open
Measuremen
ns
de Minimum
n. Aggregates
es, sums, and
efining all of
ter data sets
ment to the KP
n which the c
pressing the
use button wh
gregate elem
from red to g
cting it to the
Workbench b
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
m, Maximum,
s are simple
d counts (nu
them. To sim
s, use the Gro
PI, drag and
calculation is
e left mouse b
hile dragging
ment.
green, which
Output elem
ackground a
measuremen
e Running an
, Average, S
functions us
mber of sam
multaneously
oup By elem
drop the ele
to be perfor
button down
g a connecto
Nemo A
means that
ment (even if
and selecting
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Standard De
sed for produ
mples, values
y produce mu
ent (for more
ement to the
med to the u
on the outpu
r line from th
Analyze Us
it is operatio
f you are still
g Run Script

st and click O
PIs on p. 37
eviation, Var
ucing minimu
s, etc.) from d
ultiple differe
e information
Workbench.
upper (i.e. inp
ut socket of e
he data set o
ser Manual
onal. Test the
going to add
from the
OK. For more
1.
riance, Sum
um and
data sets. Th
ent aggregate
n on Operatio

put) sockets
each data se
output socket

e
d
e
,
he
es
on:
of
et
t to
SH

HORTCUT
Ri
Th










Co
pa
th
lef
Gr
ca
fo
W
co
KEYS
ight-click the
he Aggregat
olumn defin
arameter pre
e aggregate
ft out of the c
roup by defi
alculating an
llowing settin
Weight by def
oordinates), e
e aggregate e
te tab of the
es the colum
esent in the li
function Cou
count, select
ines how the
Ec/N0 avera
ngs: Column
fines the how
etc. Weight b
element and
Properties d
mn on which t
st (such as b
unt when nu
t the parame
e value type d
age per scram
: ec/no, Grou
w the calcula
by is usually

select Prop
dialog opens
the calculatio
bler, ec/no, e
ll values are
eter.
defined in Co
mbling code
up by: scram
ation is to be
used only w

erties from t
s.
on is going to
etc.) is select
to be includ
olumn is to b
, the aggrega
mbling_code,
weighted, i.e
with the aggre
the popup me
o be perform
ted. The sym
ed in the cou
be grouped.
ate function A
and Weight
e. by time, di
egate functio
enu.
med. In most
mbol * is sele
unt. If null va
For instance
Average wou
t by: time.
istance (bas
ns Average
355
cases, the
cted only wit
alues are to b
e, when
uld have the
ed on GPS
and Count.

th
be
35

56

Re
De
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf

S
Th
to
To
to
Co
m
dr
ele
To
po
Note: Bec
based (i.e
parameter
order to o
esult title de
efine the pro
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
Sort Eleme
he sort eleme
ascending a
o add a sort
the Workbe
onnect the d
ouse button
ragging a con
ement.
o define a so
opup menu.
cause the Ne
. a “ sample”
rs), the aggr
obtain accur
efines a title f
operties of the
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
ents
ents Ascend
and descend
element to th
nch.
ata set to the
down on the
nnector line f
orting value,
emo measur
” is created
regate funct
ate results.
for the result
e aggregate
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
ding and Des
ding based on
he KPI, drag
e upper (i.e.
e output sock
from the data
right-click the
rement file f
on a timelin
tions Averag
t. Without a t
function and
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
scending re
n a user-defi
and drop th
input) socke
ket of each d
a set output
e Ascending
format is tim
ne only whe
ge and Cou
title, the aggr
d click OK.
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking

measuremen
e Running an
espectively ch
ined value (e
e sort eleme
ets of the Asc
data set and
socket to the
g sort eleme
Nemo A
me-based as
en changes
nt should be
regate eleme
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
hange the or
e.g. time).
ent (either As
cending elem
holding down
e input socke
nt and selec
Analyze Us
s opposed to
occur in the
e weighted
ent will not b
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
rder of value
scending or
ment by press
n the mouse
et of the Asce
ct Properties
ser Manual
o sample-
e monitored
by time in
e operationa
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.
s in a data s
Descending
sing the left
button while
ending
s from the

d
al.
u
t
e
et
g)
e
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Se
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf




KEYS
he Sort tab o
elect the sort
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
of the Prope
ting value fro
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
rties dialog o
om the drop-
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen


opens.

down menu
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
and click OK
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking
measuremen
e Running an
K.
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
357
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.

u
t
e
35

58
F
Fi
co
filt
To
Co
bu
a
Ri
Th
Cl

ilters
lter makes it
ondition(s). F
ter out all oth
o add a Filter
onnect the d
utton down o
connector lin
ight-click the
he Filter tab
lick the Add
t possible to
For instance,
her scramblin
r element to
ata set to the
on the output
ne from the d
e Filter eleme
of the Prope
button to ad
filter out all t
a filter for Sc
ng codes tha
the KPI, dra
e upper (i.e.
socket of ea
data set outp
ent and selec
erties dialog
d a filter.
the values fr
crambling Co
an 1 and 2.
g and drop t
input) socke
ach data set
put socket to
ct Properties

g opens.

rom a data se
ode <=2 wo
he Filter ele
ets of the Filte
and holding
the input soc
s from the po
Nemo A
et that do no
uld AND Scr
ment to the W
er element b
down the mo
cket of the F
opup menu.
Analyze Us
ot fulfill the de
rambling Cod
Workbench.
by pressing th
ouse button
Filter element
ser Manual
efined
de >0 would

he left mouse
while draggi
t.

d
e
ng
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Le
to
ins
Op
Sc
sm
Ri
va
th
in
pa
co
th
Va
va
st
De

Th
KEYS
he Condition
eft column d
Value (or to
stead <Valu
perator defin
crambling Co
maller than o
ight column
alue> defines
e value prec
the Value fi
arameter dat
omparison to
e Right colu
alue defines
alue as a var
ring {?<varia
efine conditio
he Propertie
n dialog ope
defines the g
o another col
e>) based o
nes the cond
ode (Column
or equal to 21
n defines the
s the filter co
ceding it (also
eld (see belo
ta available i
o be performe
umn.
the limit valu
riable (i.e. the
able name>
ons and sele
es dialog now
ns.
grid column (i
umn if a colu
n the rule de
dition that de
n) <=21 (Va
1 are filtered
data to whic
ondition base
o in the Left
ow). The dro
n the input d
ed between t
ue that the O
e value is to
} to the Valu
ect OK.
w displays th


in the input d
umn name is
efined in Ope
etermines wh
alue), all the v
out.
ch the data d
ed on a comp
column). <V
p-down men
data set. Sele
the data sele
Operator com
be defined b
ue field.
he defined co

data set) that
s selected in
erator.
hich values a
values that d
defined in the
parison betw
Value> enab
nu displays a
ecting one of
ected in the L
mpares to the
by the user e
ondition.
t contains the
the Right co
re filtered ou
do not fulfill th
e Left colum
ween the valu
bles you to en
lso paramete
f the paramet
Left column
e Left Colum
ach time the
e values tha
olumn drop-
ut. For instan
he condition
mn is compar
ue in the Left
nter a numer
er names ba
ter names de
n and the dat
mn value. To
e KPI is run),
359
t are compar
down menu
nce, with
of being
red. <Previo
t column an
rical limit valu
ased on the
efines the
a selected in
o define the
enter the

red
us
d
ue
n
36

60
To
Al
Th
ch
If








o add anothe
ternatively, i
he logic of th
hild nodes.
a third child
er condition,
f no more co
he filter eleme
node, i.e. co
click Add.
onditions are
ent follows th
ondition, is ad
required, cli
hat of a binar

dded, anothe

ick OK to ret
ry tree. Thus
er level is aut
Nemo A
urn to the W
s, one node c
tomatically a
Analyze Us
Workbench vie
can always h
added to the
ser Manual
ew.
have only two
tree.

o
SH

HORTCUT
In
To
an

Yo
th
filt
O





KEYS
dividual nod
o define AND
nd select AN
ou are also a
e context me
ters by right-
nce all the re
es can be dr
D/OR relation
ND or OR from
able to select
enu. A line w
-clicking Ung
equired cond
ragged and d
nships betwe
m the popup
t several filte
will appear in
group from th
ditions have b

dropped from

een the node
menu.

ers and then
the left-hand
he context m
been defined
m one level o
es, right-click
group them
d corner to s
menu.
d, click OK to
r node to ano
k on a logical
by right-click
ignify groupi
o return to the
other.
l operator, i.e
king the Gro
ng. You can
e Workbenc
361

e. AND/OR,
up option fro
also ungrou
h view.

om
up
36

62
Th
Te
to
th
Th
inf
Fo
pa

F
To
filt
Nt
da
To
he Filter elem
est the opera
add more e
e popup men
he Select Me
formation on
or a practical
age 378.
ilters: To
op-N and Bo
tering out all
th Best and
ata set.
o add a filter
ment change
ation of the K
lements), rig
nu.
easurement
n the Select M
l example, se
p-N, Bott
ottom-N list a
other data e
Nth Worst p
element to t
s color from
KPI this far by
ght-clicking o
t dialog open
Measuremen
ee Use Case
tom-N, N

a defined nu
entries.
produce only
the KPI, drag
red to green
y connecting
n the Workb
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
e 21.: Creatin
th Best, a
mber of best
y the Nth bes
g and drop th
n, which mea

g it to the Ou
ench backgr
measuremen
e Running an
ng Complex
and Nth W
t/worst entrie
st/Nth worst v
he element to
Nemo A
ans that it is o
tput elemen
round and se
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Filters Using
Worst
es in a prede
value entry fr
o the Workbe
Analyze Us
operational.
nt (even if you
electing Run
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
g Multiple Co
efined column
from a define
ench.
ser Manual
u are still goi
Script from
OK. For more
1.
onditions on
n of a data s
ed column in

ing
e
et,
a
SH

HORTCUT

Co
th
ho
in
Ri
Th
N
lis
th
KEYS
onnect the d
e filter eleme
olding down t
put socket of
ight-click the
he Nth tab of
enables you
sted from a c
e Nth best/w
ata set(s) on
ent by pressi
the mouse b
f the filter ele
e filter elemen
f the Proper
u, depending
column in a d
worst value of
n which the c
ing the left m
button while d
ement.
nt and select
rties dialog o
on the filter,
data set, or to
f a column in

calculation is
mouse button
dragging a co
t Properties
opens.

, either to de
o specify the
n a data set)
to be perfor
n down on the
onnector line

from the po
efine the num
position on
.
med to the u
e output sock
e from the da
pup menu.
mber of best/w
such list that
upper (i.e. inp
ket of each d
ata set outpu
worst data e
t is of interes
363
put) sockets
data set and
ut socket to th
ntries to be
st to you (i.e.

of
he

36


64
Co
nu
Nt
Gr
th
se
De
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf









olumn defin
umber of bes
th Worst). In
roup by defi
e best two E
ettings: N: 2,
efine the pro
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
es the colum
st or worst va
most cases
ines how the
Ec/N0 values
Column: ec/
operties of the
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
mn from whic
alue entries (
, the parame
e value type d
per each sc
/no, Group b
e filter and c
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
ch the filter w
(i.e. Top-N, B
eter present i
defined in Co
crambling cod
by: scramblin
click OK.
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
will, dependin
Bottom-N) or
in the list (su
olumn is to b
de, the Top-N
ng_code.
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking
measuremen
e Running an
Nemo A
g on the filte
r the Nth bes
ch as bler, e
be grouped.
N filter would
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work

nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Analyze Us
er, produce e
st/worst value
ec/no, etc.) is
For instance
d have the fo
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ser Manual
ither an N
e (i.e. Nth Be
s selected.
e, to produce
ollowing
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.

est,
e
u
t
e
SH

HORTCUT
M
M
To
Co
m
ho
in
Ri
Pr
Le
Ri
<V
dr
Ri
<V
th
Re
Th
Ad
re
de
va
co
va
th
Le
th
va
(>
KEYS
Mathemat
athematical
o add a math
onnect the d
ath element
olding down t
put socket of
ight-click the
roperties dia
eft column d
ight column
Value> to ma
rop-down me
ight value d
Value> is se
e user each
esult title de
he method of
ddition (+),s
emainder of a
efined as the
alue entered
olumn values
alue defined
e Left colum
eft (<<) and
e element pr
alue field def
>>) bit shift el
tical Func
functions en
hematical fun
ata set on w
by pressing
the mouse b
f the math el
e math eleme
alog opens.
defines the p
n defines the
anually defin
enu.
efines the va
lected in Rig
time the KP
efines a title f
f defining ea
subtraction
a division of o
e Left colum
into the Rig
s, or by which
as 3 in a div
mn) by 3.
right (>>) b
roperties. Rig
fines the num
lement would
ctions
able the perf
nction to the
which the calc
the left mou
button while d
lement.
ent and selec
parameter or
value by wh
ne the value i
alue by which
ght column.
I is run), ente
for the colum
ch of the ma
(-),multiplic
one number
n in the elem
ht value field
h the Left co
vision (/) elem
it shifting pe
ght column
mber of digits
d perform in

forming of va
KPI, drag an
culation is to
se button do
dragging a co
ct Properties

data set on
hich the Left
in the Right
h the Left co
To define th
er the string
mn displaying
athematical o
cation (*),div
by another)
ment properti
d defines the
lumn values
ment would d
erforms bit s
should be s
s shifted. For
the input da
arious arithm
nd drop a ma
be performe
own on the o
onnector line
s from the po
which the ca
column value
value field. O
lumn value i
he value as a
{?<variable n
g the results
operations is
vision (/), and
performs the
ies. Right co
e value which
are multiplie
divide each o
hift on the da
et to <value>
r example, th
ta set a three
metic operatio
ath element t
ed to the upp
utput socket
e from the da
opup menu. T
alculation will
e is multiplie
Otherwise, s
s multiplied,
a variable (i.e
name>}to th
in the output
discussed b
d modulatio
e selected op
olumn shoul
h is added or
ed, divided, e
of the values
ata set define
>. The value
he Right valu
e-digit shift to
ons.
to the Workb
per (i.e. input
of each data
ata set outpu
The Operato
l be performe
ed, divided, e
select a value
divided, etc.
e. the value is
he value field
t data set.
below.
on (%) (i.e. c
peration on t
ld be set to <
r subtracted
etc. For exam
in the colum
ed as the Le
e entered into
ue defined a
o the right.
365
bench.
t) sockets of
a set and
ut socket to th
or tab of the
ed.
etc. Select
e from the
. when
s defined by
d.
alculating the
he data set
<value>. The
from the Lef
mple, the Rig
mn (defined a
eft column in
o the Right
as 3 in a right

the
he
e
e
ft
ght
as
n
t
366 Nemo Analyze User Manual

The Ceiling function rounds a real number to the next larger integer based on each of the values in
the column defined as the Left column in the element properties. Right column should be set to
<value>. The value entered into the Right value field defines the rounding method, i.e. 1 defines
rounding to the next integer, 10 defines rounding based on ten, etc.
The Floor rounds a real number to the next smaller integer based on each of the values in the column
defined as the Left column in the element properties. Right column should be set to <value>. The
value entered into the Right value field defines the rounding method, i.e. 1 defines rounding to the
next integer, 10 defines rounding based on ten, etc.
The Log (logarithm) function calculates the logarithm of each of the values in the column defined as
the Left column in the element properties. Right column should be set to <value>. The value entered
into the Right value field defines the base for the logarithm.
Exponentiation performs exponentiation on each of the values in the column defined as the Left
column in the element properties. Right column should be set to <value>. The value entered into the
Right value field defines the exponent.
Root performs an Nth root (square root, cube root, etc.) operation on each of the values in the column
defined as the Left column in the element properties. Right column should be set to <value>. The
value entered into the Right value field defines the root, e.g. 2 defines the operation as square root.
The Round function performs rounding of a real number to the nearest integer based on each of the
values in the column defined as the Left column in the element properties. If the fraction part of the
number is <0.5, the number is rounded to the next smaller integer. If the fraction part is >=0.5, the
number is rounded to the next larger integer. Right column should be set to <value>. The value
entered into the Right value field defines the rounding method, i.e. 1 defines rounding to the next
integer, 10 defines rounding based on ten, etc.
Define the operation properties and click OK.
The element changes color from red to green, signifying that the element is operational. Even if you
are still going to add more elements to the KPI, it is recommended to test the operation of the KPI at
this point by connecting it to the Output element, right-clicking on the Workbench background, and
selecting Run Script from the popup menu.
The Select Measurement dialog opens. Select a measurement from the list and click OK. For more
information on the Select Measurement dialog, see Running and Testing KPIs on p. 371.





SH

HORTCUT
T
As
pa
to
se
86

To
Co
pr
bu
Re
Ri
Th
KEYS
Time Func
s Nemo file f
arameter valu
be resample
econd RSCP
6 and 13 sam
Note: Res
can reduc
o add a Resa
onnect the d
ressing the le
utton while d
esample ele
ight-click the
he Resample
ctions: Re
format is eve
ue changes.
ed at a perio
P samples wit
mples with va
sampling da
ce the accur
ample eleme
ata set to be
eft mouse bu
ragging a co
ement.
e Resample
e tab of the P
esample
ent-based, sa
This means
dic, user-def
th values -86
alue -87 whe
ata using a s
racy of the d
ent to the KP
e resampled t
utton down on
onnector line
element and
Properties dia

amples with v
s the sample
finable time i
6 and -87 res
en resampled
sample perio
data and ma
PI, drag and d
to the upper
n the output
from the dat
d select Prop
alog opens.
varying time
interval is no
interval. Thu
spectively, w
d at a 100-mi
od that is lo
ay cause so
drop the elem
(i.e. input) s
socket of the
ta set output

perties from

ranges are l
ot constant. R
s for instanc
ould constitu
llisecond inte
onger than th
me data to b
ment to the W
sockets of the
e data set an
socket to the
the popup m
logged only w
Resample a
ce 0.5-second
ute five samp
erval.
he original s
be lost.
Workbench.
e Resample
nd holding do
e input sock
menu.
367
when the
allows the dat
d and 1.3-
ples of value
sample peri
element by
own the mou
et of the

ta
-
iod
use
36

68
In
to
De
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf













nterval define
define the u
efine resamp
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
es the interva
unit of time as
pling interval
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from t
easurement
n the Select M
al at which th
s millisecond
and click OK
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
he data set is
d (ms) or sec
K.
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, rig
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
s to be resam
cond (s).
nifying that th
s recommend
ght-clicking o
measuremen
e Running an
Nemo A
mpled. The d
e element is
ded to test th
on the Workb
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Analyze Us
drop-down m
s operational
he operation
bench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ser Manual
menu allows y
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.

you
u
t
e
SH

HORTCUT
T
Ti
sh
Dr
ra
va
ev
To
Co
th
an
th
Ri
Th
Ti
Se
fo
of
eit
KEYS
Time Func
me Shift allo
hift can be us
ropped call.
ange surroun
alues of the c
vent.
o add a Time
onnect the d
e Time Shift
nd holding do
e input sock
ight-click the
he Time Shif
ime offset e
electing back
orward from
ffset point fro
ther seconds
ctions: Ti
ows you to m
sed to create
Defining a tim
ding the eve
correlated pa
e Shift eleme
ata set(s) on
ft element by
own the mou
et of the Tim
e Time Shift
ft tab of the
nables you t
kward from
the drop-dow
om the event
s (s) or millis
me Shift
modify the tim
e a time rang
me range su
ent with other
arameters we
ent to the KP
n which the ti
y pressing the
use button wh
me Shift elem
element and
Properties d
o define an o
the drop-dow
wn menu def
by entering
seconds (ms

mestamp and
ge for event-t
urrounding th
r parameters
ere not only a
I, drag and d
ime shift is to
e left mouse
hile dragging
ment.

d select Prop
dialog opens
offset in relat
wn menu def
fines the offs
an amount o
).
d time range
type input tha
is point in tim
s (e.g. ec/n0
at the time o
drop the elem
o be perform
button down
g a connecto
perties from
s.

tion to the po
fines the offs
set point afte
of time in the
of the input
at is logged a
me allows yo
best active s
f the event b
ment to the W
ed to the up
n on the outp
r line from th
the popup m
oint in time th
set point befo
r the event. D
e time field an
dataset. For
as a point in
ou to correlat
set) to find ou
but also befo
Workbench.
per (i.e. inpu
put socket of
he data set o
menu.
he event occ
ore the event
Define the d
nd by setting
369
r example, tim
time, such a
e the time
ut what the
re and after t
ut) sockets of
f each data s
output socket
curred.
t. Selecting
istance of the
g unit of time

me
as
the
f
set
t to
e
as
37

70
Du
in
of
ra
fro
se
Fo
af
De
Th
ar
th
se
Th
inf










uration allow
Time offset
ffset point de
ange as begin
om the offset
etting unit of
or example, t
fter the event
efine the pro
he element c
re still going t
is point by co
electing Run
he Select Me
formation on
ws you to de
t. Selecting b
efined in Tim
nning from th
t point (defin
time as eithe
to define a ti
t, define Tim
operties of the
changes colo
to add more
onnecting it t
Script from
easurement
n the Select M
fine the direc
backward fro
e offset. Sel
he offset poin
ed in Time o
er seconds (s
me range tha
me offset as b
e Time Shift
or from red to
elements to
to the Outpu
the popup m
t dialog open
Measuremen
ction and len
om the drop-
lecting forwa
nt (defined in
offset) by en
s) or millisec
at begins 10
backward 1
and click OK
o green, sign
the KPI, it is
ut element, r
menu.
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
ngth of the tim
-down menu
ard from the
n Time offse
ntering an am
conds (ms).
seconds be
0 s and Dur
K.
nifying that th
s recommend
ight-clicking
measuremen
e Running an
Nemo A
me range fro
defines the
drop-down m
et). Define the
mount of time
fore the even
ation as forw
e element is
ded to test th
on the Work

nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
Analyze Us
m the offset
time range a
menu define
e length of th
e in the time f
nt and ends
ward 20 s.
s operational
he operation
kbench backg
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
ser Manual
point defined
as ending to
s the time
he time rang
field and by
10 seconds
. Even if you
of the KPI a
ground, and
OK. For more
1.

d
the
e
u
t
e
SH

HORTCUT
R
To
las
fro
Th
Fo
Fi
on
Se
O
th
ev
ou
by
of
inf









KEYS
Running
o test the ope
st element to
om the popu
he Select Me
older defines
ilter defines
nly the define
elect a meas
nce the scrip
e output, for
ven more opt
utput still con
y double-click
f the Propert
formation an
and Tes
eration of the
o the Output
p menu.
easurement
s the measur
a filter for se
ed measurem
surement from
pt has been s
instance, by
timal states a
ntains irreleva
king on the O
ties dialog. Id
nd in as expli
sting KP
e KPI, make
t element, rig
t dialog open
rement folde
earching mea
ments will be
m the list and
successfully
y adding a so
and triggers
ant informati
Output elem
deally, the K
cit form as p

PIs
sure all elem
ght-click on t
ns.
er whose con
asurement fil
e displayed in
d click OK.
run, there is
ort element to
if using the s
ion. You can
ment and dese
KPI should pr
possible.
ments are of
he Workben
ntents will be
les. Type the
n the list belo
a good oppo
o the KPI to
state machin
also hide irr
electing the i
roduce only t
green color
ch backgrou
displayed as
e measureme
ow.
ortunity for fi
make the res
e, or further
relevant colu
irrelevant co
he target dat
(operational)
und, and sele
s a list in the
ent name in t
ine-tuning th
sults more e
filtering the
umns in the o
lumns on the
ta without an
371
), connect th
ect Run Scrip
e field below.
the field and
e KPI based
xplicit, defini
data if the
output data s
e Results ta
ny irrelevant

e
pt


on
ing
et
b
37

72
S
To
th

Th
Co
To
Th
To


Saving K
o save the K
e Workbenc
Note: In o
and comp
he saved KP
omponents
o add a comp
he Compone
o open the co
KPIs as C
PI as a comp
h backgroun
rder for the
plete with Pa

PI component
.
ponent to a K
ent Type dialo
omponent as
Compon
ponent that c
nd and select
component
arameter and
t can be foun

KPI, drag an
og opens.
s a single ele

nents
can later be r
t Save Comp
t to work pr
d Output ele
nd from the m
d drop the co

ement, selec
reused as pa
ponent from
operly as pa
ements whe
menu structu
omponent to
ct Single com
Nemo A
art of more co
the popup m
art of a KPI,
en saved.
ure on the rig
o the Workbe
mponent and
Analyze Us
complex KPIs
menu.
it must be
ght, under the
ench.
d click OK.
ser Manual
s, right-click o
operational
e menu item

on
SH

HORTCUT
To
pa
Fo
ele
S
To
sc

Th
Na
KEYS
o open the co
arts of the co
or editing the
ement above
Saving C
o save a KPI
cript is not op
he Analyze W
ame defines
omponent in
omponent, se
e properties o
e.
Custom K
, right-click o
perational, th

Wizard – Pro
a name for
multiple-ele
elect Multiple
of individual
KPIs
on the Workb
he Save optio
operties dia
the KPI. Nam

ement format
e nodes (wi
KPI element
bench backg
on will not be
alog opens.
me is display
t that allows y
ll reset mod

ts, see the to
ground and s
e displayed in

yed in the Pa
you to edit th
del) and click
opic pertainin
elect Save fr
n the popup
arameter Tree
he properties
k OK.
ng to the rele
rom the popu
menu.
e under the
373
s of individua
evant KPI
up menu. If t
User item.

al
the
37

74
Ti
W
De
cli
Se

Th
In
vie
Th

R
Go
th
W
Th


itle defines a
Workbench
escription d
icking the KP
elect Next.
he Analyze W
the Column
ews. These s
he saved cus
Reopenin
o to the Use
e KPI Workb
Workbench.
he Compone
a title for the
defines a des
PI in the Para
Wizard – Co
n Aliases dia
settings are
stom KPI can
ng Custo
r item in the
bench. Selec
ent Type dialo
KPI. Title is
scription for t
ameter Tree
olumn Aliase
alog you can
optional. Clic
n be found in
om KPIs
Parameter T
ct the KPI you
og opens.
displayed wh
the KPI. The
and selectin
es dialog op
n define how
ck Finish.
n the Parame
s for Ed
Tree. Select V
u want to op

hen the KPI
description o
ng Descriptio
pens.

the retrieved
eter Tree und
iting
View | KPI W
en for editing
Nemo A
has been dra
of a KPI can
on from the p
d data is disp
der the User
Workbench
g and drag a
Analyze Us
agged and d
be accesse
popup menu
played in the
r item.
in the Ribbo
and drop it to
ser Manual
dropped to th
d by right-
u.
various data
nbar to open
the

e
a
n
SH

HORTCUT

To
cli
Fo
ele

















KEYS
o open the co
ick OK.
or editing the
ement above
omponent in
e properties o
e.
a format tha
of individual

at allows edit
KPI element
ting, select M

ts, see the to
Multiple nod
opic pertainin
des (will rese
ng to the rele
375
et model) an
evant KPI

nd
37

76
D
Th
m
ex
pr
K

In
(e
po
ac
M
To
dr
D
To
fie
Defining
he Properties
ethod and va
xecution me
rocess, thes
KPI execut
Note: Unle
simultaneo
Measurem
some speci
e.g. mobile an
ossible when
ccommodate
easurement
o disable the
rop-down me
efining va
o define valu
eld in the bot
KPI Exe
s control in th
alue constan
ethod, or if y
se both shou
ion metho
ess accompl
ously on all
ent=True.
al cases, it m
nd scanner f
n Execute Pe
e these situat
t to be disab
e method Exe
enu.
alue const
ues that can b
ttom right cor
ecution M
he bottom rig
nts. If the int
you wish to
uld be done
od
lishing a pa
measureme

may be neces
files from the
er Measurem
tions, Nemo
led.
ecute Per M

tants
be referred to
rner of the sc
Method
ght corner of
tended purp
define value
e before beg
articular ope
ent files, alw
ssary to crea
e same meas
ment = true
Analyze allo
Measuremen
o in scripts w
creen and se
and Va
f the screen a
pose of the n
e constants
ginning to de
eration spec
ways use the
ate a KPI tha
surement ses
because the
ows the KPI e
t, select Fals
with a referen
elect Add Co
Nemo A
lue Con
allows you to
new KPI call
s for use dur
efine the ac
ifically requ
e KPI execu
at correlates d
ssion). This k
e files are pro
execution me
se from the E
nce, right-clic
onstant from
Analyze Us
nstants
o define the K
ls for switch
ring the KPI
ctual KPI.
uires execut
ution method
data from se
kind of correl
ocessed one
ethod Execu
Execute Per
ck on the em
m the popup m
ser Manual
KPI executio
hing the KPI
I creation

ting the que
d Execute P
eparate files
lation is not
at a time. To
ute Per
r Measurem
mpty Constan
menu.

on
I
ery
Per
o
ent
nts
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Na
sc
Cl

Th
Cl
pr
Th
of
ins

KEYS
he Add Cons
ame defines
creenshot be
lick OK.
he Constants
lick the conte
ress Enter.
he constant e
f various KPI
stead of the
stant dialog o
the referenc
elow) in a scr
s field now d
ent field (on t
example can
elements. F
actual value

opens.
ce string whic
ript. In script,
isplays a row

the right of th
n now be refe
For example,
10000.


ch is replace
the usage o
w with the ref
he reference
erred to with
when defini
ed by the con
of the referen
ference strin
e string), ente
the string {$
ng a filter ele

nstant value
nce string exa
g example.
er the consta
$example} w
ement, the re
(e.g. 10000,
xample is {$e
ant value (e.g
when defining
eference strin
377
see
example}.
g. 10000), an
g the properti
ng can be us

nd
ies
sed
37

78
U
C
Fi
ins
sc
Th
to
fo
co
To
Co
bu
a
Ri








Use Case
Condition
lter makes it
stance, a filte
crambling co
he following
the ranges
rmat: (scr. c
ode <=88 AN
o add a Filter
onnect the d
utton down o
connector lin
ight-click the
e 21.: C
ns
t possible to
er for Scram
des than 1 a
example cre
12-21, 29-30
code<=21 AN
ND scr. code
r element to
ata set to the
on the output
ne from the d
e Filter eleme
Creating
filter out all t
bling Code <
and 2.
ates a filter t
0, and 74-88.
ND scr. cod
e >= 74).
the KPI, dra
e upper (i.e.
socket of ea
data set outp
ent and selec
Comple
the values in
<=2 would A
that filters ou
. As a formul
e > 11) OR (
g and drop t
input) socke
ach data set
put socket to
ct Properties

ex Filters
n a data set t
AND Scramb
ut all scrambl
la, the logic c
(scr. code<=
he Filter ele
ets of the Filte
and holding
the input soc
s from the po
Nemo A
s Using
hat do not fu
ling Code >0
ling codes ot
can be prese
=30 AND scr
ment to the W
er element b
down the mo
cket of the F
opup menu.
Analyze Us
Multiple
ulfill a defined
0 would filter
ther than tho
ented in the f
r. code >= 2
Workbench.
by pressing th
ouse button
Filter element
ser Manual
e
d condition. F
r out all othe
ose belonging
following
29) OR (scr.

he left mouse
while draggi
t.

For
r
g
e
ng
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Cl
Th
De
Th
To
KEYS
he Filter tab
lick the Add
he Condition
efine the first
he Propertie
o add anothe
of the Prope
button to ad
n dialog ope
t condition, e
es dialog now
er condition,
erties dialog
d a filter.
ns.
e.g. scr. cod
w displays th
click Add.

g opens.


de <= 21, and
he defined co

d select OK.
ondition.
379
38

80
Th
De
Th
Th
fo
as
th
filt
no
th
AN
fo
co






he Condition
efine the sec
he Propertie
he first of the
llows that of
s the first alre
ere can be o
ter that can a
odes of equa
e two remain
ND scr. cod
rmula is rest
ode<=30 AN
n dialog ope
cond conditio
es dialog now
e three value
a binary tree
eady defined
only one ava
accommodat
al importance
ning conditio
de >= 74) as
tructured in t
ND scr. code
ns.
on, e.g. scr. c
w displays th
ranges, i.e.
e, and thus o
d condition pa
ilable node le
te also situat
e are needed
n pairs, i.e. (
children to th
he following
e >= 29) OR

code > 11, a
he two condit

12-21, has n
one node can
air takes up
eft on that le
tions where t
d, one for eac
(scr. code<=
he remaining
manner: (sc
(scr. code <
and select O
tions.
now been de
n always hav
one of the tw
vel. Howeve
there are val
ch value rang
=30 AND sc
g free higher-
cr. code<=21
<=88 AND sc
Nemo A
K.
efined. The lo
ve only two c
wo possible n
er, in order fo
ues from onl
ge. We can a
r. code >= 2
-level node.
1 AND scr. c
cr. code >=
Analyze Us
ogic of the fil
child nodes. I
nodes on the
or us to be ab
ly one of the
accomplish t
29) and (scr.
In practice, t
code > 11) O
74)).
ser Manual
ter element
In other word
e highest leve
ble to create
ranges, thre
this by addin
code <=88
the original
OR ((scr.

ds,
el,
a
ee
g
SH

HORTCUT
Ne
cr
De
Th
se
ch











KEYS
ext, the seco
reate the sec
efine the con
he new cond
elected befor
hild nodes.)
ond higher-le
cond higher le
ndition, e.g. s
dition is autom
re clicking the
evel node is c
evel node, se
scr. code <=
matically add
e Add button

created as a
elect one of

30, in the Co
ded as the se
n in the prev

parent for th
the two exist
ondition dia
econd higher
ious phase a
he remaining
ting condition
alog and click
r-level node.
already conta
g two conditio
ns and click
k OK.
(This is bec
ained the ma
381
on pairs. To
Add.
ause the nod
aximum of tw

de
wo
38

82
As
th
To
po
Th
Ne
30






s the filter sh
e ranges, the
o change the
opup menu.
he operator i
ext, to comp
0, and click A
hould be able
e logical ope
e logical oper
s changed to
lete the seco
Add. Define t
e to accomm
erator betwee
rator, right-cl
o OR.
ond condition
the condition
odate also s
en the two hi

lick on the op

n pair, select
n, i.e. scr. co
ituations whe
igher-level no
perator and s
t the previous
de >= 29, in
Nemo A
ere there are
odes must be
select the int
sly created c
the Conditio
Analyze Us
e values from
e changed to
tended opera
condition, i.e.
on dialog an
ser Manual
m only one of
o OR.
ator from the
. scr. code <
nd click OK.

f
e
<=
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Ag
on
To
cli
De







KEYS
he second co
gain, as the f
ne of the ran
o create the
ick Add.
efine the con
ondition pair
filter should b
ges, the logi
remaining co
ndition, i.e. s
is completed
be able to ac
cal operator
ondition pair,
cr. code >=

d.

ccommodate
must be cha
, i.e. 74-88, s

74, in the Co
e also situatio
anged to OR
select one of
ondition dia
ons where th
.
f the conditio
alog and click
here are valu
ons in the late
k OK.
383
es from only
est pair and

y
38

84
A
Ne
an
Th
Cl








new level is
ext, to comp
nd click Add
he properties
lick OK to re
added autom
lete the third
. Define the c
s of the filter
turn to the W
matically to t
d condition pa
condition, i.e
element are
Workbench vi
the binary tre

air, select the
e. scr. code
now comple

iew.
ee.
e previously
<=88, in the
ete.
Nemo A
created cond
Condition d
Analyze Us
dition, i.e. sc
dialog and cl
ser Manual
cr. code >= 7
ick OK.

74,
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Te
to
th
Th
inf















KEYS
he Filter elem
est the opera
add more e
e popup men
he Select Me
formation on
ment change
ation of the K
lements), rig
nu.
easurement
n the Select M
s color from
KPI this far by
ght-clicking o
t dialog open
Measuremen

red to green
y connecting
n the Workb
ns. Select a m
nt dialog, see
n, which mea

g it to the Ou
ench backgr
measuremen
e Running an
ans that it is o
tput elemen
round and se
nt from the lis
nd Testing KP
operational.
nt (even if you
electing Run
st and click O
PIs on p. 37
385
u are still goi
Script from
OK. For more
1.

ing
e
386 Nemo Analyze User Manual

Use Case22.: Creating a KPI for Dropped Calls Resulting from
a Missing Handover

This use case describes the steps for creating a KPI for dropped calls resulting from a missing
handover.

To open the KPI Workbench, select View | KPI Workbench from the Ribbonbar.

Step 1: Planning and Adding Parameters

First you need to consider what parameters would be the best indicators of a missing handover. This
sort of situations can occur for instance in downtown areas where a corner of a building may instantly
block the coverage of the serving cell, giving it no time to signal the next cell of a handover. Typically,
when a missing handover occurs, two parameters are affected almost simultaneously: block error ratio
value rises and the Ec/N0 value of the active set falls below that of the monitored set. With the latter
case, you need to consider what kind of calculation and which parameters are needed to produce this
sort of value.

Thus, the relevant parameters are BLER and, to be able to compare the Ec/N0 value of the active set
to the absolute best Ec/N0 value of both the active and monitored sets, both Ec/N0 best active set and
Ec/N0 1. best. In other words, if Ec/N0 1. best is better than Ec/N0 best active set, the handover has
not occurred. The value can be produced by subtracting Ec/N0 1. best from Ec/N0 active set. In other
words, if the result of the subtraction of Ec/N0 1. best from Ec/N0 best active set is smaller than zero,
a better Ec/N0 value exists than that of the active set.

Isolating missing handovers from the data will be necessary in order for it to be possible to correlate
missing handovers with dropped calls. This is best achieved by using the state machine. Missing
handover will be defined as a state and thus isolated from the data. In addition to this state, the
operation of the state machine requires also an idle state to make the transitions from state to state
possible. As Bad BLER values by necessity precede missing handovers, a state for Bad BLER might
also be useful. Thus, the state machine will use three states: OK, Bad BLER, and Missing handover.

For the transitions to occur from state to state, you have to decide what values will trigger them. In
other words, what value is considered good, bad, etc. and which transition it will trigger. For the
purposes of this use case, a BLER value that is greater or equal to 20 is considered bad and an Ec/N0
difference that is smaller than zero is considered to signify a missing handover.

Thus, the transition from the ‘normal’ state OK to the missing handover prerequisite state Bad BLER
should be triggered by a bad BLER value (i.e. when BLER is greater or equal to 20). For the transition
to occur from Bad BLER to the actual Missing handover, also the Ec/N0 difference will have to be
smaller than zero. If however either one of the trigger values improves, the state machine should
return to the relevant state. Thus three more transitions are needed, one for returning from the state
Bad BLER if BLER improves, one for returning from the state Missing Handover to Bad BLER if the
Ec/N0 difference value improves but the BLER value remains bad, and one to return from the state
Missing handover straight to the state OK if BLER improves.

SH

HORTCUT
It
th
op

It
co


















O
ne
of

Fr
to
KEYS
is very impo
e transitions
peration of th
is also recom
omplete with
nce the miss
ecessary to c
f the dropped
rom the Para
the Workbe
rtant that the
to the state
he state mac
mmended to
trigger value
sing handove
correlate the
d calls in the
ameter Tree,
nch.
OK
ere is always
are not fulfill
hine.
always plan
es. See an ex
ers have bee
missing han
data occurre
drag and dr
BLER <
BLER >=2

s a returning
led anymore
the operatio
xample belo
en isolated fro
ndover event
ed while a ha
rop the param
Bad BL
<20
20
transition fro
e. This ensure
on of the stat
w.
om the data
ts with the pa
andover was
meters BLER
LER
Ec/N0 diff
Ec/N0
om each state
es accurate
e machine in
using the sta
arameter Cal
missing.
R, Ec/N0 bes

h
erence >0
0 difference
<0
e in case the
results and t
n the form of
ate machine
ll dropped to
st active and
Missing
handover
BLER <20
387
e conditions o
the correct
f a flow chart

, it will be
find out if an
Ec/N0 Nth b

of
t,
ny
best
38

88


W
Fi

M

St

Ne
ta
da
oc
da

Fr
dr
be

When you dra
lters dialog
ake sure the
tep 2: Com
ext, as the m
kes place to
ata sets have
ccur simultan
ata sets.
rom the Corr
rag connecto
est to its inpu
g and drop t
opens.
e Value field
mbining ra
mathematical
be found wi
e to be comb
neously, we c
relations men
or lines from
ut sockets by
he paramete
contains the
aw data se
function Sub
thin the sam
bined into a s
can use the c
nu, drag and
the output so
y holding the
er Ec/N0 Nth
e value 1 and
ets
btraction req
me data set, to
single data se
correlation A
drop All Va
ockets of the
left mouse b
h best to the W

d select Finis
quires the two
o calculate th
et. As we are
All Values Wi
lues Within
e parameters
button down.
Nemo A
Workbench,
sh.
o values betw
he Ec/N0 diff
e interested i
thin Time Ra
Time Range
s Ec/N0 best

Analyze Us
the Analyze
ween which
fference, the
in two Ec/N0
ange to comb
e to the Wor
active set an
ser Manual
e Wizard –
the operation
two parame
0 values that
bine the two
rkbench and
nd Ec/N0 Nth

n
ter
h
SH

HORTCUT
St

Fr
W

KEYS
tep 3: Add
rom the Math
Within Time R
ding Oper
h menu, drag
Range to it.
rations
g and drop S

Subtraction ( (-) to the Wo

rkbench andd connect All
389
l Values


39

90
Ri
dia



Fr
1.
At
int
eit

Fr
dif

ight-click on
alog opens.
rom the Left
best Ec/N0
t this point, th
to a single d
ther of the se
rom the Corr
ifference to it
the Subtrac
column drop
. Leave the R
here are two
ata set, you
ets, namely U
relations me
t.
ction elemen
p-down menu
Right value
input data s
need to sele
Union.
enu, drag and
nt and select

u, select ec/n
field empty.
sets: BLER a
ect a correlat
d drop Union
Properties f
no. From the
Type Ec/N0
and Ec/N0 dif
ion method t
n to the Wor
Nemo A
from the pop
e Right colum
0 difference to
fference. To
that does not
kbench and
Analyze Us
pup menu. Th
mn drop-dow
o the Result
combine the
t remove any
connect BLE

ser Manual
he Propertie
n menu, sele
t title field.
ese data sets
y data from
ER and Ec/N

es
ect
s
N0
SH


HORTCUT
To
W
dia
wo


Fr
m
tim











KEYS
o test the out
Workbench ba
alog opens.
orkbook.
rom the outp
erged, the ro
me, you need
tput at this p
ackground an
Select a mea
ut grid, it is e
ows are not o
d to sort the
oint, connec
nd select Ru
asurement fr
evident that a
ordered by ti
data set befo

ct the Union
un Script from
rom the list a
although the
me. As most
ore performin
element to th
m the popup
and click OK
two tables a
t operations
ng any furthe
he Output el
menu. The S
. The output
and their time
require the in
er operations
lement, right
Select Meas
grid opens a
e columns ha
nput data to
s on it.
391
t-click on the
surement
as a new

ave been
be ordered b


by
39

92
Fr
th
Ri

Th


Se
rom the Sort
e Union elem
ight-click on
he Propertie
elect time fro
ting menu, d
ment to it.
the Ascend
es dialog ope
om the Colu
drag and drop
ing sort elem
ens.
mn drop-dow
p the Ascen
ment and sel

wn menu and
ding sort ele
ect Properti
d click OK.
Nemo A
ement to the
es from the
Analyze Us
Workbench
drop-down m
ser Manual
and connect

menu.

t
SH

HORTCUT
Th






















KEYS
he Ascendinng sort eleme ent is now op

perational.
393


39

94
To
cli
M


Th















o test the out
ick on the W
easurement
he output gri
tput again at
Workbench ba
dialog open
d is now ord
t this point, c
ackground an
s. Select a m
ered accordi
connect the A
nd select Ru
measuremen
ing to time.
Ascending so
n Script from
t from the lis
Nemo A
ort element to
m the popup
st and click O
Analyze Us
o the Output
menu. The S
OK.
ser Manual
element, rig
Select


ght-
SH

HORTCUT
Fr
As


Ri


















KEYS
rom the Ope
scending so
ight-click on
rations men
ort element to
the State Ma
nu, drag and
o it.
achine elem

drop State M
ment and sele
Machine to t
ect Propertie
the Workben
es from the d
nch and conn
drop-down m
395
nect the

menu.

39

96
Th


Se


To

In
cli










he Propertie
elect Add. T
o create a sta
the Properti
ick OK.
es dialog ope
he State dial
ate called OK
ies dialog, cl
ens.
log opens.
K, type OK to
ick Add aga


o the Name
in. In the Sta
field and clic
ate dialog, ty
Nemo A
ck OK.
pe Bad BLE
Analyze Us
ER to the Nam
ser Manual
me field and

SH

HORTCUT
Ag
fie


Al
ca
po

Ne
St
fro

An


To





KEYS
gain, in the P
eld and click
l states have
ase, select th
oint for the op
ext, define a
tate (i.e. the
om the State
n empty Stat
o create a tra
Properties dia
OK.
e now been c
he state OK f
peration of th
condition th
state OK) to
es field, and
te dialog ope
ansition from
alog, click Ad
created. As t
from the Initi
he state mac
at has to be
the state Ba
click Modify
ens. The nam
m the state OK

dd. In the St

the state OK
ial state dro
chine.
fulfilled in or
ad BLER. To
y.
me of the stat

K to another
tate dialog, ty
serves the f
p-down men
rder for the s
define trans
te, i.e. OK, is
state, click A
ype Missing
function of th
nu. This defin
tate machine
sitions from th
s displayed in
Add.
g handover t
he idle state i
nes OK as th
e to move fro
he state OK,
n the Name f
397
to the Name
n this use
he starting
om the Initial
, select OK
field.


39

98
Th


Ne
th
an

Th


Ne
Fo
ha
m
th

W












he Transition
ext, define th
e Target dro
nd the output
he Condition
ext, define th
or the purpos
as to be 20 o
enu, select >
e Value field
When the con
n dialog open
he target stat
op-down men
t should not
dialog open
he condition
ses of this us
or more. To d
>= (i.e. great
d.
dition has be
ns.
te (i.e. the st
nu. Because
include any d
ns.
that causes t
se case, it ha
define this as
ter or equal)
een defined,
tate to which
the only rele
data from the
the transition
as been deci
s a transition
from the Op
click OK to r
the transitio
evant state in
e state OK, l
n to occur fro
ded that for
condition, se
erator drop-
return to the
Nemo A
n occurs) by
n terms of the
eave the Ou
om the state
a BLER valu
elect bler fro
-down menu,
Transition d
Analyze Us
y selecting B
e KPI is Miss
utput field em
OK to the st
ue to be cons
om the Colum
, and type th
ialog.
ser Manual
ad BLER fro
sing handove
mpty.
tate Bad BLE
sidered bad,
mn drop-dow
e value 20 to

om
er
ER.
it
wn
o
SH

HORTCUT
Th


As
BL

In


As
re










KEYS
he condition
s there is no
LER, click O
the State di
s there is no
eturn to the P
bler >= 20 is
need to defi
K in the Tran
alog, the tran
need to defi
Properties dia
s now displa
ne any more
nsition dialog
nsition to Ba
ne any more
alog.

yed in the C
e conditions f
g to return to
d BLER is no

e transitions f
onditions fiel
for the transi
the State di
ow displayed
from the stat
ld.
tion from the
alog.
d in the Trans
te OK, click O
e state OK to
sitions field.
OK in the Sta
399
o the state Ba
ate dialog to

ad
40

00
To
M


Ag
fie


Tw
th
M
th

To






o define tran
odify button
gain, an emp
eld.
wo transition
e BLER valu
issing hando
an 0.
o create a ne
sitions from
n.
pty State dial
s are needed
ue is less tha
over if the Ec
ew transition
the state Bad
log opens. T
d from the st
an 20 again, a
c/N0 differenc
, click Add in
d BLER, sele

The name of t

tate Bad BLE
and another
ce between t
n the State d
ect Bad BLE
the state, i.e
ER: one that
to move from
the best acti
dialog.
Nemo A
ER in the Pro
. Bad BLER,
returns to th
m the state B
ve set and th
Analyze Us
operties dialo
, is displayed
he initial state
Bad BLER to
he absolute b
ser Manual
og, and click
d in the Nam
e OK in case
o the state
best set is le

the
e
e
ss
SH

HORTCUT


Th


Ne
ha
M
O

Th


De
Co
th

W

Th


Cl
KEYS
he Transition
ext, define th
andover from
issing hando
utput field em
he Condition
efine the con
olumn drop-
e value 20 to
When the con
he condition
lick OK to re
n dialog open
he target stat
m the Target
over and the
mpty. Click th
dialog open
ndition for the
-down menu
o the Value f
dition has be
bler < 20 is
turn to the S
ns.
te (i.e. the st
t drop-down m
output shou
he Add butto
ns.
e transition fr
, select < (i.e
field.
een defined,
now displaye
State dialog.


tate to which
menu. Becau
ld not includ
on.
rom the state
e. smaller tha
click OK to r
ed in the Co
the transitio
use the only
e any data fr
e Bad BLER
an) from the
return to the
nditions field
n occurs) by
relevant stat
rom the state
to the state
Operator dr
Transition d
d.
y selecting M
te in terms o
e Bad BLER,
OK. Select b
rop-down me
ialog.
401
Missing
of the KPI is
, leave the
bler from the
enu, and type

e
e
40

02


Th


Cl

Th


Ne
ha
M
O

Th


De
Ec
dr

W

he transition
lick Add to a
he Transition
ext, define th
andover from
issing hando
utput field em
he Condition
efine the con
c/N0 differen
rop-down me
When the con
from Bad BL
add a transitio
n dialog open
he target stat
m the Target
over and the
mpty. Click th
dialog open
ndition for the
nce from the
enu, and type
dition has be
LER to OK is
on from Bad
ns.
te (i.e. the st
t drop-down m
output shou
he Add butto
ns.

e transition fr
e Column dr
e the value 0
een defined,
s displayed in
BLER to Mi

tate to which
menu. Becau
ld not includ
on.
rom the state
rop-down me
0 to the Value
click OK to r
n the Transit
ssing handov
the transitio
use the only
e any data fr
e Bad BLER
enu, select <
e field.
return to the
Nemo A
ions field of t
ver.
n occurs) by
relevant stat
rom the state
to the state
(i.e. smaller
Transition d
Analyze Us
the State dia
y selecting M
te in terms o
e Bad BLER,
Missing han
r than) from t
ialog.
ser Manual
alog.
Missing
of the KPI is
, leave the
dover. Selec
he Operator

ct
r
SH

HORTCUT
Th
th


As
th

In
th


As
dia

KEYS
he Transition
e Transition
s there is no
e Transition
the State di
e Transitions
s there is no
alog to return
n dialog open
dialog.
need to defi
dialog to ret
alog, the tran
s field.
need to defi
n to the Prop
ns with the co
ne any more
urn to the St
nsitions to th
ne any more
perties dialog

ondition Ec/N

e conditions f
tate dialog.
he states Bad

e transitions f
g.

N0 differenc
for transition
d BLER and
from the stat
ce displayed
s from the st
Missing hand
te Bad BLER
in the Cond
tate Bad BLE
dover are no
R, click OK in
403
itions field of
ER, click OK
ow displayed
n the State

f
K in
d in
40

04
To
dia


Th


Tw
ca
th
gr

To












o define tran
alog and clic
he State dial
wo transition
ase the BLER
e state Bad
reater or equ
o create a ne
sitions from
ck the Modify
og opens.
s are needed
R value is les
BLER if the
ual to 0.
ew transition
the state Mis
y button.
d from the st
ss than 20 ag
Ec/N0 differe
, click Add.
ssing handov


tate Missing
gain, and an
ence betwee
ver, select M
handover: o
other to mov
en the best ac
Nemo A
issing hand
ne that retur
ve from the s
ctive set and
Analyze Us
dover in the
rns to the init
state Missing
d the absolut
ser Manual
Properties
tial state OK
g handover to
e best set is

in
o
SH

HORTCUT
Th


De
dr
na

O

Th


De
dr
20















KEYS
he Transition
efine the targ
rop-down me
ame Missing
nce the targe
he Condition
efine the tran
rop-down me
0 to the Valu
n dialog open
get state (i.e
enu. As the o
g handover t
et state has
dialog open
nsition from t
enu, select <
ue field. Once
ns.
. the state to
output should
to the Outpu
been defined
ns.
the state Mis
(i.e. smaller
e the conditio


o which the tr
d include the
ut field.
d, click Add

ssing handov
r than) from t
on has been
ransition occ
data from th
to add a con
ver to the sta
the Operator
defined, clic
urs) by selec
he state Miss
dition for the
ate OK. Selec
r drop-down
ck OK to retu
cting OK from
sing handove
e transition.
ct bler from t
menu, and t
urn to the Sta
405
m the Target
er, enter the
the Column
type the valu
ate dialog.

t
ue
40

06
Th

W

Th


As
dia

Th


he condition
When the tran
he transition
s one more t
alog.
he Transitio
bler < 20 is
nsition has be
to OK is now
transition is n
n dialog ope
now displaye
een defined,
w displayed i
needed from
ens.
ed in the Co

click OK to r
in the Transi

the state Mi

nditions field
return to the
tions field of
ssing hando
Nemo A
d of the Trans
State dialog
the State dia
ver, click the
Analyze Us
sition dialog.
g.
alog.
e Add button
ser Manual

n in the State

e
SH

HORTCUT
De
Ta
th

Ne
Ba

Th


Se
O
de


Cl
















KEYS
efine the targ
arget drop-d
e name Miss
ext, click Ad
ad BLER.
he Condition
elect Ec/N0 d
perator drop
efined, click O
lick OK to re
get state (i.e
own menu. A
sing handov
d to define th
dialog open
difference fr
p-down menu
OK to return
turn to the S
. the state to
As the outpu
ver to the Ou
he condition
ns.
rom the Colu
u, and enter
to the Trans
State dialog.

o which the tr
ut should incl
utput field.
for the trans
umn drop-do
the value 0 t
sition dialog.

ransition occ
ude the data
sition from th
own menu, s
to the Value

urs) by selec
a from the sta
e state Missi
elect >= (i.e.
field. When
cting Bad BL
ate Missing h
ing handove
. greater or e
the conditio
407
LER from the
handover, en
r to the state
equal) from th
n has been

e
nter
e
he
40

08



Th


Cl
St

Th
ev
th

Dr

he transition
lick the OK b
tate Machine
he states wh
vents where
e KPI.
rag and drop
to Bad BLER
button to retu
e element is
ere the BLE
missing han
p the parame
R is now disp
urn to the Pro
now operatio
R value rises
dovers lead
eter Call drop
played in the

operties dialo
onal.
s and a hand
to dropped c
pped from the
e Transitions
og. Click the
dover is miss
calls, we nee
e Parameter
Nemo A
field of the S
OK button in
sing have now
ed to add the
r Tree to the
Analyze Us
State dialog.
n the Proper
w been isola
e parameter C
KPI Workbe
ser Manual
rties dialog. T
ated. To find
Call dropped
nch.

The
the
d to
SH

HORTCUT
As
ha
Ra

Dr
W
dr
se

Co
Co
Ra

KEYS
s the only rel
andover, the
ange.
rag and drop
Workbench. F
ropped call e
et and the pa
onnect the st
onnect the p
ange elemen
levant dropp
most optima
p an All Value
or the outpu
events that oc
arameter Cal
tate machine
arameter Ca
nt to the Outp
ed calls in te
al correlation
es Within Tim
t data set to
ccur during t
ll dropped the
e to the leftm
all dropped to
put element.

erms of the K
n for combinin
me Range el
include all M
these time ra
e secondary
most input soc
o the next so

KPI are the o
ng these two
ement from
Missing hand
anges, the sta
one.
cket of the A
ocket. Finally
nes that occ
o data sets is
the Correlati
over time ran
ate machine
All Values Wit
, connect the

cur during the
s All Values W
ions menu to
nges and on
has to be th
thin Time Ra
e All Values
409
e state Missin
Within Time
o the KPI
ly those
he primary da
ange elemen
Within Time

ng
ata
nt.
41

0
St

To
Th
cli

tep 4: Run
o run the KP
he Select Me
ick OK.
nning and
I, right-click o
easurement
Testing t
on the Workb
t dialog open
the KPI
bench backg
ns. Select the
ground and s
e measureme
Nemo A
select Run S
ent file you w
Analyze Us
Script from th
want to run th
ser Manual

he popup me
he KPI on an

enu.
nd
SH

HORTCUT
Th
if t
dis


To


Th


En

KEYS
he final outpu
there are Ca
splayed as w
o save the cu
he Analyze W
nter Droppe
ut includes o
all dropped e
well.
ustom KPI fo
Wizard – Pro
d calls resu
only the rows
vents within
or later use, r
operties dia
ulting from m

s with Missing
the time ran
right-click on
alog opens.
missing han
g handover e
ge of the Mis
the Workbe

ndover to the
events from t
ssing handov
nch backgro
e Name and
the measure
ver events, t
ound and sele
Title fields a
411
ement data, a
hese will be

ect Save.
and click Nex

and
xt.
412 Nemo Analyze User Manual

The Analyze Wizard - Column Aliases dialog opens. Click Finish. The KPI can now be found in the
in the Parameter Tree under the User item.





SH

O
HORTCUT
OTHER
E
Co
va
nu
Co
In
by
co
KEYS
R TAS
EDITING
olor sets are
alues. This m
umerical data
olor set edit
the Color S
y selecting th
olor set, doub
SKS
G COL
used to colo
makes it easie
a views to hig
tor.
Set Editor dia
he Type and
ble-click on t
OR SE
or the measu
er to spot pro
ghlight certa
alog you will
Group. You
he color set.

ETS
urement rout
oblem areas
in data. To e
see a list of
u can also se

e and BTS ic
on a map. C
edit and crea
all existing c
earch for a co
cons on a ma
Color sets ca
te color sets
color sets. Yo
olor set by its
ap based on
an also be us
s, select View
ou can sort t
s name. To e

413
parameter
sed in grid an
w | Tools |
the color sets
edit an existin

nd

s
ng
41

4
In

Im
It
O
In
Th
the Color S
mporting
is possible to
ld Color Set
the Import
he imported
Set Propertie
g Color S
o import colo
ts. In the Op
Color Sets d
color sets ar
es dialog you
Sets
or sets from N
pen dialog, br
dialog, selec
re added in th
u can edit the
Nemo Analyz
rowse the co
ct the color se
he Color Set
e settings for

ze 4.0 and N
olor set file (.
ets that you w

t Editor.
Name
color

Selec
items
be as

Type
color
gradi
and T
sort th
Edito

Value
value
assoc
Nemo A
r each color s
Nemo Outdoo
csf) you wan
would like to
e and Short N
set.
ct from the G
s with which t
ssociated.
defines wha
set is used w
ient, or strin
Type settings
he color sets
r dialog.
es table displ
e ranges and
ciated with th
Analyze Us
set. Click Mo
or. Select Fil
nt to import a
o import and f
Name identif
Groups list the
the color set
at kind of dat
with, numeri
ng. The Grou
s can be use
s in the Color
lays the diffe
the colors
hem.
ser Manual
odify.
le | Import |
and click Ope
finally click O
fy the
e
will
a the
ical,
ups
d to
r Set
erent

en.
OK.
SH

HORTCUT
A
W
ap
an













O
se













KEYS
Automati
With Nemo An
ppear in the m
nd open a bla
n the Measu
elect a param
ic Gene
nalyze it is al
measuremen
ank map.
urements pa
meter that yo
ration of
so possible t
nt file. First g
age in the Wo
u want to plo

f Color S
to generate c
go to the Map
orkspace, cli
ot on the map
Sets
color sets au
ps page in th
ck on a mea
p, for examp
utomatically f
he Workspac
surement file
ple, RX level
from parame
ce by clicking
e. From the p
full, and drag
415
eter values th
g the icon
parameter tre
g it on the m

hat
n,
ee,
ap.
41

6
A
Ri
route is draw
ight-click on
wn on the ma
the map and
ap and it is c
d select Gen
colored by de
erate Color
efault by usin
Set from the
Nemo A
ng color rotat
e popup men
Analyze Us
tion.
nu.
ser Manual


SH

HORTCUT
In
Co
Ty
ad














KEYS
the Color S
olumn field,
ype a name a
dded. Finally
Set Wizard, s
select the pa
and a short n
y, click Finish
select the pa
arameter aga
name for the
h. The new c

arameter that
ain. Click Ne
e new color s
color set is ge
t you dragge
ext.
et. Also defin
enerated.
d on the map
ne in which g
p, e.g., RX le

group the co
417
evel full. In th
lor set will be

he
e
41

8
To
pa
an
Th
co
o apply the n
age, select B
nd the corres
he color set i
orresponding
new color set
Based on va
sponding par
is applied to
g values.
t on the route
lue as Mode
rameter in th
the route. Th
e, right-click
e and then th
e Scheme fi
he color lege
on the route
he color set y
ield (e.g., RX

end on the rig
Nemo A
and select P
you created (
X level full). C
ght displays t
Analyze Us
Properties. I
(e.g., RX lev
Click OK.
the colors an

ser Manual
In the Color
el full 2(dBm
nd the

m))
SH

HORTCUT
U
R
Th
is
Fi
Lo
KEYS
Use Case
Range
his use case
particularly u
rst open a bl
oaded view.
e 23.: A
explains how
useful when
lank map fro
It is assume
Automatic
w to generat
creating colo
m the Maps
ed that the m

c Gener
te a color set
or sets for, e
page in the
map has been
ration of
t automatica
e.g. scramblin
Workspace
n loaded to th
f Color S
lly for a value
ng code, cell
e by double-c
he Workspac
Set for a
e range. This
l id, and BSIC
clicking on a
ce from the M
419
a Value
s functionalit
C.
map in the
Map Folder.


ty
42

20
Ne
tha
ext, select a m
at you want t
measuremen
to plot on the
nt file from th
e map, for ex
he Workspac
xample, Cell
ce. From the
identification
Nemo A
e Parameter
n, and drag it
Analyze Us
Tree, select
t on the map
ser Manual
t a paramete
.

er
SH

HORTCUT
A
ap
th
Ne
Pr
KEYS
route is draw
ppears as sy
e Draw Mod
ext, right- clic
roperties dia
wn on the ma
ymbols, right-
de field. Click
ck on the Co
logue click A
ap. The route
-click on the
k OK.
olor Legend i
Add Range.

e is colored b
route, select
n the side pa
by default by
t Properties
anel and clic

y using color
, and on the
k on Edit Se
rotation. If th
Route page
elected. In th
421
he route
select Line i

he Color Set

in
42

22
In
th

Th
m


the Add Ran
e values. He
he new value
ore distinctly
nge dialogue
ere the value
e range for th
y on the map
e, you can de
range is fro

he color set h
p due to the u
efine a value
m 116731 to
has been cre
user-defined
e range for a
o 117419 with
eated. Now t
value range
Nemo A
new color se
h an interval
he various pa
.
Analyze Us
et, and the in
of 1. Click O
arameter va
ser Manual
nterval betwe
OK.
lues show


een
SH

HORTCUT
U
Th
Se
An
sta
KEYS
Use Case
his use case
elect View | T
n empty Colo
art defining t
e 24.: C
describes th
Tools | Colo
or Set Prope
the value ran
Creating
he steps for c
or set editor
rties dialog o
nges and colo

a Color
creating a ne
r. In the Colo
opens up. De
ors. Click the
Set
ew color set.
or Set Editor,
efine first the
e Add button

click the Ad
e settings at t
n.
dd button.

the top of the
423
e dialog. Nex

xt
42

24
In
ra






the Range P
ange. You ca
Properties d
n also write
dialog, select
a description

t the color an
n for the valu
nd then the u
ue range. Fin

Nemo A
upper and low
ally click OK
Analyze Us
wer limits of
K.
ser Manual
the value

SH

HORTCUT
Re
th
U
Th
| C
op
ty
Ne
m
Re
KEYS
epeat the ste
e Color Set E
Use Case
his use case
Color set ed
pens up. Typ
pe. Click the
ext define th
inimum valu
epeat the ste
ep until you h
Editor dialog
e 25.: C
describes th
ditor. In the C
pe a name fo
e Add button
e string that
e for the par
ep for the ma
have a comp
g.
Creating
he steps for c
Color Set Ed
r the color se
.
will be colore
ameter. You
aximum value

plete set of va
and App
creating and
itor, click the
et, and selec
ed. In the Va
u can also wr
e.
alues. Click O
plying a
applying a c
e Add button
ct in which gr

alue Propert
rite a descrip
OK and the n
Color S
color set on a
. An empty C
roup it is add
ties dialog, s
tion for the v
new color se

Set on M
a map. Selec
Color Set Pro
ded. Select g
select a color
value. Finally
425
et is added to
Map
ct View | Too
operties dialo
gradient as th
r and then th
y click OK.

o
ols
og
he
he
42

26



Th

Note that y
set will not
he defined va
you should a
t work prop
alues and co
always defin
erly.
olors are disp
ne the value

played in the
es from lowe
Color Set P

Nemo A
est to highe
Properties d
Analyze Us
est. Otherwi
ialog.
ser Manual
se the color

r
SH

HORTCUT
Cl
O
th
Pa
th
Ri


KEYS
lick OK and t
pen a blank
e Workspace
arameter tree
e map if the
ight-click on
the new colo
map, e.g. fro
e, select a m
e filter field, a
file contains
the route an
or set is adde
om the Maps
measurement
and drag the
location dat
d select Pro

ed to the Col
s page in the
t in the works
e parameter o
ta.
operties.
lor Set Edito
e Workspace
space. Type
on the map.
or dialog. Cli
, and on the
in Ec/N0 be
The measur
ick Close

Measureme
est active se
rement route
427
ents page of
et in the
appears on


f
42

28
In
Sc
se
Th
the Propert
cheme field,
et that was cr
he route will
ties dialog, g
select Ec/N0
reated earlie
be colored b
go to the Col
0 best active
er. Click OK.
based on the
lor page and
e set and in
set of rules
d select Base
the Color se

defined in th
Nemo A
ed on value
et field, selec
he new color
Analyze Us
as the Mode
ct the EcNo
set.
ser Manual
e. In the
gradient co

lor
SH

HORTCUT
U
Th
Se
Se
M
Ad
Ne
wi
Cl



KEYS
Use Case
his use case
elect View | T
et Properties
ake sure tha
dd button.
ext define th
ill be colored
lick OK.
e 26.: C
describes th
Tools | Colo
s dialog open
at the name o
e string that
d and select t
Creating
he steps for c
or set editor
ns up. Type a
of the new co
will be colore
the color use

and App
creating and
r. In the Colo
a name for th
olor set is no
ed. In the St
ed. You can a
plying a
applying a c
or Set Editor,
he color set,
ot already in u

tring Proper
also write a d

Color S
color set in a
click the Ad
and select in
use. Select s
rties dialog, t
description fo
Set in Gr
grid.
dd button. An
n which grou
string as the
type in the st
or the string.
429
rid
n empty Colo
up it is added
Type. Click
tring of text t


or
d.
the
that
43

30
Th
Cl



he new string
lick OK and t
g is displayed
the new colo
d in the Valu
or set is adde
ues field of th
ed to the Col
he Color Set

or Set Editor
Nemo A
t Properties
r dialog.
Analyze Us
s dialog.
ser Manual


SH

HORTCUT
O
filt
sig
Ri
KEYS
pen a Layer3
ter field. Righ
gnaling data
ight-click on
3 signaling g
ht-click the L
in a grid is o
the grid, and
grid. Select a
L3 signaling p
opened.
d select Prop

device in th
parameter, a

perties.
e Workspace
and select Op
e, and type L
pen in | Grid
L3 in the Par
d. A workboo
431
rameter tree
ok containing

g L3

43

32
Fr
dr
Th




rom the Colo
rop-down me
he signaling
or Sets tab o
enu the previ
messages d
of the Proper
ously create
efined in the
rties dialog,
ed color set a
e color set ar
select the co
and click OK.

e colored.
Nemo A
olumn Messa
.
Analyze Us
age Name an
ser Manual
nd from the


SH

HORTCUT
S
Th
m

To


Th













KEYS
SCHED
he Event Sch
easurement
o open Even
he Schedule
DULING
heduler make
files to be lo
t Scheduler,
er view open
G EVEN
es it possible
oaded to the
select View
s.

NTS
e to schedule
database au
w | Event Sch
e workbooks
utomatically f
heduler from
and reports
from a prede
m the Ribbon
to be run an
efined folder.
bar.
433
nd




43

34
To
po


Th


O





o add an eve
opup menu.
he Schedule
ne event bat
 Batch
 Start
 To def
events
ent, select a t
e Event Batc
tch can conta
h name defin
time defines
fine a recurri
s, see Defini
timeslot from
ch dialog ope
ain several e
nes a name fo
s a start time
ing batch, cli
ng Recurring
m the calenda
ens.
events that ar
for the batch
for the batch
ick the Recu
g Events on
ar, right-click

re being run
.
h.
urrence butto
page 444.
Nemo A
k over it, and
successively
on. For more
Analyze Us
select Add
y.
e information
ser Manual
Event from t

on recurring

the
g
SH





HORTCUT
Ad


De

Up

Do

R
Se
dia

M
KEYS
dd… enable
 Ev
 Ev
as
the
elete enable
p enables yo
own enables
Report E
electing Run
alog.
Measurement
s you to add
vent name d
vent type de
a KPI thresh
e Configure
es you to dele
ou to move a
s you to mov
Events
n Report as t
t folder defin
d events throu
efines a nam
fines the eve
hold alarm ev
button.
ete an event
an event up in
ve an event d
the Event Ty
nes the folde

ugh the Sche

me for the ev
ent as a repo
vent. To crea
.
n the batch.
down in the b
ype in the Sc
er on which th
edule Event
ent.
ort event, a w
ate and defin
batch.
chedule Eve
he report wil
dialog.
workbook eve
ne an event o
ent dialog op

l be run.
ent, a load fo
of the selecte
pens the Con
435
older event, o
ed type, click
nfigure Repo

or
k
ort
43



36

Up
in

Re

Re
M
O

Ex
te

Ex

Au

Ad
Cl

Se
re

Co
Cl


To

Su

M

Cl
Sy

pdate folder
the folder be
eport per m
eport file de
easurement
K.
xport, if sele
xt, text, and
xport folder
utogenerate
dditional Re
lose workbo
end email w
eport executio
onfigure em
licking the C
o defines the
ubject displa
Message allow
licking the A
ystem tab of
r before rep
efore running
measuremen
efines the rep
folder. To br
ected, enable
HTML.
r defines a de
e name gene
eport Scope
ook when re
when report
on.
mail allows yo
onfigure em
e recipient em
ays the defau
ws you to ed
dditional Re
f the Report
port executio
g the report.
t, if selected,
port that is to
rowse for a r
es automatic
estination fol
erates a filen
e Settings op
eport ready,
ready define
ou to define n
mail button in
mail address
ult subject lin
dit the automa
eport Scope
Scope dialo
on, if selecte

, runs the rep
o be run on th
report file, cli
export of sc
lder for the e
name for the
pens the Rep
if selected,
es an automa
notification e
n the Configu
.
ne of the noti
atic notificati
e Settings bu
og.
ed, checks wh
port on each
he measurem
ck the brows
cheduled repo
exported repo
exported file
port Scope d
automatically
atic notificati
email settings
ure Report d
ification ema
ion email.
utton in the C
Nemo A
hether there
measureme
ment files wit
se button, se
orts to PDF,
ort.
e automatical
ialog.
y closes the
on email to b
s.
dialog opens

ail.
Configure R
Analyze Us
are new me
ent file separ
thin the folde
elect a report
MS Excel, M
lly.
workbook af
be sent upon
s the Email d
Report dialog
ser Manual
easurement f
rately.
er defined in
t file and click
MS Word, Ric
fter export.
n scheduled
dialog.
g opens the

files
k
ch
SH


HORTCUT

Sy

Ba
To


Be
pr

En
KEYS
ystem define
and defines
o define the s
egin time de
rocessed.
nd time defin
es the system
the bandwid
scope of the
efines the sta
nes the end
ms that will b
dths that will b
report based
art time for th
time for the t

be included in
be included
d on time or
he time range
time range fr
n the report.
in the report
area, select
e from which
rom which th

.
the Time &

h the measur
he measurem
Area tab.
rement files w
ment files will
437
will be
l be processe

ed.
43


38

Ar

De

Cl
Po


Se
th
se












rea, if select
efine Area o
licking the D
olygon Area
elect a map i
e map using
elected area
ed, includes
opens the Se
efine Area b
a dialog.
in the Filena
g the left mou
for later use
enables the
elect Polygo
button on the
ame field, or
use button. T
. Click OK.
limiting of th
on Area dialo
e Time & Are
load one thr
The Save As
he report sco
og.
ea tab of the
ough the bro
button enab
Nemo A
ope based on
Report Sco
owse button.
bles you to sa
Analyze Us
n area.
ope dialog op
Next, define
ave the map
ser Manual
pens the Sel

e an area on
with the

ect
SH


HORTCUT
W
Se
W


M

Up
in

Re
se

W
M
an

Ex
PD

Ex

Au

Ex

Cl
Se
wo

KEYS
Workboo
electing Run
Workbook dia
Measurement
pdate folder
the folder be
eport per m
eparately.
Workbook de
easurement
nd click OK.
xport to defi
DF documen
xport folder
utogenerate
xport name
lose workbo
end email w
orkbook exe
ok Event
n Workbook
alog.
t folder defin
r before rep
efore running
measuremen
efines the wo
t folder. To b
ines whether
nt.
r defines a de
e name, if se
defines the
ook when re
when workbo
cution.
ts
as the Even
nes the folde
port executio
g the report.
t, if selected,
rkbook that i
browse for a
r the workboo
estination fol
elected, gene
name of the
eport ready,
ook ready de

nt Type in th
er on which th
on, if selecte

, generates a
is to be run o
workbook fil
ok is to be ex
lder for the e
erates a filen
exported rep
if selected,
efines an au
e Schedule
he report wil
ed, checks wh
a workbook b
on the measu
e, click the b
xported as im
exported work
ame for the
port.
automatically
tomatic notif
Event dialog

l be run.
hether there
based on eac
urement files
browse button
mage files (im
kbook.
exported file
y closes the
fication emai
g opens the
are new me
ch measurem
s within the fo
n, select a w
mage per pa
e automatical
workbook af
l to be sent u
439
Configure
easurement f
ment file
older defined
workbook file
ge) or as a
lly.
fter export.
upon schedu

files
d in
uled
44



40
Co

Cl


To

Su

M

L
Se
Fo
Lo
In
fro
onfigure em
licking the C
o defines the
ubject displa
Message allow
Load Fol
electing Loa
older dialog.
oad folder d
nclude subfo
om all subdir
mail allows yo
onfigure em
e recipient em
ays the defau
ws you to ed
der Eve
d Folder Ev

defines the fo
olders, if sele
rectories of th
ou to define n
mail button in
mail address
ult subject lin
dit the automa
ents
vent as the E
older from wh
ected, cause
he folder def
notification e
n the Configu
.
ne of the auto
atic notificati
Event Type in
hich all meas
es all measur
fined in Load
email settings
ure Workbo
omatic notific
ion email.
n the Sched
surement, ma
rement, map
d folder.
Nemo A
s.
ook dialog op

cation email.
ule Event di

ap, BTS, rep
p, BTS, repor
Analyze Us
pens the Em

ialog opens t

port, etc. files
rt, etc. files to
ser Manual
ail dialog.
the Configu
s are loaded.
o be loaded

re

SH


HORTCUT
K
Se
Co
M
Se
Cl
be
KP
al
wi
e.
va
Ru
fu
Se
th
Cl
W
KEYS
KPI Thre
electing KPI
onfigure KP
Measurement
elect KPI bu
lick the Sele
elow).
PI threshold
lows you to d
ith the Selec
g. larger or e
alue to which
un script, w
lfilled.
end email, w
reshold cond
licking the Se
Wizard – Mea
eshold A
Threshold A
PI Threshold
t folder defin
utton allows y
ct KPI butto
d controls all
define the co
ct KPI contro
equal (>=), s
h the values i
when selected
when selecte
dition is fulfill
elect KPI bu
asurement P
Alarm Ev
Alarm as the
d Alarm dialo
nes the meas
you to define
n to open the
ow you to de
olumn from th
ol. The next d
maller than (
in the defined
d, allows you
ed, allows you
led.
utton in the C
Parameters d

vents
e Event Typ
og.
surement fol
e the KPI bas
e Analyze W
efine the thre
he KPI datas
drop-down m
(<), etc. The
d KPI colum
u to set any s
u to configur
Configure KP
dialog.
e in the Sch
lder on which
sed on which
Wizard – Mea
eshold condit
set that was s
menu defines
rightmost fie
n are compa
script (.bat) to
re an email n
PI Threshold
edule Event

h the KPI is r
the thresho
asurement P
tion. The left
selected as t
the logical o
eld allows yo
ared based o
o be run whe
notification to
d Alarm dial
t dialog open
run.
ld condition
Parameters
tmost drop-d
the basis for
operator of th
ou to enter th
on the logical
en the thresh
o be sent whe
log opens the
441
ns the
is defined.
dialog (see
own menu
the conditio
he condition,
e threshold
operator.
hold condition
en the
e Analyze

n
n is
44

42
Se

Th


Th

Cl

Cl
dia

elect a param
he Analyze W
he dialog allo
lick Finish.
licking the C
alog.
meter from th
Wizard – Fil
ows you to d
onfigure em
he parameter
ters dialog o
efine optiona
mail button in
r tree and cli
opens.
al filters by c
n the Configu
ick Next.
licking the A
ure KPI Thre
Nemo A


dd button.
eshold Alar
Analyze Us
rm dialog ope
ser Manual
ens the Ema

ail
SH


HORTCUT
To

Su

M
KEYS
o defines the
ubject displa
Message allow
e recipient em
ays the defau
ws you to ed
mail address
ult subject lin
dit the automa

.
ne of the auto
atic notificati
omatic notific
ion email.
cation email.
443
44


44
D
Cl
dia

Ev

Re
ev

Ra
an
oc







Defining
licking the R
alog.
vent time all
ecurrence p
very N week
ange of recu
nd End by da
ccurrences
Recurrin
ecurrence b
lows you to d
pattern allow
k(s) on [wee
urrence allow
ates, or base
control.
ng Even
button in the
define a Star
ws you to defi
kday(s)].
ws you to de
ed on a user-
nts
Schedule E
rt and End ti
fine how ofte
efine duration
-defined num
Event Batch
ime (i.e. dura
n the event r
n for the recu
mber of occu
Nemo A
dialog opens
ation) for the
recurs, i.e. D
urrence patte
rrences usin
Analyze Us
s the Event
event.
Daily, Weekly
ern, either ba
ng the End af
ser Manual
Recurrence

y, Monthly, o
ased on Star
fter N

e
or
rt
SH

HORTCUT
T
Th
sto
sc
th
re
To
at
po
Ed
To
m
M
Pa
Th
as
ta
by


KEYS
TASK M
he Task Man
ore reports o
creenshots a
e problem. O
elevant log fil
o add a prob
t problem spo
opup menu. T
diting a Task
o access the
ove your mo
anager view
anels | Task
he Task Man
ssigned to yo
asks), and clo
y double-click
MANAG
nager and the
on detected n
nd free-form
Other users o
es to analyze
lem to the re
ot (i.e. the po
The Task Co
k on page 44
Task Manag
ouse over the
w. If the Task
k Manager.
nager view d
ou (My tasks
osed tasks th
king on the v
GER AN
e Problem R
network prob
m description
of the client/s
e the problem
epository as a
oint in time w
onfiguration
6).
ger without a
e Task Mana
k Manager ta
isplays a con
s), all existing
hat have bee
view type (se

ND PRO
Repository all
blems into th
of the proble
server system
m.
an open task
where the pro
n dialog of th
adding a task
ager tab on t
ab is not visib
ntrol that allo
g tasks (All t
en assigned
ee Managing
OBLEM
ow the users
e server data
em, as well a
m can view t
k, right-click
oblem is app
he Task Man
k (e.g. to man
the right side
ble, enable t
ows you to op
tasks), open
to you (My c
Tasks on pa
M REPO
s of Nemo An
abase. A pro
as references
he problem r
in the data v
arent) and se
nager opens
nage, edit, a
e of the scree
he Task Man
pen four diffe
n tasks assig
closed tasks
age 450).
OSITOR
nalyze Enter
oblem report
s to the log fi
report and dr
view displayin
elect Add ta
s (see Config
and delete ex
en to open th
nager by sele
erent task vie
ned to you (
s). Select an
445
RY
rprise Edition
may contain
ile(s) display
rill down to th
ng the proble
ask from the
guring and
xisting tasks)
he Task
ecting View
ews: tasks
My open
d open a vie

n to
n
ying
he
em

,
|
w
44

46
C
W
op
Ti
As
St
th
Pr
Du
Cr
Ta
Ca
th
Ti
Lo
La
Ce
Ar
oc
Configuri
When a new ta
pens.
itle defines th
ssigned to a
tatus defines
e field.
riority define
ue date defin
reated by di
ask id displa
ategory allow
e problem ty
imestamp di
ongitude dis
atitude displ
ell name allo
rea allows th
ccurred.
ing and
ask is create
he task nam
allows the ta
s the status o
es the priority
nes a due da
splays the n
ays the autom
ws the task t
ype).
isplays the p
splays the ge
ays the geog
ows the cell t
he user to en
Editing
ed, or an exis
e.
sk to be assi
of the task as
y of the task
ate for finishi
ame of the u
matically crea
to be assigne
point in time w
eographical lo
graphical loc
that was acti
nter the place
a Task
sting one is o
igned to a sp
s Open or C
as 1 (high),
ing the task.
user who cre
ated unique t
ed with a use
when the pro
ocation of th
cation of the p
ive at the tim
ename or a te
opened for ed
pecific user.
Closed, or as
2 or 3 (low).
ated the task
task identific
er-defined ca
oblem occurr
e problem’s
problem’s oc
me of the prob
extual descr
Nemo A
diting, the Ta
s any user-de

k.
cation numbe
ategory (e.g.
red.
occurrence i
ccurrence in
blem to be se
iption of the a
Analyze Us
ask Configur
efined status
er.
classificatio
in longitude.
latitude.
elected.
area where t
ser Manual
ration dialog

entered into
n according
the problem

o
to
SH



HORTCUT
De

Th
Ad
De
Sa
Ex





Th
KEYS
etails allows
he Attachme
dd allows yo
elete allows
ave allows y
xecute allow
he Location t
s the user to
ents tab of th
ou to add an
you to delete
ou to save th
ws you to ope
tab of the Ta
enter a textu
he Task Con
attachment t
e existing att
he selected a
en or run the
ask Configura

ual descriptio
nfiguration d
to the task.
tachments.
attachment to
selected att
ation dialog o
on of the prob
dialog allows
o the hard dr
tachment.
opens
blem.
s you to add
rive.
attachments
447
s to the task.

44


48
Th
Lo
dr
he Location t
ongitude an
rop-down me
tab displays
d Latitude d
enu immedia
the reported
defined on th
tely above th
d location of t
he Problem D
he map.
the problem’s
Details tab. T
Nemo A
s occurrence
The map can
Analyze Us
e on map bas
n be selected
ser Manual

sed on the
d using the

SH

HORTCUT
Th















KEYS
he Preview taab displays a a screen cap

pture of the d data view when the task wwas created.
449


45

50
M
To
th
M
Th
as
ta
by










Managing
o access the
e Task Man
anager tab i
he Task Man
ssigned to yo
asks), and clo
y double-click
g Tasks
Task Manag
ager tab on
is not visible

nager view d
ou (My tasks
osed tasks th
king on the v
s
ger (e.g. to m
the right side
, enable the
isplays a con
s), all existing
hat have bee
view type.
manage, edit
e of the scre
Task Manag
ntrol that allo
g tasks (All t
en assigned
t, and delete
en to open t
ger by select
ows you to op
tasks), open
to you (My c
Nemo A
existing task
he Task Man
ing View | Pa
pen four diffe
n tasks assig
closed tasks
Analyze Us
ks), move yo
nager view.
anels | Task
erent task vie
ned to you (
s). Select an
ser Manual
our mouse ov
If the Task
k Manager.
ews: tasks
My open
d open a vie

ver
w
SH

HORTCUT
Th
Th
ta
m

Ri
Co
Ad
De
Re





KEYS
he selected t
he map view
asks, etc. Th
ap.
ight-clicking
onfigure Tas
dd Task allo
elete Task a
efresh allow
task view typ
w below the ta
e displayed
on the task l
sk allows yo
ows you to cr
allows you to
ws you to refr
pe (e.g. My o
ask list displa
map may be
ist opens a p

ou to edit the
reate a new t
delete the s
esh the task

open tasks) o
ays all tasks
e selected us
popup menu
selected tas
task.
selected task
k list.
opens with al
of the select
ing the drop-
.
sk.
k.
l tasks of the
ted type, e.g
-down menu
e selected ty
. All tasks, M
u immediately
451
pe listed.
My open
y above the

45

52
M
Th
Ed

To

To
th
tre

Th
Na
Pa

MANAG
he Database
dition).
o open Datab
o create a ne
e directory tr
ee, and selec
he New User
ame defines
assword def
GING U
e Manager en
base Manag
ew user, sele
ree, right-clic
ct New User
r dialog open
the user na
fines the pas
SERS
nables you to
er, select Vie
ect the folder
ck on the em
r… from the p
ns.
me.
ssword for th
AND U
o manage us
ew | Databa
r Users in Da
mpty backgrou
popup menu

he user accou
USER G
sers and use
ase Manager
atabase Man
und of the Na
u.
unt.
Nemo A
GROUP
r groups (Ne
r from the Rib
nagement |
ame field on
Analyze Us
PS
emo Analyze
bbonbar.
Users and G
n the right of

ser Manual
e Enterprise

Groups from
the directory

m
y
SH

HORTCUT
To
fro
Th
Ty
To


KEYS
o set a new p
om the popu
he Set Passw
ype a new pa
o delete a us
password for
p menu.
word dialog o
assword in th
ser, right-clic
r a user, righ
opens.
he Password
k on the use

ht-click on the

d field and c
r in the Nam
e user in the
lick OK.
me field, and s
Name field,
select Delete
and select S

e from the po

453
Set Passwor
opup menu.

rd
45

54
U
Th
Au
Ad
Us
Us
Po
Ot
Au
th
do
Au
vie
W
un
rig
pr
us
se
To
fro
an
User Gro
he available
utonomous M
dministrato
sers do not h
sers are allow
ower Users
therwise the
utonomous
e system, Au
o measureme
utomomous
ew history an
Wanderer unit
nits in the pic
ght to tissue
rerequisite, s
sers will be a
elected subse
o add users t
om the direct
nd select Ad
oups
user groups
Managers.
rs have unre
have delete
wed to view
have delete
rights of the
users have
utonomous u
ents.
s managers
nd logfiles pr
t groups crea
cture below is
configuration
such users ha
able to see al
et of the Wa
to a group, s
tory tree, righ
d to Group…
include Adm
estricted righ
rights and ar
all data and
rights, i.e. th
e Power User
right to view
users do not
have full righ
roduced by th
ated from the
s an example
ns (order me
ave to be als
ll the Wande
nderers as d
select the fold
ht-click on a
… from the p
ministrators, U
hts, including
re only allow
alter minor e
hey are allow
rs are identic
w all history a
have right to
hts to all Wa
he units, as w
e Fleet Mana
e of such a g
easurements
so members
erer units in t
defined by the
der Groups
user group o
popup menu.
Users, Powe
access to th
wed to make q
elements of a
wed to delete
cal to those o
and measure
o issue config
nderer units
well as mana
ager are also
group. Users
) to the Wan
of Autonomo
he system, b
e Wanderer
in Database
on the right o

Nemo A
er Users, Aut
he cleanup fu
queries and
a file, e.g. co
e measureme
of the Users.
ements of Wa
gurations, th
loaded to th
aging the me
shown in the
s added as m
derer units a
ous users gro
but can only
unit group.
e Manageme
of the directo
Analyze Us
tonomous Us
unction.
load files into
onfigure notif
ent and BTS

anderer units
at is, to orde
he system, in
easurements
e User group
members of th
allocated to t
oup. This me
issue configu
ent | Users a
ory tree (e.g.
ser Manual
sers, and
o the databa
fications.
files.
s loaded into
er Wanderers
cluding right
s to be done.
ps. Dallas
hat group ge
hat group. A
eans such
urations for
and Groups
Power User

ase.

s to
t to

et
As a

s),
SH

HORTCUT
Th
To

Th
KEYS
he Group Pro
o add a user
he Select Us
operties dialo
to the group
sers dialog op
og opens.
p, click Add.
pens.



455
45

56
Se
se
Th
To
elect the use
electing the u
he Group Pro
o remove use
er(s) you wan
users. Click O
operties dialo
ers from the
nt to add. To
OK.
og opens, dis
group, selec

select multip
splaying the

ct a user and

ple users, ho
group memb
d click the Re
Nemo A
old the Contr
bers.
emove button
Analyze Us
rol key down
n.
ser Manual
n while

SH

HORTCUT
V
To
M

Th
Se
To
To
se







KEYS
VIEWIN
o access ser
anager from
he Database
erver statistic
o refresh the
o enable auto
elect Poll fro
NG SER
rver statistics
m the Ribbonb
e Manager vie
cs are displa
statistics, rig
omatic statis
m the popup
RVER S
s (Nemo Ana
bar.
ew opens. S
ayed.
ght-click on t
stics updates
p menu.

STATIS
alyze Enterpr
Select Server
the statistics
s (updated ev
STICS
rise Edition),
r Administra
view and se
very 5 secon
select View
ation | Serve
elect Refresh
ds), right-clic
w | Tools | Da
er Statistics
h from the po
ck on the sta
457
atabase

s.
opup menu.
atistics view a


and
45

58
E
Th
ba

To

Th
Th







EDITING
he Database
asis of opera
o open Datab
he Database
he Operator
G OPE
e Manager en
ations such a
base Manag
e Manager vie
list is display
RATOR
nables you to
s statistics p
er, select Vie
ew opens. S
yed.
R SETT
o manage op
per operator.
ew | Databa
Select Operat
TINGS
perator settin

ase Manager
tors.
Nemo A
ngs. These se
r from the Rib
Analyze Us
ettings are u
bbonbar.

ser Manual
used as the


SH

HORTCUT
To
m

Th
Op
M
M






KEYS
o edit the pro
enu.
he Operator
perator nam
Mobile count
Mobile netwo
operties of an
Configuratio
me defines th
try code defi
ork code def
n operator, ri
n dialog ope
he operator n
nes the oper
fines the ope

ight-click on
ens.
name.
rator’s MCC.
erator’s MNC
the operator
.
.
r, and select Modify from
459
m the popup



46

60
To
m

Th
Op
M
M

o add a new
enu.
he Operator
perator nam
Mobile count
Mobile netwo
operator to t
Configuratio
me defines th
try code defi
ork code def
the list, right-
n dialog ope
he operator n
nes the oper
fines the ope
-click on the
ens.
name.
rator’s MCC.
erator’s MNC
Operators l
.
.
Nemo A
ist, and selec
Analyze Us
ct Add from
ser Manual
the popup



SH

HORTCUT
C
Ne
be
no
co
No
C
Th
as
pa
Th
KEYS
CONFIG
emo Analyze
e displayed in
otification ico
onfigured usi
otification Co
Configuri
he paramete
with the pa
ssigned with
arameter, rig
he Change D
GURING
e allows you
n graphs and
ons in maps a
ng the Param
onfiguration f
ing Notif
r-specific no
arameter Cal
a notification
ht-click on th
Defaults dialo
G NOT
to configure
d maps to ale
and viewing
meter Tree. A
functionality.
fications
tification icon
ll connected)
n icon are ind
he parameter
og opens.

TIFICAT
notification
ert you when
notification i
Alternatively

s Using
ns are displa
) in the Param
dicated by th
r and select
TION IC
icons for all
n something
cons in grap
, notifications
the Para
ayed in conne
meter Tree. T
he icon. T
Change Def
CONS
measuremen
interesting h
hs. The notif
s can also be
ameter T
ection with th
The paramet
To change the
faults from t
nt events. Th
happens. See
fication icons
e configured
Tree
he relevant p
ters that hav
e default ico
the popup me

461
hese icons ca
e viewing
s can be
using the
parameter (e
ve not been
n of a
enu.

an
.g.
46

62
To
Th
Th
Cl
dis


o select a ne
he Open dia
he Image fie
lick OK to se
splayed in th
ew notification
log opens. S
ld of the Cha
et the selecte
he Paramete
n icon, click t
Select the new
ange Defaul
ed icon as the
r Tree in con

the browse (
w notification
lts dialog now

e default not
nnection with
(…) button.
n icon and cl
w displays th
tification icon
h the parame
Nemo A
ick the Open
he directory p
n for the para
eter.
Analyze Us
n button.
path of the s
ameter. The
ser Manual
elected icon
icon is

.
SH

HORTCUT
N
Yo
Co
In
ico
vie
de
ne
In
KEYS
Notificatio
ou can acces
onfiguration
the Notifica
ons can be d
ewing notific
efault notifica
ew ones. Sel
the Notifica
on Conf
ss the Notific
n.
ation Config
displayed on
cation icons o
ations for you
lect a notifica
ation Proper
figuratio
cation Config
guration dial
graphs and
on maps and
u to choose f
ation from the
rties dialog,

n
guration tool
og you can d
maps to aler
d viewing not
from but you
e list and clic
browse a ne

by selecting
define icons
rt you when
tification icon
can also mo
ck the Modif
ew bitmap in
View | Tool
for all measu
something in
ns on graphs
odify the defa
fy button.

the Icon field
ls | Notificat
urement eve
nteresting ha
. There are a
ault notificati
d and click O
463
tion
nts. These
appens. See
a number of
ons or make
OK.


e
46

64
E
W
Ed
an
Yo
m
EDITING
With the Menu
ditor by selec
nd selecting
ou can add w
enus.
G MEN
u Editor you
cting View |
Customize M
workbooks to
NUS
can add wo
Tools | Edit
Menu.
o three differe
orkbooks to th
| Menu edit
ent menus in
he Workspac
tor, or by righ
n the Worksp
Nemo A
ce menus. Yo
ht-clicking on
pace: Device

Analyze Us
You can open
n a folder in t
e, Folder, and
ser Manual
n the Menu
the Workspa
d Measureme

ace

ent
SH

HORTCUT KEYS



The Devi
menu tha
click on a
such as, C
Network P

The Fo
menu th
click on
Measur
ce menu is t
at opens whe
a device. It co
Correlate Pa
Parameters.
lder menu is
hat opens wh
n a file folder
rements folde
the popup
n you right-
ontains items
arameters an
s the popup
hen you right
under the
er.
s,
nd
t-
465
46

66
Se
Pr
be






elect the men
roperties dia
e added. Fina
nu where yo
alog select th
ally click OK

u want to ad
he workbook
K.
dd a workboo
k that will be

The M
popup
right-
conta
and A
ok and click A
added to the
Measuremen
p menu that
click on a me
ains items, su
Adjust Coord
Work
workb

Group
query
Nemo A
Add. In the W
e menu and d
nt menu is th
opens when
easurement
uch as, Time
dinates.
kbook defines
book.
ps defines in
y will be adde
Analyze Us
Workbook C
define in whi
he
n you
file. It
eline
s the name f
n which group
ed.
ser Manual
Command
ch group it w
or the
p the

will
SH

HORTCUT
Th

KEYS
he workbookk will appear in the Menu

Editor and in the selected menu.

467
46

68
E
W
gr
Yo
O
vis
gr
ne
In
th
on






EDITING
With the Grou
roups are vis
ou can open
n the left-han
sible in the u
roup is availa
ecessarily ne
the Items b
at group. Yo
n page 464),
G QUE
up Editor you
sible, for exam
the Group E
nd side in the
user interface
able. For exa
eed to see th
belonging to
ou can select
they will app
RY AN
u can edit the
mple, in the w
Editor by sele
e Group Edi
e. For each g
ample, if you
e UMTS or C
o group table
t and deselec
pear here as
ND WOR
e groups in w
workspace w
ecting Tools
itor dialog yo
group you ca
have a file m
CDMA group
e you see a l
ct each item.
s well.
RKBOO
which querie
when you righ
| Group edi
ou see a list
an select the
measured in
ps.
ist of color s
. If you add w
Nemo A
OK GRO
s and workb
ht-click on a
itor.
of groups. T
cellular syste
the TETRA n
ets and work
workbooks in
Analyze Us
OUPS
books are org
device.
These are the
ems for whic
network you

kbooks that a
n menus (see
ser Manual
ganized. The
e group label
ch the particu
do not
are available
e chapter Ed

ese
ls
ular
e for
it
SH

HORTCUT
C
In
op
O
Hi
Hi
ba
W
als
sta
W
is
W
al
of
au
sta
KEYS
CONFIG
the Options
pen the dialo
Options –
ide advance
ide advance
asic use.
When the Mai
so items in th
art Nemo An
When the Clea
emptied whe
When a numb
l open workb
f work, e.g. in
utomatically r
artup, hold d
GURING
s dialog you
og.
– Enviro
ed UI feature
ed SQL func
intain works
he workspac
nalyze.
ar query clip
en you exit N
er of minutes
books are au
n the event o
reopened in
down the Shi
G SYST
can make so
onment
es hides and
ctionality hid
space state
ce that are no
pboard whe
Nemo Analyz
s is entered
uto-saved as
of a system c
the program
ift key.

TEM S
ome general
d displays ad
des and disp
when applic
ot in the data
en applicatio
ze.
into the Auto
the default w
crash, as the
m startup. To
ETTIN
system sett
dvanced featu
lays advance
cation is clo
abase, i.e., m
on is closed
o-save defa
workspace o
latest auto-s
prevent the
GS
ings. Select
ures that are
ed SQL featu
osed and res
maps and rep
d option is se
ult workspa
n regular inte
saved workb
default works
View | Tools
e not needed
ures that are
started optio
ports, are loa
elected, the Q
ace every X
ervals. This
books are alw
kspace from o
469
s | Options t


in basic use
e not needed
on is selected
aded when yo
Query Clipbo
minutes fiel
prevents loss
ways
opening duri

to
e.
in
d,
ou
ard
d,
s
ng
47

70
JP
sa
Im
Ba
Di
Ve
Hi
Li

PEG compre
ave workboo
mage to clipb
ase station
istance defin
elocity defin
ide date from
imit number
ession quali
ks as images
board fixed
identificatio
nes the unit o
nes the unit o
m timestam
r of decimal
ity defines th
s by selectin
size enable
on code defi
of measure f
of measure fo
mps option hid
l digits in UI
he quality of
ng Edit | Sen
s you to defi
nes the num
for distance.
or velocity.
des and disp
I to defines th
images expo
d as Image
ne a fixed si
mber format fo
plays the dat
he maximum
Nemo A
orted from Ne
to.
ze for picture
or base statio
e in timestam
m number of d
Analyze Us
emo Analyze
es placed on
on identificat
mps.
decimal digit
ser Manual
e. You can
n the Clipboa

tion codes.
ts displayed.

ard.

SH

HORTCUT
De
loo
St
ca
ba
KEYS
efault paths
ok for the de
tatistics ena
alculations ar
asis each tim
s defines the
efined file typ
ables you to s
re based on
me a calculati
default locat
pes in these f
specify a def
Time or Dis
ion is perform

tions of diffe
folders.
fault basis fo
tance), or w
med.
rent types of
or statistics c
whether Nemo
f files. Nemo
alculations (i
o Analyze sh
Analyze wil
i.e. whether
hould ask yo
471

l automatical

the
u to select th

lly
he
47

72
He
Th

eader title is
he Color pal
s displayed a
lette is used
at the top of t
, for example
the page whe
e, to determi
en you print
ne colors for
Nemo A
views from N
r neighbor-st
Analyze Us
Nemo Analyz
tyle graphs a
ser Manual

ze.

and routes.

SH

HORTCUT
Se
Po
Us
Pa
Fr
To


KEYS
erver defines
ort defines th
sername de
assword def
rom defines
o defines the
s the SMTP
he SMTP po
fines the SM
fines the SM
the sender e
e recipient em
server IP ad
rt.
MTP server u
MTP server pa
email addres
mail address

ddress.
sername.
assword.
ss.
for notification emails se ent by the evvent schedule
473

er.

47

74
O
Th
(e
an
M
ex
Ad
Th
on

Options –
he Server co
e.g. between
nd Modify co
Modify opens
xisting datab
dd opens the
he Additiona
n your compu
– Datab
ontrol enable
the standalo
onfigurations
the Add Se
ase configur
e Add Serve
al data sour
uter. It enabl
ase
es you to swit
one database
s. Analyze-L
rver dialog w
ration.
er dialog, ena
rces control e
es you to Ad
tch between
e and the da
ocal is the d
with existing
abling you to
enables you
dd, Delete, a
different dat
tabase serve
default standa
database se
o define a ne
to configure
and Modify c
Nemo A
tabase config
er). It also en
alone databa
ettings, enab
w database
e connections
configuration
Analyze Us
gurations an
nables you to
ase of Nemo
ling you to m
configuration
s to other OD
ns.
ser Manual

d databases
o Add, Delet
o Analyze.
modify an
n.
DBC databas

s
te,
ses
SH

HORTCUT
Ti
Se
Se
OD
Se
Us
Pa

Na
Us
Pa

KEYS
itle defines th
erver host d
erver name
DBC port de
erver port d
ser defines t
assword def
ame selects
ser defines t
assword def
he title of the
defines the se
defines the s
efines the OD
efines the se
the usernam
fines the pas
the data sou
the usernam
fines the pas
e server.
erver’s IP ad
server name
DBC port.
erver port. By
e.
ssword.
urce.
e.
ssword.

ddress.
e.
y default, Ne emo Analyze

uses the serrver port 120
475
001.

47

76
Au
W
wh
uto-hide col
When the Ena
hen the quer
lumns from
able query m
ry memory u
queries opt
memory usa
sage exceed
tion hides qu
age warning
ds the Thres
uery data tha
option is sel
shold value l
Nemo A
t is not relev
lected, Nemo
limit.
Analyze Us
vant.
o Analyze w
ser Manual

ill warn you

SH

HORTCUT
O
W
br





KEYS
Options –
When the Ope
rowser windo
– Data V
en HTTP link
ow. Otherwis
Views
ks in extern
se they are o

nal browser
pened in Ne
option is sele
mo Analyze.
ected, web p
.
pages are op
477

pened in a

47

78
De
W
is
W
De
W
an
ex
W
wi
file
W
th
De
ro
efault map d
When the Aut
opened auto
When the Use
efault map i
When the Aut
n offset is au
xample, with
When the Aut
ill check from
e if it is loade
When the Aut
e map layer
efault route
outes.
defines the m
tomatically a
omatically if y
e default ma
nstead of the
tomatically o
tomatically a
multi measu
tomatically a
m the file hea
ed in the data
tomatically z
that is added
thickness e
map that is op
add default
you open an
ap in workbo
eir own defau
offset simul
added to mea
urements. Yo
add default
ader what BT
abase.
zoom to firs
d first.
enables you
pened by de
map to emp
n empty map
ooks option
ult maps.
ltaneous me
asurement ro
ou can define
BTS for me
TS file was us
st added lay
to define the
efault when n
pty map con
view.
is selected, a
easurement
outes that ov
e the default
easurement
sed when the
yer option is s
e default thick
Nemo A
o other map
ntrol option is
all workbook
routes on th
verlap each o
offset in x an
route option
e file was rec
selected, Ne
knesses of h
Analyze Us
p file is availa
s selected, th
ks use the ma
the map opti
other, as is th
nd y directio
n is selected,
corded and o
mo Analyze
high band an
ser Manual

able.
he default m
ap defined in
on is selecte
he case, for
ns.
Nemo Analy
open the sam
will zoom in
d low band

ap
n
ed,
yze
me
on
SH

HORTCUT
W
sm
sy
Pa
So
ax
KEYS
When the Smo
moothly inste
ynchronizatio
alette define
ort bar grap
xis values. Fo
ooth scrollin
ead of display
on marker mo
es the color p
ph by param
or more infor
ng when sy
ying a part o
oves out of v
palette style f
meter enables
rmation, see

ynchronizing
of the measur
view.
for graphs.
s you to grou
Group Valu
g option is se
rement and t
up bars in ba
es.
elected, the g
then jumping
r graphs by p
graph view w
g forward as
parameter ra
479

will scroll
the
ather than by

y x
48

80
O
Ic
Dy
ba
Sh
Sh
Hi
is

Dr
Us
ba
De
De
Si
Be
B
Di
Options –
con size defin
ynamic, max
ased on zoom
how site nam
how cell info
ide cell texts
zoomed out
raw frame h
se cell beam
ased on cell
efault beam
efault beam
ite transpare
eam transpa
TS texts opt
isplay BTS o
– BTS
nes the size
x size define
m level).
mes option h
formation op
ts on low zo
t so that the m
hides and dis
m range from
beam range
m defines the
m angle defin
rency defines
arency defin
tions allows
overlay on t
of the BTS i
es a maximu
hides and dis
ption hides an
om levels (p
map can be
plays the ou
m BTS file a
data in the B
default beam
es the defau
s the transpa
nes the trans
you to defin
top of other
con in pixels
um size for dy
splays the si
nd displays t
performance
drawn faster
utlines of BTS
allows you to
BTS file.
m range in m
ult beam ang
arency of the
parency of th
ne the size an
r layers sets
s. Fixed defin
ynamic BTS
te names.
the selected
e optimizati
r and with les
S icons.
enable/disa
meters.
le in degrees
e BTS icons.
he beam ran
nd style of BT
BTS layers t
Nemo A
nes the fixed
icons (i.e. ic
cell informat
ion) option h
ss visual dist
ble the displa
s.
ge layer.
TS text.
to be display
Analyze Us
d size of BTS
cons which c
tion.
hides cell text
tractions.
ay of cell bea
yed over all o
ser Manual

S icons in pix
hange size
t when the m
am range
other layers.

els.
map
SH

HORTCUT
De
De
















KEYS
efault color
efault settin
r defines the
ngs for BTS
default color
parameter a

r of the BTS
allow you to
icons.
define defau ult color sets for BTS para
481

ameters.

48


82
IM
It
KP

Se


Th


Br














MPORT
is possible to
PIs, etc.) from
elect File | Im
he Open dia
rowse for the
TING C
o import cust
m other user
mport | Setti
log appears.
e settings file
CUSTO
tom settings
rs.
ings from the

e (.aex) to be
M SET
(such as cu
e Ribbonbar
e imported an
TTINGS
stom parame
r.

nd select Op
Nemo A
S
eters, workbo
en.
Analyze Us
ooks, querie

ser Manual
s, color sets

,
SH

HORTCUT
E
It
ot

Se


Th


Se












KEYS
EXPOR
is possible to
ther users. A
elect File | Im
he Save As
elect a destin
RTING C
o export cust
All custom set
mport | Setti
dialog appea
nation for the
CUSTO
tom settings
ttings are sav
ings from the
ars.
e settings file

OM SET
(such as pa
ved in a sing
e Ribbonbar
e (.aex) and s
TTINGS
rameters, wo
gle .aex file.
r.
select Save.
S
orkbooks, qu

ueries, color

483
sets, KPIs) t

to
48

84
Th


Se
qu

Th
An
48






























he Export Se
elect the sett
ueries, color
he settings fi
nalyze Stand
82).
ettings dialog
tings you wa
sets, etc.
le (.aex) is s
dalone/Client
g opens.
nt to export a
aved in the s
t using custo
and click OK
selected loca
om settings im

K. You can ex
ation and can
mport (see Im
Nemo A
xport e.g. da
n be imported
mporting Cus
Analyze Us
atabase settin
d to any othe
stom Setting
ser Manual
ngs, custom
er Nemo
s on page

SH

HORTCUT
IM
M
pa
on
To
cli
po






KEYS
MPORT
apInfo®poly
age 43) and w
n Polygon Ar
o import Map
ick on the W
opup menu.
TING M
ygons can be
when limiting
rea on page
pInfo polygon
Workspace | P
MAPINF
e used e.g. w
g queries to m
98).
ns, click the p
Polygons | R

FO POL
when defining
measuremen
polygons
Regions bac
LYGON
g area-based
nt files from
icon at the
ckground, an

NS
d search fold
particular are
bottom of th
nd select Imp
ders (see Sea
ea(s) (see Fi
he Workspac
port polygon
485
arch Folders
iltering Base
ce view, righ
n from the

s on
d
ht-
48

86
Th
Fi
a
Av
fe
Se
fe
To
bu
To


Th
Im
To
bu
To
O
he Polygon I
ile defines th
MapInfo poly
vailable feat
ature to prev
elected feat
ature to prev
o select a fea
utton.
o select all av
he selected f
mport name
o deselect a
utton.
o select all av
nce all polyg
mport dialog
he MapInfo p
ygon file.
tures allows
vent it from b
tures allows
vent it from b
ature or a se
vailable featu
feature(s) are
allows you to
feature or a
vailable featu
gons to be im
g opens.
olygon (.TAB
you to selec
being importe
you to select
being importe
t of features
ures, select i
e displayed i
o define a ne
set of featur
ures, select i
mported have
B) file to be i
ct the polygo
ed.
ct the polygon
ed.
, select it in t
it in the Avai
in the Select
ew name for
res, select it i
it in the Sele
e been select
mported. Cli
on file feature
n file features
the Availabl
ilable featur
ted features
the imported
in the Select
ected feature
ted, click OK
Nemo A

ck the brows
es you want t
s you want to
e features fi
res field and
s field.

d polygon.
ted features
es field and c
K.
Analyze Us
se button
to import. De
o import. De
ield and click
click the
s field and cli
click the
ser Manual
to browse f
eselect a
select a
k the
button.
ick the
button.

for
SH

HORTCUT
V
S
To
Th
Sh
Lo
SQ
Th
KEYS
VIEWIN
SQL FU
o access the
he Log windo
how output
og, if selecte
QL, if selecte
he Clear all
NG LOG
UNCTIO
Log window
ow is display
from allows
ed, displays l
ed, displays
button cl
G ON S
ONS
w, select View
yed on the bo
you to defin
og on genera
log on SQL q
lears the cur

YSTEM
w | Panels |
ottom of the s
ne the functio
al system pe
queries and
rrently displa
M PERF
Log window
screen.

ons you wish
erformance.
database fun
yed log.
FORMA
w from the R
to see the lo
nctions.
ANCE A
Ribbonbar.
og on.
487
AND


48

U
88
USER
M
Th
A
Yo
An
O
file
W
W
Ex
ha
Pr
Th
INTER
MENUS
his chapter d
Analyze
ou can acces
nalyze main
pen enables
es.
Workspace e
Workbook en
xport to PDF
ave a workbo
rint… enable
his item is dis
RFAC
S
describes the
Menu
ss the Analyz
window.
s you to open
nables you t
nables you to
F… enables
ook open.
es you to pre
splayed only
E
e contents of
ze menu by
n measureme
o open, save
o save active
you to expor
eview and pri
y if you have
f the menu ba
clicking on th
ent files, map
e and close w

workbooks

rt workbooks
int active doc
a workbook
ar in Nemo A
he logo a
ps, BTS files

workspace it
and floating
s to PDF form
cuments, an
open.
Nemo A
Analyze.
at the top lef
s, report temp
ems.
windows.
mat. This item
d change pri
Analyze Us
ft-hand corne

plates and d
m is displaye
inter and prin
ser Manual
er of the
ata source
ed only if you
nting options

u
s.
SH

HORTCUT
Re
Yo
F
O
da
Fo
Sa
sa
Im
se
Ex
Im
sa
fo
in
Pr
Yo
V
Ad
an
To
Se
KEYS
ecent Works
ou can close
File Men
pen | Measu
ata source fil
older enable
ave | Works
ave workboo
mport enable
et files.
xport enable
mage to clipb
ave the imag
rmat. You ca
fixed pixel s
rint enables
ou can exit th
View Me
dd Data View
nd floating w
ools | Organ
ee page 39 f
spaces enab
e Nemo Analy
u
urement ena
es to the dat
es you to brow
pace enable
ks (p. 260) a
es you to imp
es you to exp
board enabl
e on clipboa
an also set a
size.
you to previe
he File menu
nu
w enables yo
indows. For
nize Measur
for more info
bles you to o
yze by clickin
ables you to l
tabase. Ope
wse for a fol
es you to sav
and add work
port image fil
port workboo
es you to sa
rd to enable
n Export Ra
ew and print
u by double-c
ou to create
adding param
ements ena
rmation on o

open saved w
ng on Exit A
load measur
n | Workspa
der, the cont
ve workspace
kbooks as te
es to be use
oks in PDF fo
ave an active
pasting to o
atio (or an e
t active docu
clicking on it
empty workb
meters on em
ables you to o
organizing m
workspaces t
Application.
rement files,
ace enables
tents of whic
e files (.aws)
mplates to th
ed as maps, c
ormat and cu
workbook o
ther applicat
export size) fo
ments, and c
t.
books, workb
mpty data vie
organize mea
easurements
that you have
maps, BTS f
you to open
ch are to be lo
). Save | Wo
he Workspac
custom settin
stom setting
r map as an
tions, or save
or the export
change printe
books with se
ews, see Add
asurement fi
s.

e used recen
files, report t
saved works
oaded to the
rkbook enab
ce menus.
ngs files (.ae
gs files in .ae
image. You
e the Image
ted image in
er and printin
elected emp
ding Data Vi
iles loaded in
489
ntly.
templates, an
spaces. Ope
e database.
bles you to
ex) , and colo
x format.
can either
to file in .jpg
percentages
ng options.
ty data views
ews.
n the databas

nd
en |
or
g
s or

s,
se.
49

90
To
M
O
th
Pa
Q
Yo
T
Re
Sy
Ar
bi
Zo
Dr
Be
G
Ne
ar
ools | Datab
enu editor.
ptions, Even
is manual, th
anels enable
uery clipboa
ou can exit th
Tools Me
econnect en
ynchronizat
Reset Sou
current syn
Go to beg
Step back
Play backw
Stop b
Play forwa
Step forwa
Go to time
the file was
Counter d
Playback s
rea Binning
n in meters,
oom enables
rill Down en
efore and Af
lobal Filters
emo Analyze
rea, you can
base Browse
Group edito
nt schedule
hese dialogs
es you to dis
ard views.
he View men
enu
nables you to
tion enables
urce butto
nchronization
inning b
kwards b
wards bu
utton ends th
ard butto
ard butto
estamp b
s recorded.
isplays the c
speed define
enables you
select Bins
s you to set z
nables you to
fter a selecte
s enables you
e. For instanc
select this a
er enables yo
or, Color set
er and User M
and editors
play and hid
nu by double
o reconnect t
you to play
on resets the
n source.
utton jumps
utton steps o
utton plays th
he playback.
n plays the f
on steps one
button jumps
current point
es how fast t
u to define th
in meters.
zoom to occu
o set a time r
ed event in th
u to add and
ce, if you are
rea as a filte
ou to view al
t editor, Not
Manager en
are describe
e the Works
e-clicking on
to the databa
back measu
e synchroniz
to the begin
one step bac
he file from e
.
file from beg
step forward
s to a particul
in the file.
the file is pla
he bin size in
ur synchrono
range from w
he measurem
d remove glo
e interested o
er using polyg
l the tables i
tification co
nable you to a
ed in their ow
space, Outp
it.
ase if the con
rement files.
ation source
ning of the fi
ckwards in th
end to beginn
inning to end
d in the file.
lar point in th
ayed back.
n horizontal X
ously in all gr
which log entr
ment data.
bal filters ap
only in meas
gon area sel
Nemo A
n the schem
nfiguration,
access seve
wn chapters.
ut, Propertie
nnection is lo

. The field af
le.
e file.
ning.
d.
he file if times
X steps and v
raphs and ma
ries are to be
plied to all op
surement dat
ection.
Analyze Us
ma.
, Query man
ral editors an
es, Window
ost.
fter the butto
stamps were
vertical Y ste
aps.
e included in
perations pe
ta from a cer
ser Manual
nager,
nd dialogs. In
w browser an
on displays th
e inserted wh
eps. To set th
a drill-down
erformed with
rtain restricte

n
nd
he
hen
he

h
ed
SH

HORTCUT
F
Fl
Au
L
No
cl
Ad
yo
Da
Re
Co
O
wo
H
In
do

KEYS
Fleet Me
eet Manager
utonomous f
Layout M
ote: The lay
ose all work
dd | Page en
ou can add d
ata Views on
emove | Pag
opy | Workb
rganize item
orkbooks an
Help Men
the Help me
ocuments, su
nu
r is an option
fleet. It will be
Menu
yout menu is
kbooks, also
nables you to
data views in
n page 255.
ge enables y
book enables
m enables yo
d views in th
nu
enu, you will
uch as, a des
nal compone
e discussed
s only displa
o the layout
o add a new,
the active pa
you to remov
s you to crea
u to close all
he Nemo Ana
find access
scription of th

ent of Nemo A
in further de
ayed when a
t menu is clo
, empty page
age. For add
ve an active p
ate a copy of
l workbooks
alyze main vi
to the online
he Nemo file
Analyze inte
tail in the Ne
a workbook
osed autom
e in a workbo
ding paramet
page from a w
f the active w
and floating
iew.

e help and al
e format.
nded for the
emo Autonom
k is open in N
matically.
ook. By clicki
ters on empt
workbook.
workbook for
windows, an
so shortcuts
managemen
mous user m
Nemo Analy
ing Graph, M
ty data views
a selected m
nd organize v
s to some imp
491
nt of Nemo
anual.
yze. When y
Map, Grid, etc
s, see Adding
measuremen
various
portant

you

c.
g
nt.
492 Nemo Analyze User Manual

SHORTCUT KEYS
This is a complete list of the shortcut keys available in Nemo Analyze.
Command Shortcut Key Description
Close ALT+F4 Closes the program.
Close Window CTRL+F4 Closes the active window (exc. main
window).
New Workbook CTRL+N Opens an empty workbook.
Next CTRL+F6 Activates the next open workbook (in the
order of last appearance).
Print CTRL+P Prints the current view.
NEMO ANALYZE SUPPORT 493


FAQ
Q: How soon are changes in the Nemo File Format implemented to Nemo Analyze?
A: Changes in the Nemo File Format are implemented very quickly to Nemo Analyze and there is no
need to reload any data in the database.
Q: Which database is used in Nemo Analyze 5.x?
A: Nemo Analyze 5.x uses the Object Store database.
Q: Which reporting tool is used in Nemo Analyze 5.x?
A: The Viewer version of Crystal Reports reporting tool is included in the Nemo Analyze 5.x package
but you can also use other reporting tools. To create new report templates, you will need the Crystal
Reports Designer tool or some other SQL-compatible designing tool.
Q: I opened a parameter on a map but the samples are shown without color coding?
A: If you opened data on the map through the Analyze Wizard (right-click on a device in workspace |
Pick Parameter) and selected a map instead of the default view, only the selected parameters or
events are displayed. You should first open a map and then drag and drop a measurement file on the
map. Then use color sets to highlight parameter values on the route.
494 Nemo Analyze User Manual

NEMO ANALYZE SUPPORT
If you have questions on or beyond this documentation, please contact Nemo Analyze technical
support. Note that for full support you need to have a valid Maintenance Agreement.
INTERNET SUPPORT AND NEMO USER CLUB
The Nemo User Club offers several new ways to benefit from Nemo products. You can find it at our
WWW site http://www.anite.com/nemo.
Access to the Nemo User Club is restricted to customers with SW maintenance and Technical
Support agreements or partner agreements. If you are an existing Nemo customer with SW
maintenance and Technical Support agreements, but you are without access to the user club, please
complete an on-line registration form.
After submitting the requested information, you will receive a personal access key and password by
email in a few days time.
Once you are registered with our User Club, you will automatically receive e-mails letting you know
each time a new version of software for your Nemo Product is released. It is fast, easy, and it is
available to you seven days a week, 24 hours a day. If you have questions relating to the Nemo User
Club, please e-mail us at nemo.helpdesk@anite.com.
PHONE, EMAIL, AND FAX SUPPORT
During the warranty period, the phone and fax support related to potential software errors is free of
additional charge. Registered users with a valid Maintenance Agreement are entitled to full support.
When faxing or emailing, please let us know the number of your Software Maintenance and Support
Agreement.
Please contact us at the following locations:
Global
Email nemo.helpdesk@anite.com
Tel. +358 50 395 7800
Fax +358 8 551 6182
Address Anite Finland Ltd
Kiviharjunlenkki 1 D
90220 Oulu
Finland

Americas
Email nemo.helpdesk@anite.com
Mobile +1 469 951 9106
Fax +1 972 929 9898
Address Anite Inc.
6225 N. State Hwy 161, Suite 425, Irving, TX
75038, USA

APAC
Email nemo.helpdesk@anite.com
Tel. +65 6254 9003
Fax +65 6254 9885
Address Anite Singapore Pte Ltd
101 Thomson Road, #20-05 United Square
Singapore 307591
NEMO ANALYZE SUPPORT 495



P.R. China
Email nemo.helpdesk@anite.com
Tel. +86 10 6567 8528
Fax +86 10 6567 8521
Address
Anite Wireless Trading (Beijing) Ltd.
Room 2206, 22nd Floor,
The Exchange Beijing, No. Yi 118,
J ianguo Road, Chaoyang District,
Beijing,PRC,100022
China

When contacting us for problem reporting, please supply us with the following information:
 your Windows®version number (e.g., Windows®XP), see Windows Control Panel | System
 your computer brand model (e.g., Dell)
 your Nemo Analyze version (e.g., Version Nemo Analyze 5.01), see Help | About Analyze
 your description of the problem
 whether you were able to repeat the problem
 the corresponding measurement results file (as email attachment or on diskette)

APPENDIX 1
MAKING MAPINFO® MAPS
Using raster image files, you can bring paper maps, photographs, and other graphic images into
MapInfo®. You can scan paper maps and then use paper maps as the foundation for the maps you
create in MapInfo®. After scanning the paper map into a raster image file, you can display it in a map
window.
Nemo Outdoor and Nemo Analyze support only .TIF, .GIF, and .J PG formats. MapInfo®can read the
following types of raster images:
- filename.TIF
- filename.GIF
- filename.J PG
- filename.PCX
- filename.BMP
- filename.BIL
Color options are:
- Monochrome images: each pixel in map image can be black or white.
- Gray scale images: each pixel in gray scale image can be black, white, or a shade of gray.
- Color images: each pixel can be of any color from a palette of available colors. MapInfo®supports
256 colors. When using Nemo Outdoor and Nemo Analyze, we recommend using gray scale
images. Doing this, measurement route can be discerned better than with color map images.
Registering a Raster Map
If you want to overlay vector data on top of a raster image, then you must register the raster map
image so that MapInfo®can position it properly in a Map window. You do this in the Image
Registration dialog box. You must identify control point coordinates and projection of the raster image
map. It is important to provide accurate control point information when registering a raster map image.
Choose control points that can be easily identified and selected, such as street intersections or use
the coordinates (latitude and longitude grid) for the selected point from a paper map.
 To register a raster map with MapInfo® SW:
1. Choose File | Open Table and Raster Image File Format. Select your raster map image file (.TIF,
.GIF, .J PG) and open it. The Image Registration dialog box will be displayed. A preview of the
raster map image appears on the screen.
2. Select the Projection button to specify the projection of the raster image map. If you do not know
the right projection, the default value is Longitude/ Latitude.
INDEX 497


3. Start adding control points. Click on a location in the preview (raster image map). The Add Control
Point dialog box will be displayed showing the location of the point in pixels. Add Map X and Map
Y coordinates in decimal formats. For example, to specify the coordinates 65 degrees, 30 minutes,
enter 65.5 degrees. Use negative numbers when specifying west and south coordinates. If you
want to register a raster map, which does not use longitude and latitude coordinates, specify the
appropriate projection in the Image Registration dialog box. Enter your coordinates in the native
units of the coordinate system. For example, if you are registering a UTM map image, enter
coordinates in meters. Using MapBasic®program, you can convert d/m/s coordinates into decimal
format.
4. You must choose at least three control points. Select points that can be easily identified and
selected in the map window.
5. After all control points have been defined, click OK in the Image Registration dialog box. The raster
map will be displayed in the map window.
6. Move filename.tab and filename.tif/gif/jpg files to the map directory of Nemo Outdoor or Nemo
Analyze.
7. Open filename.tab in Nemo Outdoor or Nemo Analyze.
498 Nemo Analyze User Manual

APPENDIX 2
END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
IMPORTANT - READ CAREFULLY: This End-User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal
agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity) and Anite Finland Ltd for the Anite
Finland Ltd software product(s), in whatever form, identified above ("Software Product" or "Software").
The Software Product includes computer software, the associated media, any printed materials, and
any "online" or electronic documentation. By installing, copying or otherwise using the Software
Product, you agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA. If you do not agree to the terms of this
EULA, Anite Finland Ltd is unwilling to license the Software Product to you. In such event, you may
not use or copy the Software Product, and you should promptly return the unused product(s) in their
original packaging to the place of purchase within thirty days of the date of original purchase.
SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE
The Software Product is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as
other intellectual property laws and treaties. The Software Product is licensed, not sold.
1. GRANT OF LICENSE. This EULA grants you the following rights:
Software. You agree that the Software product is licensed to you to be used with the mobile phone(s)
and software protection key designated by Anite Finland Ltd for such use ("Designated Hardware").
You also agree that you shall not have more than one copy of the Software Product in use at a time
for any Designated Hardware in which the Software Product is to be used or to be distributed except
as expressly provided for in this EULA. You may use one copy of the Software Product in binary code
form only on one computer at a time in order to conduct system measurements using the Designated
Hardware at various locations to the extent necessary for the permitted operation of the application
software but may not duplicate the Software Product.
Storage/Network/Single Use. You may also store or install a copy of the Software Product in binary
code form only over an internal network, and distribute the Software Product to your other computers
over an internal network. However, you must acquire and dedicate a license for the Software Product
for each Designated Hardware on which the Software Product is used or to which it is distributed. A
license for the Software Product may not be shared or used concurrently on different computers.
2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly. Removal, emulation, or
reverse engineering of all or any part of this product or its protection constitutes an unauthorized
modification to the product and is specifically prohibited. Nothing in this license statement permits you
to derive the source or assembly code of files provided to you in executable or object formats.
Limitations on Modifications, Adaptations and Other Changes. You may not modify, adapt or
otherwise make any changes to the Software Product except and only to the extent you are expressly
permitted to do so under the applicable mandatory law notwithstanding this limitation or by Anite
Finland Ltd's prior written consent.
Separation of Components. The Software Product is licensed as a single product. Its component
parts may not be separated for use on more than one Designated Hardware and computer as
designated above.
INDEX 499


Not for Resale. This Software Product is “Not for Resale" or "NFR" and your license only permits
personal use and you may not sell or otherwise transfer the Software Product for value except as
specified below.
Rental. You may not rent, lease or lend the Software Product to any person or entity.
Software Transfer. You may not otherwise give or permanently transfer any or all of your rights under
this EULA without the express prior written consent of Anite Finland Ltd which such consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld.
Duration and Termination. This EULA is effective from the day you open the sealed media package
or download and continues until termination. You may terminate this EULA at any time. Without
prejudice to any other rights, Anite Finland Ltd may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the
terms and conditions of this EULA. In either event, you must destroy all copies of the Software Product
and all associated media, printed materials, updates and component parts and verify to Anite Finland
Ltd in writing that such has been done.
3. SUPPORT SERVICES. Anite Finland Ltd may provide you with support services related to the
Software Product ("Support Services"). Any supplemental software code provided to you as part of the
Support Services shall be considered part of the Software Product and subject to the terms and
conditions of this EULA. With respect to technical information you provide to Anite Finland Ltd as part
of the Support Services, Anite Finland Ltd may use such information for its business purpose,
including for product updates and development.
4. COPYRIGHT AND TRADEMARKS. All title and copyrights in and to the Software Product (including
but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets",
incorporated into the Software Product), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the
Software Product, are owned by Anite Finland Ltd or its suppliers. The Software Product is protected
by copyright laws and international treaty provisions. You may not copy the printed materials
accompanying the Software Product. You may not remove, modify or alter any Anite Finland Ltd
copyright or trademark from any part of the Software Product, including but not limited to any such
notices contained in the physical and/or electronic media or documentation, in the Anite Finland Ltd
Setup Wizard dialogue or 'about' boxes, in any of the runtime resources and/or in any web-presence
or web-enabled notices, code or other embodiments originally contained in or dynamically or
otherwise created by the Software Product.
Portions based on WinWAP technology. Copyright Slob-Trot Software Oy Ab 2004.
http://www.winwap.com
Google Earth is a registered Trademark of Google Inc. All screenshots of Google Earth included in this
document are the property of Google Inc.
Perceptual Evaluation of Speech Quality (PESQ) measurement technology included in this product is
protected by copyright and by European, US, and other patents and is provided under license from
OPTICOM Dipl. -Ing. M. Keyhl GmbH, Erlangen, Germany, 2004, http://www.opticom.de. For further
information, please refer to http://www.pesq.org.
5. DUAL-MEDIA SOFTWARE. You may receive the Software Product in more than one medium.
Regardless of the type or size of medium you receive, you may use only that one medium that is
appropriate for the systems you use to operate the Software Product. You may not use or install the
other medium on any system. You may not loan, rent, lease or otherwise transfer the other medium to
another user, except as part of the permanent transfer (as provided above) of the Software Product.
500 Nemo Analyze User Manual

6. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE. You agree to keep in confidence and not to disclose
in any manner or form to any third party nor publish any such data or information related to the
Software Product. You agree to protect all information and data provided to you by Anite Finland Ltd
related to the Software Product with the same degree of care that you use to protect your own like
data and information, but with not less than that due care exercised by a reasonably prudent person
under the same or similar circumstances.
7. U.S. GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software Product and documentation are
provided with Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer
Software clause at DFARS 252.277-7013 or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial
Computer Software - Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52-227-19, as applicable.
8. LIMITED WARRANTY. Anite Finland Ltd warrants that (a) the Software Product will perform
substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of three (3) months
from the date of receipt, and (b) any third party hardware accompanying the Software Products will be
free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of one (1)
year from the date of receipt. To the extent that implied warranties are disclaimable, they are
disclaimed in paragraph 10. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow disclaimers of or limitations on
duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation may not apply to you. Any implied warranties
on the Software Product and, as applicable, third party hardware that is not disclaimable are limited to
three (3) months and one (1) year respectively.
9. CUSTOMER REMEDIES. Anite Finland Ltd and its suppliers' entire liability and your exclusive
remedy shall be, at Anite Finland Ltd option, either (a) return of the price paid, or (b) repair or
replacement of the software or hardware that does not meet the Limited Warranty contained in this
EULA and which is returned to Anite Finland Ltd. The Limited Warranty contained herein is void if
failure of the software or third party hardware has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication or
events beyond the control of Anite Finland Ltd including, but not limited to Acts of God, acts of nature
or acts of war. Any replacement Software Products or hardware will be warranted for the remainder of
the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Anite Finland Ltd is not
responsible for ensuring adequate backup and storage for your data or records.
10. NO OTHER WARRANTIES. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Anite Finland Ltd
disclaims all other warranties, either express or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties
of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, and non-infringement of third-party rights, with
regard to the Software Product, the accompanying written materials, and any accompanying
hardware. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have others which vary from
state/jurisdiction to state/jurisdiction.
INDEX 501


11. NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. To the maximum extent permitted by
applicable law, in no event shall Anite Finland Ltd or its suppliers be liable for any damages
whatsoever (including without limitation, special, incidental, consequential, punitive or indirect
damages for personal injury, loss of business profits, business interruption, loss of business
information, or any other pecuniary loss) arising out of the use of or inability to use this Software
Product, even if Anite Finland Ltd has been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any case,
Anite Finland Ltd and its suppliers' entire liability under any provision of this EULA shall be limited to
the amount actually paid by you for the Software Product and/or third party hardware accompanying
the Software Product. The Limitations of Liability contained in this Section apply to claims of every
kind, whether based on contract law, tort law or otherwise, even if these limitations have the effect of
exculpating a party from responsibility for its negligence, fault or other conduct. Because some
states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequential or incidental
damages, the above limitation may not apply to you.